1 This is heading One

W
Shared by: HC120727012642
Categories
Tags
-
Stats
views:
1
posted:
7/26/2012
language:
English
pages:
198
Document Sample
scope of work template
							Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                                       Table of Contents



                    CONTENTS
                 1 Executive Summary ..................................................................................................................... 1
                    1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 1
                    1.2 Main Issues in the Local Construction Industries .................................................................... 2
                    1.3 Main Recommendations ......................................................................................................... 3
                 2 Objectives and Methodology....................................................................................................... 5
                    2.1 Objectives of the study ............................................................................................................ 5
                    2.2 Methodology............................................................................................................................ 8
                    2.3 Study Context........................................................................................................................ 12
                 3 General Background on Bosnia and Herzegovina .................................................................. 15
                    3.1 Brief Economic Overview of Bosnia and Herzegovina .......................................................... 15
                    3.1.1 Institutions and Governance.............................................................................................. 15
                    3.1.2 Economic Overview of Bosnia and Herzegovina .............................................................. 15
                    3.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry in Bosnia and Herzegovina .............................. 16
                    3.2.1 Structure of the Construction Industry ............................................................................... 16
                    3.2.2 Demand for Construction .................................................................................................. 19
                    3.2.3 Industry Capacity .............................................................................................................. 20
                    3.3 Survey of Local Construction Companies ............................................................................. 21
                    3.3.1 Construction Companies Interviewed................................................................................ 21
                    3.3.2 Constraints and Difficulties ................................................................................................ 21
                    3.3.3 SWOT Analysis ................................................................................................................. 28
                    3.4 Survey of Local Financial Institutions .................................................................................... 31
                    3.4.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction Financing ......................... 31
                    3.4.2 Financial Institutions Interviewed and their Construction Industry Business ..................... 32
                    3.4.3 Financial Products for Construction firms, requirements and terms .................................. 35
                    3.4.4 Constraints in financing construction industry ................................................................... 36
                 4 Overview of the Construction Sector in Bulgaria .................................................................... 38
                    4.1 Brief Economic Overview of Bulgaria .................................................................................... 38
                    4.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry of Bulgaria ....................................................... 39
                    4.2.1 Structure:........................................................................................................................... 39
                    4.2.2 Demand for Construction .................................................................................................. 43




                                                                                                                                                          Page i
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                                     Table of Contents



                   4.2.3 Industry Capacity .............................................................................................................. 46
                    4.3 Survey of Local Construction Companies ............................................................................. 46
                   4.3.1 Construction Companies Interviewed................................................................................ 46
                   4.3.2 Constraints and Difficulties ................................................................................................ 48
                   4.3.3 SWOT Analysis ................................................................................................................. 53
                    4.4 Survey of Local Financial Institutions .................................................................................... 56
                   4.4.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction Financing. ........................ 56
                   4.4.2 Financial products for construction firms, requirements and terms ................................... 59
                   4.4.3 Constraints in financing construction industry ................................................................... 61
                 5 Overview of the Construction Industry in Macedonia ............................................................. 65
                    5.1 Brief Economic Overview of Macedonia................................................................................ 65
                    5.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry of Macedonia ................................................... 66
                   5.2.1 Structure:........................................................................................................................... 66
                   5.2.2 Demand for Construction .................................................................................................. 70
                   5.2.3 Industry Capacity .............................................................................................................. 72
                    5.3 Survey of Local Construction Companies in Macedonia ....................................................... 72
                   5.3.1 Construction Companies Interviewed................................................................................ 72
                   5.3.2 Constraints and Difficulties ................................................................................................ 73
                   5.3.3 SWOT Analysis ................................................................................................................. 76
                    5.4 Survey Of Local Financial Institutions In Macedonia: ............................................................ 78
                   5.4.1 Financial Sector Overview, Trends affecting construction financing ................................. 78
                   5.4.2 Financial products for construction firms, requirements and terms ................................... 80
                   5.4.3 Constraints in financing construction industry ................................................................... 81
                 6 Survey of the construction companies in Romania ................................................................ 82
                    6.1 Characteristics of the Construction Industry in Romania ...................................................... 82
                   6.1.1 Structure of the Construction Industry ............................................................................... 82
                   6.1.2 Demand for Construction .................................................................................................. 86
                   6.1.3 Industry Capacity .............................................................................................................. 87
                    6.2 Survey of Local Construction Companies ............................................................................. 88
                   6.2.1 Construction Companies Interviewed................................................................................ 88
                   6.2.2 Constraints and Difficulties ................................................................................................ 88




                                                                                                                                                       Page ii
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                                                   Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                                  Table of Contents



                   6.2.3 SWOT Analysis ................................................................................................................. 94
                    6.3 Survey of Local Financial Institutions .................................................................................... 95
                   6.3.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction Financing. ........................ 95
                   6.3.2 Financial products for construction firms, requirements and terms ................................. 100
                   6.3.3 Constraints in financing construction industry ................................................................. 101
                 7 Overview of the Construction Sector in Yugoslavia ............................................................. 103
                    7.1 Brief Economic Overview of Yugoslavia.............................................................................. 103
                    7.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry in Yugoslavia ................................................. 103
                   7.2.1 Structure of the Construction Industry ............................................................................. 103
                   7.2.2 Demand for Construction ................................................................................................ 107
                   7.2.3 Industry Capacity ............................................................................................................ 108
                    7.3 Privatisation Plans and Impact on the Construction Industry .............................................. 109
                   7.3.1 Overview of the Privatisation Process in Serbia .............................................................. 109
                   7.3.2 Overview of the Privatisation Process in Montenegro ..................................................... 110
                   7.3.3 Impact of Privatisation on the Construction Sector ......................................................... 111
                    7.4 Survey of Local Procurement Rules and Their Impact on the IFI’s investments ................. 111
                    7.5 Survey of Local Construction Companies ........................................................................... 112
                   7.5.1 Construction Companies Interviewed.............................................................................. 112
                   7.5.2 Constraints and Difficulties .............................................................................................. 113
                   7.5.3 SWOT Analysis ............................................................................................................... 117
                    7.6 Other Companies Interviewed ............................................................................................. 120
                    7.7 Survey of Business Related Services ................................................................................. 120
                    7.8 Survey of Local Financial Institutions .................................................................................. 122
                   7.8.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction Financing. ...................... 122
                   7.8.2 Financial Products for Construction Firms, Requirements and Terms ............................ 129
                   7.8.3 Constraints in Financing Construction Industry ............................................................... 131
                 8 Risk Management in Construction in South Eastern Europe ............................................... 135
                    8.1 The Problems of the Construction Industry ......................................................................... 135
                    8.2 Risk Allocation and Factors Restricting the use of the Local Industry ................................. 136
                   8.2.1 Risk Allocation ................................................................................................................. 136
                   8.2.2 Factors Restricting the Utilisation of Local Industry......................................................... 138




                                                                                                                                                   Page iii
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                                                      Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                                     Table of Contents



                    8.3 Risk Management – What can be done .............................................................................. 139
                    8.3.1 The Financier’s Perspective in Risk Management .......................................................... 139
                    8.3.2 The International Constructors’ Perspective ................................................................... 143
                    8.4 Insurance for Project-Financed Construction Projects in Countries with Undeveloped
                    Insurance Markets..................................................................................................................... 144
                    8.5 Optimal Procurement Package ........................................................................................... 147
                 9 Leasing and Plant Hire Environment ...................................................................................... 149
                    9.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 149
                    9.2 Leasing Overview................................................................................................................ 149
                    9.3 Environment for Leasing ..................................................................................................... 151
                    9.4 Local Operations of Main Equipment Manufacturers .......................................................... 155
                    9.5 Local Equipment Rental Practices ...................................................................................... 156
                 10 Survey of the International Contractors ............................................................................... 159
                 11 Recommendations ................................................................................................................. 167
                    11.1 Recommendations to EBRD ............................................................................................. 167
                    11.1.1 Recommendations in Support of Financial Enhancements ............................................. 167
                    11.1.2 Recommendations in Support of Procurement Procedures Improvements..................... 175
                    11.2 Recommendations to EBRD and other IFIs ...................................................................... 176
                    11.2.1 Recommendations in Support of Procurement Procedures Improvements..................... 176
                    11.2.2 Recommendations in Support of Training and Advisory Services................................... 181
                    11.3 Recommendations to other Organisations ........................................................................ 184
                    11.3.1 Recommendations in Support of the Construction Sector............................................... 184
                    11.3.2 Recommendations in Support of the Business Environment .......................................... 188
                    11.4 Conclusions....................................................................................................................... 190
                    12       ANNEXES
                    12.1        List of Contractors Interviewed
                    12.2        List of Banks Interviewed
                    12.3        List of International Contractors
                    12.4        List of Other Organisations Interviewed
                    12.5        Screening Questionnaire
                    12.6        Detailed Questionnaire
                    12.7        Financial Questionnaire
                    12.8        List of Main Equipment Vendors’ Offices in Southeast Europe
                    12.9        General Information about Main Construction Equipment Manufacturers
                    12.10       List of Main Rental Companies in Bucharest Romania




                                                                                                                                                       Page iv
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    Section 1



                       1 Executive Summary
                       1.1 Introduction

                       This report forms part of the Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity
                       Building and was commissioned by the European Bank for Reconstruction and
                       Development and financed by the United Kingdom Cooperation Fund for South
                       East Europe.
                       This report refers to the first assignment, which is essentially the assessment stage:
                       Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs.
                       The report covers four countries through the initial contract:

                        Bosnia & Herzegovina
                        Bulgaria
                        Macedonia
                        Romania
                       and one country through a contract extension:

                        Yugoslavia, including Serbia and Montenegro.
                       This report is organised as follows:

                        Section 2 explains the objectives and methodology employed as well as setting
                           the context of the projects with the benefit of defining the boundaries of the
                           analyses

                        Sections 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are the respective country reports all following a
                           common structure. The objectives of these sections are to present:
                           −   The local construction industry
                           −   The main findings of the surveys and questionnaires emphasising the
                               difficulties and constraints faced by the local construction companies
                               when tendering and implementing IFIs’ projects.
                           −   Country specific strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats (SWOT)
                               analyses.
                           The most important issues have been translated into recommendations.

                        Section 8 is an addition to the requirements of the Terms of Reference. We
                           considered it necessary to highlight the main issues specific to the construction
                           industry in general and translate them into South-Eastern European context:
                                   −    Risk allocation and risk management;
                                   −    Insurance strategies;
                                   −    Procurement packages.
                        Section 9 has been added as a requirement of the Terms of Reference related
                           to the contract extension covering Yugoslavia, which required
                           recommendations related to the investment climate for the establishment of a
                           leasing or plant hire facility in Yugoslavia. We have presented in this section




                                                                                                        Page 1
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    Section 1



                           the main issues to be considered when assessing the feasibility and viability of
                           a leasing or plant hire operation.

                        Section 10 encompasses the feedback received from the international
                           contractors interviewed.

                        Section 11 is dedicated to the recommendations prepared based on the analysis
                           of the constraints encountered by the industry in each country. Considering the
                           significant similarity between the countries, this section is common to all
                           countries.

                       1.2 Main Issues in the Local Construction Industries

                        The construction industries in all the countries are at a similar developmental
                           stage. The old large construction companies are trying to restructure and adapt
                           to competitive practices. The newly established small contractors are
                           concentrated in the building industry, with a few capable and willing to grow.
                           There is an emergent middle size sector (less evident in Yugoslavia) that is
                           willing to employ a commercial approach to business and to improve their
                           general and project management skills.

                        Some consolidation is likely to occur specially in the small to middle size
                           sector, either to increase capacity or to expand the area of expertise to work on
                           larger and more complex projects.

                        The construction sectors in Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Romania and
                           Yugoslavia are under-utilised. In Bosnia & Herzegovina, the overcapacity is
                           greater amongst small contractors whose expansion was triggered by the
                           reconstruction effort, now largely completed. Montenegro is a very small
                           market with a construction industry capable of undertaking building and road
                           works. For larger and more complex projects, it lacks the experience and
                           workforce skills.

                        Most of the construction companies interviewed have expressed worries
                           related to the way the local authorities evaluate tenders and implement public
                           projects.

                        In all countries surveyed, the procedure for developing the estimates needs to
                           be updated to cater for new technologies and a more appropriate breakdown of
                           costs, reflecting more accurately the “true costs” of the work. There is also a
                           need to allow in the cost estimates for specific financing and insurance risks.

                        The majority of contractors, regardless of their size, are aware of the need to
                           improve project management skills related to performance, schedule and
                           quality monitoring.

                        Raising loans and guarantees (such as bid and performance bonds) is difficult
                           for contractors in all countries surveyed. Local banks generally have onerous
                           collateral requirements - typical values of up to 2 or 3 times the amount of a
                           loan or guarantee.

                        Financing on medium and long-terms is especially difficult as almost all banks
                           are reluctant to offer affordable terms. This affects the capacity of financing
                           plant and equipment purchases, thereby inhibiting productivity growth.




                                                                                                       Page 2
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                     Section 1



                       1.3 Main Recommendations
                       The set of recommendations proposed are not ranked. Any further action should
                       consider a clear layout of the principles and objectives governing the specific
                       action, including a cost benefit analysis, identify the up-front and operational costs
                       as well as staffing. Setting out measurable goals as well as the financing sources
                       (grant, loan, equity) and their nature are also critical in defining the structure of
                       the programme to be put in place.
                       The main recommendations can be summarised as follows:

                        Equipment procurement support
                           We have looked into local banks, local leasing company and rental company
                           funding as possibilities. Any leasing programme requires additional
                           assessment of the critical issues for its viability: legal environment, regulatory
                           environment, taxation, accounting, business environment in the construction
                           industry and pricing.
                           In addition to these options, we also suggested that the EBRD procurement
                           packages could require a separate pricing for providing a project equipment
                           fleet. This option opens the question of equipment disposal at the end of the
                           project, i.e. the ownership of equipment. It also opens the discussion on ways
                           to pass down to local contractors the benefits of using the equipment fleet – a
                           monthly charge could be considered here. The ownership issue is more
                           complicated and needs further detailed analysis:
                           −   is the borrower willing to own the equipment?
                           −   is it desirable for the borrower to be the owner of the equipment?
                           For example, if EBRD’s borrower is a local public utility, we could envisage
                           that after a few years of working under several EBRD funded projects, it
                           would have acquired a significant equipment base. This equipment base could
                           be spun off and privatised and thereafter function on a commercial basis.
                           Alternatively, rather than the borrower own the equipment, this can be
                           diverted into a special purpose leasing company.

                        Develop a forfaiting scheme that can help the local contractors to increase
                           their liquidity by being able to sell completion certificates to local banks. An
                           additional benefit would be the reduction of inter-enterprise debt.

                        Promote flexible insurance requirements broad enough to satisfy lenders with
                           reinsurances of adequate security rating but not too demanding for the local
                           industry as this may make it difficult to achieve. Practically this means that the
                           insurance requirements for subcontractors are limited to that required by the
                           law. One main project insurance can cover all subcontractors as additional
                           insured. This allows for an overall adequate level of insurance and keeps the
                           costs for the local contractors low.

                        Promote alternative contracting strategy if EBRD’s intention is to support the
                           local contractors to become prime contractors, then contracts need to be split
                           into packages appropriate to the local industry.
                           Small projects below USD10 are manageable by the local contractors. Large
                           projects around US$100 million would attract large, reputable international




                                                                                                        Page 3
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    Section 1



                           companies. The range of projects values between these two limits could be
                           made more attractive to the local construction industry by splitting them so
                           that local contractors can manage the risks.
                           EBRD’s internal project review cycle should explicitly address the question:
                           How much extra cost or risk would be created by dividing procurement
                           packages into smaller units?
                           In association with the above action, EBRD should consider reviewing the
                           level of funding available for the design phase of the project. For countries
                           surveyed, where there are insufficient experienced prime contractors able to
                           execute lump sum turnkey projects or where the use of small and medium
                           enterprise (SME) contractors is desirable, more detailed design work allows
                           for a better risk management and smaller packages.

                        Cost estimate and pricing improvements. The desired outcome is to improve
                           the quality of cost estimates. This can partly be achieved by improving the
                           definition of the scope of work (more detailed design) and more importantly
                           by updating the industry norms for cost estimates so that they are a “rue
                           reflection” of the actual cost. Consequently, this will eliminate false pricing
                           common in the countries surveyed.
                           Initially the reviewing and updating of the costs estimating norms could be
                           done on a subsidised basis, possibly with EC Phare funds. This would be
                           necessary in order to cover the significant up-front investment in setting up
                           such an operation. An open tender could be organised and allow participation
                           of public as well as private companies. For the future, a market solution can be
                           envisaged whereby a commercial company produces estimating guides for the
                           construction industry. Such companies exists within Western Europe and
                           USA. They have a strong interest in keeping their product up to date.

                        A whole range of training related programmes, especially for contractual, legal
                           and project management aspects should be considered. These actions may be
                           more appropriate for other IFIs unless special ways of incorporating them into
                           projects are found.
                       Considering the ubiquitous feedback received from contractors in all countries
                       surveyed, we need to emphasise that there is at least a strong perception that much
                       of the procurement process is not transparent and fair. It is not so much the content
                       of the procurement requirements that are a hurdle in accessing the public projects,
                       but rather the enforcement of laws and contractual terms. A particular aspect of
                       this is the compliance of local implementation agencies with the contractual
                       deadlines. The financial position of the local contractor would be improved by
                       untieing assets and improve working capital if the implementation agencies abide
                       by the deadlines imposed. Local contractors believe that the entire profit margins
                       may be absorbed by the cost of servicing guarantees during lengthy evaluation
                       processes making it uneconomic to participate to bids.




                                                                                                       Page 4
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                   Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                            SECTION 2



                         2 Objectives and Methodology
                         2.1 Objectives of the study

                         The primary objective of this report, as indicated in the Terms of Reference, is “to
                         provide a critical independent assessment of the local construction companies and
                         other infrastructure-related industries, business opportunities, capabilities and the
                         problems they face, especially regarding financing availability in the Project
                         Countries, in order to help the Bank to identify the financing and / or other
                         assistance required for the local contractors to participate in the infrastructure
                         reconstruction in the region”.
                         This reports represents the Assignment 1 deliverable related to the Assessment of
                         Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs. A further assignment refers
                         to the organisation of several seminars in the countries surveyed. This assignment
                         will be undertaken after the approval by EBRD of this report.
                         The countries covered in this report are: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria,
                         Macedonia, Romania and Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro).
                         In order to achieve this objective, we proposed in our offer to undertake several
                         analyses. The table below highlights our achievements in the context set out in our
                         Technical Proposal.

                     What We Proposed                     What We Have                   Comments
                                                          Achieved

                         Conduct a survey of local          Overview of the               The demand analysis
                          construction firms in Bosnia        construction sector in         undertaken is not a
                          and Herzegovina, Bulgaria,          each country,                  comprehensive market survey
                          Macedonia, Romania and              highlighting the               but rather a framework to
                          Yugoslavia to determine             structure of the               guide us towards areas of
                          their expertise, overall            industry, the demand           future growth in the
                          capacity and difficulties in        for construction works         construction sector.
                          competing for IFI’s contracts       and the industry’s
                          on the domestic market.             capacity to meet the
                                                                                            We extended the area of our
                                                                                             assessment to issues
                                                              demand.
                         A representative sample of                                         pertaining to execution of
                          at least 13 firms in each          We have identified the         projects and not only to the
                          country will be assessed.           constraints and                tendering stages.
                          In Yugoslavia, a                    difficulties related to
                          representative sample of at         tendering and
                          least 15 firms should be            executing work.
                          assessed and at least 10 of
                          these should be private.
                                                             Developed SWOT
                                                              analyses of the industry
                                                              with the purpose to
                                                              emphasise the key
                                                              areas where initiatives
                                                              can be put in place to
                                                              promote the
                                                              development of local
                                                              contractors.




                                                                                                                    Page 5
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                      Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                SECTION 2




                     What We Proposed                      What We Have                    Comments
                                                           Achieved

                         Conduct a survey of at least        Understanding of the           The recommendations
                          12 large and medium-sized            main concerns                   prepared will need further
                          international construction           international                   assessment in respect of:
                          firms to determine the               contractors have when
                          factors that influence their         prospecting the market          − Identifying target groups
                          use of local subcontractors          and potential partnering        − Clearly laying out the
                          and the methods used to              arrangements, when                principles of programmes
                          enhance relationships.               tendering and                     and their objectives.
                                                               implementing projects             Thorough cost-benefit
                                                               either as locally based           analysis.
                                                               companies, or as                − Identifying the costs (up-
                                                               project based                     front recruiting staff and
                                                               companies.                        operations).
                                                                                               − Identifying source of
                                                              Proposed                          finance.
                                                               recommendations on
                                                                                               − Setting out precise and
                                                               what can be adjusted to
                                                                                                 measurable goals.
                                                               local circumstances
                                                               and overview of risk
                                                               allocation between
                                                               players.


                     Carry out a survey of local           An understanding on how         Our recommendations are in line
                     financial institutions to determine   local banks work with           with general good banking
                     the level of support offered to       construction companies and      practices and are not meant to
                     local construction firms to assist    their capability to meet the    represent interventions in a
                     them in competing for contracts       demand for financial            competitive market.
                     in their country.                     services.
                                                           Survey of the financing and
                                                           financial products available
                                                           in each country.

                     Determine which financial and         Recommended variety of          The recommendations will need
                     other tools that are needed are       ways to improve access to       further assessment in respect of
                     not currently offered in the local    financial services.             clearly determining the objectives
                     markets.                              Proposed innovative             and desired effects and a cost-
                     Provide suggestions how EBRD          approaches: lending and         benefit analysis with consideration
                     can assist banks to provide           other products that EBRD        of the sources of funds.
                     financial products, within the        could use to increase
                     EBRD’s constraints.                   access to financial services.




                                                                                                                          Page 6
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                   Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                             SECTION 2




                     What We Proposed                     What We Have                  Comments
                                                          Achieved

                         Survey the local tendering         An understanding of          We did not undertake a
                          and contracting regulations         the key procurement           comprehensive analysis of the
                          that exist in the region,           issues that limit the         national procurement rules but
                          particularly as they impact         capacity to access work       focused on those issues that
                          upcoming IFI and other              on a competitive basis.       were considered to have an
                          donor-financed investment.                                        impact on bidding for, and in
                                                             Proposed policies to
                                                                                            implementing IFI’s projects.
                                                              improve access to work
                                                              and improvements in          Training related
                                                              tendering procedures          recommendations, though not
                                                              that would create a           falling under EBRD’s
                                                              level field.                  mandate, are an important
                                                                                            enhancement initiative. Some
                                                                                            of these could be integrated
                                                                                            within actual project to
                                                                                            achieve better results.
                                                                                           Following discussions with the
                                                                                            EBRD project team, we
                                                                                            prepared a brief overview of
                                                                                            leasing. This is not a
                                                                                            feasibility study for a leasing
                                                                                            operation but a list of the main
                                                                                            issues to be analysed prior to
                                                                                            making the decision to
                                                                                            undertake a feasibility study.

                     Survey local business support           Made an investigation
                     services available to the                of the business support
                     construction industry such as            services offered to
                     adequacy and availability of plant       domestic contractors.
                     and equipment hire facilities.
                                                             Made an overview of
                                                              training and
                                                              professional
                                                              organisations and their
                                                              activities in each
                                                              country.
                                                             Proposed an innovative
                                                              approach based on
                                                              international
                                                              contractors experience
                                                              in Eastern Europe
                                                              related to insurance,
                                                              leasing and plant hire.
                                                             Proposed various
                                                              training programmes
                                                              with emphasis on
                                                              enhancing contractors
                                                              and project
                                                              management skills.

                         Project Achievements




                                                                                                                     Page 7
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                      Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                               SECTION 2




                       2.2 Methodology
                       The general approach we took in addressing the project objectives has been in
                       accordance with the proposed methodology in the Technical Proposal. In our
                       technical offer we highlighted a methodology based on an iterative approach
                       whereby a wider spectrum and number of companies had to be contacted in the
                       first instance. Once the fundamentals of the industry, the interaction between
                       various segments and players in the construction industry in each country were
                       established, we narrowed down the analysis to a representative sample of local
                       contractors, international contractors, local banks, various players in the
                       construction industry and relevant programmes (SME, financial and /or industry
                       oriented).
                       The methodology applied is described in the table below. The basis of our
                       methodology relied on gathering information with the help of dedicated
                       questionnaires and interviews.
                       The information gathered in each country is presented at the beginning of each
                       country section of this report. The next level we dedicated to analysing the
                       information and to formulating the overview of the industry and the main
                       difficulties and constraints encountered by local contractors.
                       Finally, we prepared conclusions and made recommendations. Not all of these
                       hold the same importance.
                       There are instances where the information is repeated but in a different context
                       that is meant to capture the many perspectives we had to consider: local
                       contractors, international contractors and financiers.
                       Ultimately we sought to achieve a unitary report that would lead the reader
                       through the facts and findings, their meaning in the context of the project’s
                       objectives and, ultimately, to a meaningful set of recommendations.




                                                                                                       Page 8
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                   Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                             SECTION 2




                         DELIVERABLES                     WHAT WE ACHIEVED


                         Inception Phase

                         Inception meeting at EBRD’s      Inception meeting focused on clarifications of the scope of work
                         headquarters in London           and execution plan.

                         Reviewed project schedule        Agreed with EBRD that the objective is not to make an
                         and work plan together with a    assessment of the IFI’s procurement rules but to highlight the main
                         list of sample firms to be       areas of concern related to the national procurement rules,
                         interviewed in each country.     potentially affecting the IFI and other donor financed investment.
                         All these had been presented
                         in the Inception Report. The     Focused the work on the tendering issues but incorporated key
                         first Inception Report covered   implementation aspects that may affect the access to IFI’s
                         Bosnia & Herzegovina,            projects.
                         Bulgaria, Macedonia and
                         Romania. The second              Structured the surveys of the local contractors considering that the
                         inception report covered         main focus of EBRD is in infrastructure projects.
                                                          Mobilisation of local consultants.
                         Yugoslavia (Serbia and
                         Montenegro) and responded
                         to the requirements set in the
                         project extension.


                         Task 1.1 – Establish Background and Focus of Work


                            Establish focus of work in      Establish focus of work in the light of the Stability Pact and
                             terms of key areas of the        EBRD’s pipeline of infrastructure projects. In selecting the
                             construction industry to         construction activities, we also considered the development
                             target relevant industry         needs of each country as viewed by various players in the
                             players who can                  construction industry and government organisations.
                             participate having
                             satisfied some basic            Updated the preliminary list of construction companies to be
                             criteria.                        screened in order to ensure that we captured a representative
                                                              sample of construction companies from a technical and
                            Establish a wide list of         financial standpoint as well as size.
                             companies with the
                             potential and the interest      Identified companies active in other segments of the
                             to respond to our survey         construction industry: design firms, equipment and material
                                                              suppliers and hire companies.

                                                             Identified local banks and non-financial institutions (insurance
                                                              and leasing) in each country.




                                                                                                                     Page 9
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                    Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                              SECTION 2




                         DELIVERABLES                      WHAT WE ACHIEVED


                         Task 1.2 – Initial Survey


                            Questionnaires applicable        Prepared a screening questionnaire (see Annex 12.5)
                             to construction                   addressed to construction companies. This was translated in
                             companies and materials           all local languages.
                             and equipment suppliers,
                             banks and other                  Prepared a detailed questionnaire in English (see Annexe
                             organisations. These will         12.6) addressed to construction companies.
                             be prepared in both
                             English and the local            Prepared a questionnaire in English addressed to local banks
                             language.                         (see Annexe 12.7). This was translated in all local
                                                               languages.
                            Dissemination of
                             questionnaires and data          Sent the screening questionnaire to local contractors
                             collection.                       interviews and reviewed their responses. Based on these
                                                               responses, our understanding of the local construction
                            Review findings.                  industry and the nature of foreseeable construction works
                                                               needed in each country, we selected at least 12 companies in
                            Selection of a minimum of         each country to be interviewed and 15 in Yugoslavia. The list
                             13 construction                   of construction companies interviewed is presented in Annex
                             companies and 15 in               12.1.
                             Yugoslavia to be later
                             interviewed by the project       Selected the local banks to be interviewed via consultation
                             core teams.                       with EBRD (a list and summary of discussion presented in
                                                               Annexe 12.2).
                            Prepare a list of local
                             banks and financial              Selected some insurance companies in each country (a list is
                             institutions that supported       presented in Annexe 12.4).
                             local firms in bidding and
                             to be later interviewed.         Made first visits to each country and held interviews with local
                                                               contractors and various organisations.
                            Local construction
                             industry capacity                Reviewed findings of the survey based on the responses from
                             overview.                         the detailed questionnaires and interviews.

                            Assessment of the local          Developed industry overviews in each country emphasising
                             procurement rules.                the structure of the industry and the capacity of local
                                                               contractors, including small and medium size companies, to
                                                               meet the construction demands in their own country (see
                                                               Sections 3.1, 4.1, 5.1, 6.1 and 7.1).

                                                              Assessed the local procurement rules. The results are
                                                               incorporated in Sections 3.21, 4.2.1, 5.21, 6.2.1 and 7.2.1–
                                                               Procurement Related Constraints and Difficulties.




                                                                                                                     Page 10
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                              SECTION 2




                         Task 1.3 – Focus Groups

                         Comprehensive                     Revisited the countries and met with other contractors, material
                         understanding of the issues       suppliers, design institutes, insurance companies, local banks and
                         infringing the ability of local   various financial programmes sponsored by IFI’s. The summary
                         contractors to enter into         of these surveys as well as an analyses of the findings are
                         international contracts.          presented in sections 4.4, 5.4, 6.3 and 7.4.

                         A SWOT analysis of the            Made the first contact with international contractors active in each
                         construction industry in each     country
                         country.


                         Task 1.4 – Enhanced Assessment


                             Recommendations and             Continued discussions with the international contractors.
                              solutions.                       Their views are captured in Section 10. The list of these
                                                               interviews is presented in section 12.3.
                              Comprehensive overview
                              of the sector and its           Prepared sets of recommendations (see Section 8) in support
                              problems, including a            of:
                              SWOT analysis and
                              review of the local              − procurement procedures improvements ;
                              procurement rules and            −   construction industry;
                              their compatibility with         −   business environnement ;
                              international procurement
                                                               −   training and advisory service;
                              rules.
                              Draft Final Report.              −   financial enhancements.
                                                              Prepared a presentation of the main risks involved in
                                                               contracting in Eastern Europe and ways of minimising these
                                                               risks.

                                                              Prepared an overview of the main issues involved in
                                                               assessing the feasibility of a leasing operation in S/E Europe


                         Task 1.5 – Present Results

                         Final Report                      Draft Final Report

                       Methodology applied to achieve the objectives of Assignment 1 –
                       Assessment of Local on Industry Capabilities and Needs.

                       This report starts with an overview of the construction industry in each country,
                       including SWOT analyses. The results of the surveys are presented by country.
                       We presented our recommendations in one common section for all countries and
                       highlight those recommendations that are country specific.




                                                                                                                      Page 11
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 2



                       2.3 Study Context
                       The scope of work requires the analysis of a wide range of aspects concerning the
                       construction industry in terms of industry players, activities and products together
                       with related services. In an industry characterised by complex and variable
                       contractual arrangements, heavily influenced by the overall local economic
                       situation and the nature of projects, there are also added elements related to
                       government policies that may have a serious effect on the structure of the industry
                       and its competitive position. Therefore, considering all potential interactions
                       between players and outside effects, it can be difficult to co-ordinate all levels of
                       analysis and develop a structured set of recommendations.
                       In support of better structuring the assessment, we felt it was necessary to set
                       some clarifications on the concepts and definitions used and set up the boundaries
                       of our analysis. We have covered within our analysis the need to place the small
                       and medium size contractors in the context of the projects envisaged by EBRD
                       and other IFI’s. The potential role for smaller contractors, beyond the obvious
                       role of subcontractors, is not easy to envisage and define.
                       Contract size

                       Size of contract is clearly a major determinant of the number of firms who can
                       undertake work. A large contract requires more of all possible inputs than a small
                       contract and only some of the total contractors in the countries surveyed have
                       these inputs available to them.
                       Large projects generally involve a more complex technology, and as their
                       complexity increases, so too does the technology gap between large and small
                       contracts widen. However, the relationship between the size of the project and the
                       size of the contractor is not always directly proportional. In practice, the smaller
                       projects can bring some management difficulties coming from location and access
                       to labour, material and equipment.
                       Statistically, the small contractors interviewed can undertake projects up to
                       US$500,000, the medium-sized contractors can undertake projects up to US$10
                       million and the large contractors can undertake projects up to US$30 million with
                       just a few exceptions who could commit to higher value contracts.
                       Location of projects

                       The effect of location on the capacity of smaller contractors is important. One
                       reason why smaller contractors do not venture outside a certain area is that the
                       costs (transportation of materials and work-force) become excessive in relation to
                       other costs.
                       The larger and more expensive the project, the less the proportion of
                       transportation costs in the total costs. This can seriously restrict the interest of
                       smaller contractors to go for projects outside their usual coverage area. One
                       possibility to encourage the use of local smaller contractors is by splitting the
                       project. Another possibility is to target projects at the municipal level, which due
                       to their size, nature and location could be more appropriate for smaller contractors.
                       Nature of projects

                       It is important to identify the nature of projects as this, together with the project’s
                       size and location, can have a serious impact on the capacity of the contractor to




                                                                                                         Page 12
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 2



                       participate and his potential role. It appears that in all countries surveyed, the main
                       areas where there is a need to undertake construction works, in the short and
                       medium term, are:

                        Large infrastructure: roads, motorways, bridges, railways, and ports.
                        Municipal infrastructure: water distribution, wastewater treatment, district-
                           heating rehabilitation, and pipelines.

                        Social purposes: hospitals, schools, housing.
                       The determinants of the demand for these categories are different and so are the
                       skills required to undertake them. This too has a direct impact on the potential
                       role of a small contractor.
                       Nature of services

                       For the purpose of this report, we have considered the following classification of
                       works:

                        Building construction and architectural.
                        Civil works (e.g. constructing roads and bridges).
                        Electrical & Instrumentation.
                        Mechanical & Piping.
                       We focused on the first two categories. Building and civil works contractors form
                       the majority of the interviewed companies.
                       Perspective of analysis

                       There are three major entities involved in the construction of projects: the owner,
                       the financier and the contractor.

                        Our analysis is founded on the perspective of the local contractors – what are
                           the difficulties they encounter and what do they have to do when accessing
                           projects financed by international financial institutions.

                        We have prepared recommendations addressed to financiers: EBRD and other
                           IFIs.

                        We have also brought into the analysis the perspective of the international
                           contractor whose involvement, especially on large infrastructure projects, is to
                           be expected. This extra dimension of the analysis completes the picture of the
                           overall demands on local contractors to access the type of projects considered.
                       Capacity

                       The term capacity as applied in the construction industry is less defined than in
                       other sectors. In our case capacity indicates the industry’s ability to meet the
                       demand. Since construction companies have so little control over their demand,
                       the construction companies can operate at variable levels over time. Furthermore,
                       construction companies are numerous and diverse. The mix of demand varies
                       considerably in time All these make the capacity assessment difficult in the
                       construction industry.




                                                                                                       Page 13
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                              SECTION 2



                       Our efforts in assessing the industry capacity have been based on the sample of
                       companies who responded to the screening questionnaire. It is however unreliable
                       to try to extrapolate the aggregate value of contracts undertaken by the responding
                       companies to the country scale as the sample chosen may not be statistically
                       relevant and the answers provided may not be very accurate as the firm tend to
                       overestimate their capabilities.




                                                                                                    Page 14
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 3



                       3 General Background on Bosnia and Herzegovina
                       3.1 Brief Economic Overview of Bosnia and Herzegovina

                       3.1.1 Institutions and Governance
                       Bosnia and Herzegovina (B&H) is a complex state composed of two equal
                       constituent entities: Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina (FB&H) and Republic
                       of Srpska (RS).
                       The Dayton Peace Accord, signed in 1995, regulates basic principles of
                       governance arrangements. The bicameral parliament on the state level is formed
                       of the House of Representatives and the House of People. The head of the state is
                       a three-member Presidency with each member coming from different constituent
                       nations. The Council of Ministers is the central government.
                       The constitution of B&H, as a part of Dayton Peace Accord, confers considerable
                       autonomy to entities, which have exclusive responsibility for defence, internal
                       affairs, economic and social sector policies, reconstruction activities, industry
                       policies, justice, tax and customs administration. Institutions of B&H have a
                       restricted role related to matters of foreign affairs, customs and monetary policies,
                       external debt and inter-entity infrastructure.
                       The entities have a different structure. FB&H consists of 10 cantons with their
                       own institutions. The highly centralised RS is organised as a unitary entity, with
                       64 municipalities. The city Brcko is a separate administrative unit operating as
                       District.

                       3.1.2 Economic Overview of Bosnia and Herzegovina
                       The war in B&H had a devastating effect on the country. The conflict and the
                       political uncertainty have fragmented the society and destroyed institutions and
                       infrastructure, disrupted normal economic activities and created an uncertain
                       business climate.
                       B&H, is a country emerging from the conflict. It has to go through a transition
                       period to reach a sustainable stage from humanitarian aid to a commercial stage,
                       and transition to market-oriented economy.
                       In addition to the challenges common for other transition counties, B&H has very
                       specific disadvantages and problems to solve. One in particular affects the demand
                       for infrastructure projects: a very small domestic market that is administratively
                       divided in even smaller markets.
                       The revival of the economy and the economic reforms are part of the Dayton
                       Peace Accord. According to its obligation from the Dayton Peace Accord, the
                       international community created the system of Donor Conferences as the main
                       vehicle for coordination of international community assistance. The framework for
                       both post-war reconstruction and donor activities was a three to four years Priority
                       Reconstruction and Recovery Programme (PRRP). The PRRP has been lead by
                       the World Bank and the European Union together with other multilateral and
                       bilateral donors. Aid of US$5.1 billion has been directed to the reconstruction of
                       damaged infrastructure, revival of companies and social sector, economic restart
                       and job creation, building and strengthening key institutions and facilitation and
                       implementation of basic economic / social reforms.




                                                                                                      Page 15
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 3



                       The basis for internal reorganisation and direction for economic development is
                       the Central Bank. In mid 1998, the convertible mark (KM) was introduced as the
                       only official currency in the whole country. Solid domestic currency has been
                       since then a very important stimulus to the integration process in B&H and its
                       market.
                       Industry and mining formed the largest sector of the B&H economy during the
                       war. In the post-war period industrial production has been growing rather quickly,
                       but it is still just a fraction of the pre-war level. Two sectors have grown rapidly
                       since the end of the war:

                        Trading;
                        The construction industry, revived due to the volume of expenditure directed
                           at reconstruction of infrastructure and housing.
                       The donor assistance is lessening and will continue to do so in years to come.
                       Sustainable development can be built only by private investments that will provide
                       long-term economic and business success and employment, increased income and
                       improvement in living standards. According to EBRD 2000 Transition Report,
                       only 35% of GDP has been generated by B&H private sector. The poor progress
                       in the development of the private sector is caused by a very slow privatisation
                       process.
                       Business Environment

                       Constraints to new private business development and investments, including
                       foreign ones, are mostly related to the overall business climate, general political
                       uncertainty, the highly complex and demanding registration process and the
                       amount of paperwork required by business laws and regulations.
                       Additional negative elements are related to the slow and inefficient court system
                       and complicated tax structure. In order to create a favourable business climate
                       that will attract foreign investments so that private capital can replace diminishing
                       donor flow, B&H will also have to address the problem of anti-competitive
                       practice.

                       3.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry in Bosnia and
                            Herzegovina

                       3.2.1 Structure of the Construction Industry
                       The construction sector in Bosnia and Herzegovina was well developed before the
                       war and was one of the most important export sectors. Many of the B&H
                       companies executed contracts abroad, mainly in Non-Aligned Movement
                       countries in the Middle East, Far East and Africa as well as in the former Soviet
                       Union with annual export revenue of nearly US$500 million. Research
                       institutions, training facilities and a skilled labour force were key elements in
                       placing the sector as one of the most developed compared to other centrally
                       planned countries. With a work force of approximately 100,000 in the late 1980s,
                       it was one of the major sources of employment.
                       The construction and building materials sector held a significant position in the
                       B&H industry before 1992 with approximately 15% of the total employment in
                       industry and 12-14% of the industrial national gross product.




                                                                                                      Page 16
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 3



                       The construction share in the total investment was approximately 50%, and as a
                       considerable consumer of various products, it absorbed approximately 12% of
                       industrial production.
                       The most important construction capacities were located in the Sarajevo region,
                       although other industrial centres had well organised capacities and construction
                       materials production facilities.
                       A few of the construction companies managed to continue operating
                       internationally during and after the war and now have new contracts. This is a
                       reflection of their good general reputation on the international market. The value
                       of contracted works by FB&H contractors abroad was approximately US$91.5
                       million in 1996 and US$491.5 million in 1990 (source: Statistical Yearbook 1993-
                       1998, Federal Institute of Statistics). The value of contacted works abroad is,
                       however, declining.
                       The reason for such continuous reduction of contracted works abroad is related to
                       the increased competition in the international market, general lack of large
                       construction jobs and withdrawal of the state support. The domestic contractors
                       tendering for works abroad encounter some other disadvantages. Some of them
                       are related to the poor quality of B&H financial services required for big
                       international projects. Local banks cannot support BH contractors in issuing
                       requested bank guarantees. Undercapitalised B&H banks cannot facilitate export
                       activities and international operations.
                       B&H construction companies working abroad are mostly state-owned companies.
                       They have excess work force and consequently suffer from the considerable
                       burden imposed by the social security charges and other payments. The
                       conditions related to labour payments are much more demanding for state-owned
                       companies, due to an Agreement signed between FB&H Union and the
                       Government of F B&H representing state-owned companies. The Agreement
                       does not oblige private local companies. This puts the state -owned companies at a
                       disadvantage.
                       The overall capacity of the construction sector is in excess of the current levels of
                       demand. The result is a signifact share of inactive capacity. This situation has
                       worsened due to the establishment of numerous new companies attracted by low
                       barriers at entry and potential for foreign funding.
                       Contractors

                       The existing 3,400 construction companies employ a total of 24,000 staff. Most of
                       them are small size companies and are generally geographically spread with some
                       concentration in Sarajevo. Almost all companies that existed before the war were
                       state-owned. Some of these are at least partly state-owned.
                       State-owned companies have various limitations due to their ownership structure.
                       Almost all of the state-owned companies interviewed pointed out the limitations
                       of some employers in awarding contracts to these companies (e.g. USAID) and
                       their problems in establishing partnerships with foreign companies.
                       A few of the largest and most reputable companies in the country, e.g.
                       Hidrogradnja, have been placed on the privatisation list of strategic companies in
                       the country (tender sale of 67% of state-owned capital to strategic partner) The
                       timing of their privatisation was still is unclear in September 2001.




                                                                                                       Page 17
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 3



                       Hidrogradnja, together with a few others such as Unioninvest, GP Bosnia and
                       ZGP represent the small minority of local construction companies that could act as
                       prime contractor for large infrastructure projects either on their own or in
                       partnership with international constructors.
                       Small, private companies proliferated over the last few years driven by low
                       barriers to entry into the market and by a lax regulation regarding authorisation
                       and qualification requirements at registration (such as qualified staff, equipment,
                       experience, etc.). These companies are mostly engaged in the grey market
                       activities, working for small private projects.
                       The construction market in Bosnia and Herzegovina is very fragmented, with a lot
                       of small players working on small projects. For example, only in the Canton of
                       Sarajevo in year 2000, a volume of work valued at DEM95 was executed by 460
                       construction companies employing a total of 9,700 people. This means that, on
                       average, a company employed 21 staff on a project and had a turnover of
                       DEM207,000.
                       The barriers to entry into the sectors are low and consequently the small
                       construction companies have proliferated especially in larger towns such as
                       Sarajevo and Banja Luka. In the year 2000, the statistics showed that 460
                       companies had been active in Sarajevo Canton, but there are 813 registered in the
                       official records. The proliferation of the number of small contractors has been
                       driven by the funding available for the reconstruction works.
                       Material Suppliers

                       Generally all construction materials are available on the B&H market, being either
                       produced in the country or imported. The construction materials production sector
                       in pre-war B&H managed to meet the demands of the local market. Many of the
                       production facilities were affected by the war activities, either by direct war
                       damages or lack of proper maintenance and finance. Some of them, however,
                       managed to operate even during the war period.
                       The donor funded reconstruction activities attracted foreign competitors also, the
                       major part coming from the neighbouring countries. Some new production plants
                       were developed in the country mostly related to the production of ready-mix
                       concrete, prefabricated concrete elements and wood products.
                       Basic construction materials produced locally are:

                        cement (cement plants in Kakanj and Lukavac)
                        brick products (IGM - Visoko, Cazin, Busovaca, Jelah-tesanj)
                        granite tiles (Granit -Jablanica, Bihacit - Bihac)
                        lime and hydraulic lime (Srebrenik, Breza)
                        water proofing materials (Bitumenka - Sarajevo)
                        gypsum (Donji Vakuf, Kulen Vakuf)
                        ceramic tiles (Sanski Most)




                                                                                                      Page 18
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 3



                        construction aggregate and gravel (Hidrogradnja Sarajevo, Bosnaputevi,
                           Misoca, Radava and many other quarries spread all around B&H)

                        prefabricated concrete elements (Hidrogradnja, Breza and several producers in
                           almost each canton as well as in RS)

                        prestressed building panels (Sirbegovic) , wood and metal structural products
                           etc.
                       B&H cement market has been of interest to foreign investors. In the year 2000
                       Heidelberger Zement of Germany, being the first case of large-scale privatisation
                       with strategic foreign investor, became the major owners of the cement factory in
                       Kakanj. This was the very first case of large-scale privatisation with strategic
                       foreign investor
                       Equipment Suppliers

                       B&H does not have local construction equipment producers. Products of former
                       Yugoslavia (e.g. Radoj Dakic in Montenegro and 14 October in Serbia) and
                       foreign suppliers had been the main source of equipment.
                       The main foreign suppliers have traditionally been the large, well know suppliers:
                       Liebher, Caterpillar, Pocalin, Homatcou, Fiat Hittachi and Atlas Tamrock. They
                       operate either directly from abroad or in cooperation with local companies that act
                       as their agents.
                       The type of equipment mostly required in B&H are trench hoes, loaders,
                       compressors, cranes, rollers, generator sets, mini dredgers.
                       In general B&H contractors have not developed the practice of hiring equipment
                       from specialised companies. Due to the limited demand there are not many hiring
                       companies active in the country. Very often, local contractors hire equipment
                       from other contractors and this fulfils a significant share of the equipment needs in
                       the market.

                       3.2.2 Demand for Construction
                       Over the last five years the construction activities have been concentrated in the
                       areas of rehabilitation and reconstruction work related to the transport and
                       telecommunications network, water and electricity distribution and generation
                       systems as well as airports and various other buildings. As most of this work is
                       completed and most of the funds allocated to these are running low, the focus
                       should move towards viable projects linked to the economic strategic development
                       of the country.
                       However, Bosnia and Herzegovina is a small country with limited industrial
                       facilities and so far only a small number of large projects have been identified:
                       motorways, hydro-electric power plants, underground garages and housing
                       developments. Furthermore, important challenges remain in finding the financing
                       for all future projects, especially the large ones.
                       General business and investment framework and political uncertainty in the region
                       effected the possibilities to obtain funds. The efforts of Federal Government to
                       implement the Sarajevo - Zenica motorway project based on DBOT approach
                       failed last year, after 2 years of negotiations with the French company Bouygues.




                                                                                                      Page 19
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 3



                       The newly elected government has been facing even more demanding challenges
                       to attract foreign investments after such a failure.
                       The reconstruction objectives have been met almost entirely. It is estimated that
                       basic services (road network, electric power, urban water supply,
                       telecommunications) are almost at the pre-war level. With completion of the
                       PRRP programme, public donor assistance programme will be phasing down and
                       B&H has to start both reducing dependence on international aid and strengthening
                       its own capacity for economic and social development.
                       The remaining reconstruction needs are mostly related to housing and community
                       services to provide for the return of refugees or displaced persons. Recently
                       announced was a 4-year USAID funded programme amounting up to US$70
                       million and consisting of more than 100 projects in the fields of water supply,
                       transport, electric power, education and health related facilities.
                       Infrastructure

                       It is anticipated that some construction work would be created by the privatisation
                       of railway, water and gas utilities, telecommunications and power generation and
                       distribution. However, these represent a limited amount of work. Moreover, their
                       timing is still unclear because of the ethnically defined political and administrative
                       structures and the divergences between them. There have been attempts to define
                       a common approach to planning and maintenance in the area of transport
                       infrastructure, but efforts are hindered by the devolution of power between
                       Republika Srpska and the Federation as the officials are blocking the integration.
                       Despite this, both EBRD and EIB have plans to invest some EUR40 in works next
                       year. A few examples can be brought here. Railway freight can play a significant
                       role in the country where there is a high degree of trading in products such as oil,
                       gasoline, bauxite, wood and various goods.
                       Local officials consider it essential to upgrade the main road from Samac in the
                       Republic Srpska via Banja Luka and Sarajevo to the Adriatic, as it will ease
                       connection with Europe as well as helping with the physical integration of the
                       country. The development of the north-south corridor (Corridor V) is considered
                       a high priority project, which could materialise in the near future. Some of these
                       projects could be suitable for concessional arrangements
                       The construction companies that could commit themselves to these projects are
                       the largest ones (e.g. Hidrogradnja, Bosnaputevi and GP Put). Such large
                       infrastructure projects would create jobs for the construction industry, including
                       small and medium contractors and construction materials producers.

                       3.2.3 Industry Capacity
                       The present capacity utilisation in the construction industry is around 45%. The
                       cause is widely considered to be the lack of jobs. At the same time there is
                       recognition that there have been little local effort in developing feasibility studies
                       and attracting investors. Until now most of the work has been rehabilitation work
                       and almost no new projects have been undertaken.
                       However, the fundamental issue is whether the existing capacity can be better
                       utilised if the volume of work increases. Considering the nature and size of
                       potential projects, it is very likely that some of the excess capacity could not be
                       utilised. We consider that some consolidation in the industry will occur and this



                                                                                                       Page 20
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 3



                       will help the construction sector in B&H to have a better chance of becoming a
                       sustainable industry.

                       3.3 Survey of Local Construction Companies

                       3.3.1 Construction Companies Interviewed
                       During the first phase of the survey, we approached a large number of
                       construction companies located throughout the country. The screening
                       questionnaires were disseminated and we received 48 responses from companies
                       based in Sarajevo, Banja Luka, Mostar, Biheljina, Visoko, Prnjavor, Gracanica,
                       Caplijina, Laktasi, Zenica and Tuzla.
                       16 companies were selected and interviewed. These were based in Sarajevo, Banja
                       Luka, Laktasi, Bijeljina, Graganica and Mostar.
                       A list of the companies interviewed is presented in annex 11.1.
                       The main findings are captured in the following section 3.3.2 Constraints and
                       Difficulties. In addition to this, we would like to emphasise that:

                        Value of assets owned by a small and medium-sized contractor ranges
                           between US$75,000 to US$3 million;

                        Value of assets owned by larger contractors ranges in the value of US$3
                           million to US$22 million;

                        The value of assets purchased over the last three years is fairly small for all
                           companies regardless of their size, i.e. between US$12,000 and US$75,000
                           and up to US$200,000 for the larger contractors;

                        The profitability of the companies, regardless of their size, seems to range
                           between 1% and 4% of the annual turnover;

                        The SMEs have undertaken projects ranging from US$85,000 to US$2.5
                           million. The largest lump sum contracts mentioned are between US$0.5
                           million and US$1.5 million;

                        The large contractors have undertaken projects in the range of US$10 million
                           and US$110 million. They also work on small size projects. The largest lump
                           sum contract is US$34 million, but the most common values are around US$5
                           million – US$10 million;

                        More than 40% of the companies that responded to the screening
                           questionnaires have ISO9000 accreditation. Two of the screened companies
                           were in the process of implementing ISO9000;

                        Only 30% of the companies interviewed declared that they borrowed from
                           local banks. The values of funds borrowed were US$12,000 to US$25,000
                           regardless of the size of the borrowing company.

                       3.3.2 Constraints and Difficulties
                       Business Environment Related

                       Procuring work on a steady basis with possibilities to plan for the future




                                                                                                       Page 21
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 3



                       Bosnian construction companies, large and small, operate in a business
                       environment that has been dominated by foreign sources of funds due to the major
                       reconstruction effort undertaken over the last five years. The scale of the IFIs’
                       grant involvement is set to diminish over the next few years. The construction
                       works needed will have to be financed from other sources: international financial
                       institutions, Government and local municipal and canton authorities.
                       Almost all construction companies interviewed have mentioned the lack of a
                       national economic national strategy and hence the lack of perspective on the future
                       demand for construction works as one of the main hurdles in planning their
                       business. In the absence of a national strategy and policy on economic
                       development, the contractors, especially the smaller ones, cannot plan their
                       resource skills, equipment and finances to achieve continuity of work. As a
                       consequence, they tend to rely on small private projects.
                       Another factor constraint identified by the majority of interviewed contractors is
                       the size of the market. Bosnia and Herzegovina is a small market in geographic
                       terms as well as in demand for work. A lot of companies, including medium-sized
                       companies, have started to work in other countries such as Croatia, or have
                       prepared themselves to enter Yugoslavia. Some of the bigger construction
                       companies managed to be present on the international market during the war and
                       post-war period (e.g. Hidrogradnja operating in Libya, Jordan, Germany and
                       Malaysia).
                       There is also the perception that unless a project is financed by IFIs, it is almost
                       impossible to obtain work in the other entity of the if not registered there. This
                       further limits the amount of work available.
                       Central and local authorities
                       Some of the construction companies have mentioned that a serious administrative
                       burden with implications on completion schedule is presented by the way property
                       issues are dealt with. Considering the current legislation and the way local
                       administration operates, obtaining the permits for execution of the works is
                       cumbersome, time-consuming and causes delays.
                       Shortages of skilled labour
                       Generally speaking all companies considered that they have the right mix of skills.
                       However, there are concerns related to the capacity of small firms to attract and
                       maintain a skilled workforce because this often means working on small, cheap
                       projects with no security of employment.
                       During the war there was movement of educated construction personnel towards
                       better-remunerated sectors, especially in the case of young staff. It seems that
                       there is a structural imbalance between age groups and experience with a strong
                       bias towards the more mature workers. Most companies have now the experience
                       required through the older generation of staff. There are now fewer people in the
                       middle generation and even fewer in the younger generation involved in
                       construction activities. This is expected, in time, to have an impact on the
                       resources available and result in a shortage of labour.
                       There is a shortage of skilled personnel experienced in design activities. On one
                       hand there are not enough good design institutes and on the other, they have not




                                                                                                        Page 22
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 3



                       been able to retain the experienced staff. There is also a tendency to under price
                       the design services. A similar problem exists in the consulting services sector.
                       Delays and uncertainties with respect to supplies and price of materials
                       Basic materials e.g. cement, concrete and aggregate, is available in Bosnia and
                       Herzegovina and no particular problems have been reported in terms of
                       availability, quality or price. There is also a range of products such as dry
                       mortars, concrete additives, painting materials, glass and insulation materials, that
                       are imported in most cases from Croatia, Italy, Germany, Hungary and Austria.
                       This has caused delays in transportation and delivery, and higher costs.
                       Access to hired plant and equipment
                       Much of the construction equipment has been destroyed in the war. Since then
                       companies have tried to procure equipment, in most cases through their own
                       funds, to prepare themselves for upcoming projects.
                       In some case, companies solve their equipment problems by subcontracting the
                       work to those that have the necessary fleet. Generally speaking, the small
                       building contractors are not concerned with hiring equipment or plant. Most of
                       them seem to own trucks and small equipment, even their own concrete mixers. It
                       is only when they venture into civil works or larger and more complex projects
                       that they begin to need more plant and equipment. This is rented on a hourly or
                       daily basis from other contractors.
                       Most companies purchase the equipment, usually with their own cash, under
                       favourable conditions offered by foreign suppliers. The contractors use bank loans
                       very rarely because of high interest rates.
                       Companies engaged in equipment hire are very limited in number. In general
                       B&H has not developed the practice of hiring the equipment and only a couple of
                       the interviewed companies used hired equipment.
                       Access to leasing
                       There are leasing schemes in Bosnia and Herzegovina offered by local companies
                       and all equipment is imported, as there is no local manufacturing capacity. There
                       is also no regulation in place related to either leasing or tax incentives associated
                       with it. Very few contractors expressed interest in leasing, as it is perceived as an
                       expensive route to improving the equipment fleet. More often we came across
                       cases where local contractors entered into leasing arrangements directly with the
                       equipment manufacturer. This is only the case for larger companies who have the
                       reputation and financial position to deal outside their country.
                       There were a few attempts to begin leasing operations both by foreign and local
                       companies. Although there is no special legislation, i.e. no special tax treatment,
                       they did not experience legal restrictions (or facilitations). The main constraints
                       encountered were the unpredictability and inconsistency of the administrative
                       bureaucracy and legislation. However, the viability of the leasing operations was
                       jeopardised by the lack of demand.
                       In practice, a modified lease is being used whereby the equipment is imported on a
                       temporary basis up to one year. The buyer pays a custom duty and a rental
                       payment covering capital and interest. This is treated as an operational leasing.




                                                                                                      Page 23
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 3



                       At the end of the one-year period the buyer has the option of buying the
                       equipment.
                       Problems mentioned are uncoordinated operations of certain custom branch
                       offices and complicated custom procedures. The lack of attractive legislation is
                       another reason for not developing the leasing services in the country. However,
                       more than any of these reasons, insufficient demand is the main obstacle of
                       developing leasing operations in B&H.
                       Availability of supporting services
                       Contractors generally complain about the limited external training and the absence
                       of active professional organisations. At the time of the survey (March-August
                       2001) there were no current training programmes at the canton or entity levels.
                       Before the war the professional organisations used to be strong and active. During
                       the war organisations such as the Association of Engineers and the Association of
                       Civil Engineers suffered the consequences by separation into ethnic entities. In
                       addition, lack of facilities, staff and financial support for their operations further
                       diminished their capacity to undertake any activity.
                       Regarding the internal training, there is little corporate culture to train the staff.
                       The problem is more acute within the small and medium enterprises. These local
                       contractors develop familiarity through experience. It is only when they want to
                       expand or diversify that this problem becomes critical. This could be the case
                       when smaller contractors try to access projects financed by IFIs’.
                       Availability of information generally does not present a problem. The companies
                       that have the capacity to bid know where to look for information and the most
                       sophisticated ones monitor the Internet sites of various IFIs. Smaller contractors
                       tend to work for private clients and some do not appear to want to expand into
                       competitive bidding for IFIs or local authorities because they consider that the
                       system lacks transparency and therefore any costs incurred with bidding would not
                       be justified by the end results.
                       Insurance
                       There is no lack of insurance products in Bosnia and Herzegovina and most of the
                       basic products are offered. What is missing is the custom of providing an
                       insurance policy. Only when the client strictly requires this, the contractor will
                       obtain an insurance policy. This is however not critical to the industry’s capacity
                       to bid for IFI’s projects.
                       Problems can occur in relation to the value insured. For larger projects, as for
                       those typical for EBRD, the local contractor may obtain an insurance policy from
                       the local market, but this would be expensive. In most cases these policies would
                       have to be reinsured with foreign reinsurers, and this adds to contractor costs.
                       Taxes
                       There is a very complex tax structure at all levels: canton, entity and federation,
                       and no clarity as to how this operates and what the implications for the contractor.
                       This situation also effects the possibilities for attracting foreign investment.
                       The state-owned companies are required to pay a very high level of social
                       contribution - 86%. This puts a heavy burden on companies with direct




                                                                                                        Page 24
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 3



                       consequences on the level of permanent staff they can maintain, and the higher
                       level of costs reflected in the price.
                       Permitting
                       Permitting and property rights in Bosnia and Herzegovina are somewhat more
                       complex due to the consequences of war – restitutions and complex legislation
                       frameworks at canton, entity and federation levels. This creates a considerable
                       burden and administrative inefficiency with repercussions on planning and
                       scheduling.
                       Procurement Related

                       Survey of local procurement rules and their impact on the IFI’s investments
                       The major local procurement mechanism is public tender, with a possibility of a
                       pre-qualification stage for projects exceeding KM1 million (US$0.5 million).
                       Small-scale procurement (less than KM50,000 – US$23,000) can be done by
                       restricted tender, and in some special cases, and with the priors approval of the
                       Ministry of Finance, by direct negotiations.
                       The rules are not applicable for the procurements funded by foreign and private
                       aid (donations). In this case the usual approach is to apply the rules imposed by
                       the funds provider. Therefore, the contractors are familiar with procurement rules
                       of various international organisations (the WB, EC, EBRD, USAID, GTZ, etc.).
                       In cases where internationally funded projects are not implemented directly by the
                       international organisation, mostly local public or governmental organisations are
                       engaged, for example: Directorate for Transport, Canton Development Institute
                       etc. and they use the procurement rules of the donor.
                       Access to information
                       Access to procurement related information is a problem for local contractors.
                       Both in the case of IFI and locally funded works, the information is available
                       either from local sources or the internet.
                       Capacity to Comply: technical, administrative, legal
                       With more than five years experience in working with IFIs in B&H, local
                       companies have become familiar with the IFIs procurement rules. The only
                       complaint is related to the fact that the rules of various IFIs require different forms
                       of the same data. This seems to be difficult and expensive to produce for small
                       companies without experienced staff.
                       State-owned companies face limitations related to possibilities in competing for
                       some jobs due to IFI regulations restricting participation of state-owned
                       companies (e.g. USAID funded projects).
                       Employer Related

                       Tendering requirements
                       The major hurdles local contractors face at the tendering stage are: (i)
                       requirements for past experience with similar projects over the last few years with
                       similar projects, (ii) bank guarantees and (iii) cash requirements in proportion to




                                                                                                        Page 25
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 3



                       the value of contract. Even well positioned and experienced companies have
                       limited capacity for bonding.
                       Another factor affecting the competition is the selection criteria. Most of the
                       projects financed by international agencies, such as World Bank, GTZ and SFOR
                       would consider only the lowest offer. The consequences for the industry are:

                        Lower quality standards;
                        Unrealistic pricing triggering higher completion risks.
                       Delayed interim and final payments
                       This has been quoted as a serious problem especially when the employer is local.
                       It is recognised that the situation is much better in the case of IFIs. In order to
                       avoid bureaucratic delays in processing valuation certificates and authorising
                       payment, EBRD is very often paying contractors directly.
                       The statistics presented to our team by the Transport Project Implementation
                       Directorate in Banja Luka are signalling a lower rate of problems arising out of
                       late payment: only 5% of projects seemed to be affected by cash problems in the
                       case of 2 or 3 contractors.
                       Liquidity problems can arise from non-payment from other clients, which can
                       overall affect the contractor’s financial position.
                       Incomplete documentation
                       A particular problem seems to be the timely availability of drawings and
                       coordination between various drawings. This is partly connected to the employer
                       and partly to the local design firms. Clients should recognise that the clearer and
                       more detailed the drawings and specifications are, the easier it would be for the
                       contractor to comply.
                       Contractor Related

                       Cost Estimate
                       Cost estimates according to the existing procedure do not allow for a clear
                       breakdown of costs in direct costs, indirect costs (including financing costs) and
                       other costs (including contingency, risk and anticipated level of profit).
                       Consequently, the costs estimate does not reflect the “true cost” of the works and
                       are less dependable. The lack of jobs and the employers’ most common practice of
                       selecting the lowest bidder have generated much pressure on prices. This can
                       affect the project completion and quality.
                       Lack of suitable equipment
                       Though the situation has improved over the last few years, there is still concern
                       with the limited range of equipment available on the market and the poor
                       maintenance.
                       Contract awareness and compliance
                       Although there is an important number of contractors who have participated in
                       competitive tenders according to the international procurement rules, there is no
                       common practice to actively monitor the contract or, even worse, to comply with




                                                                                                     Page 26
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 3



                       the terms, specifications, performance and pricing. More dedicated contract staff
                       is needed.
                       In some cases misuse of funds and materials have been reported. The contracts
                       have been paid, but the funds and materials are used for other, usually private
                       projects. Closer supervision by the client can only partly solve this problem.
                       Environmental Safety and Health (EH&S)
                       Overall local contractors pay limited attention to EH&S aspects. Most of the
                       private companies do not have safety engineers. Moreover, legislation related to
                       safety is not enforced which further reduces the interest of companies in making
                       provisions for EH&S.
                       Adequate Skills
                       The construction sector in B&H shares a common feature with all other countries
                       surveyed. There is a certain lack of non-technical skill in the construction
                       companies in the areas of marketing, planning and management, commercial,
                       economical and legal.
                       Only a few companies interviewed, mainly the large ones and a few growing
                       medium ones, have taken an active attitude towards marketing themselves.
                       Planning and management represent stumbling blocks among small-scale
                       contractors. Most of them are unfamiliar with formal planning and management
                       techniques. It is fair to mention that the small construction projects need not
                       involve sophisticated techniques. However, small projects involve low level of
                       profits in absolute terms and the margin for error is quite reduced.
                       Contract management is another important problem area as local contractors,
                       regardless of their size, are, generally speaking, not used to actively managing
                       contracts and documenting the process.
                       Economist and financial specialists are not attracted to the construction industry as
                       they find better pay and more secure jobs in other sectors of the economy.
                       Therefore, most of the construction companies interviewed did not have such
                       skills among their permanent staff. They use these skills only when needed,
                       especially for financial and bookkeeping activities.
                       Legal skills experienced in the contracting business are even more scarce in B&H
                       and expensive to hire. This limits further the capacity of smaller contractors to
                       undertake bids. However, the likely candidates for IFI’s project will not find legal
                       and contractual aspects major hurdles in competing for these projects.
                       Finance Related

                       The difficulties related to the availability, terms and conditions for financing and
                       financial products are detailed in section 3.4.
                       In additional to these, most of the contractors interviewed highlighted
                       administrative and procedural difficulties in working with local banks and this in
                       both entities. The main complaints were:

                        Bank staff is not specialised in dealing with construction companies and they
                           have limited understanding of the sector;




                                                                                                      Page 27
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                    SECTION 3



                        Repeat request for the same information even when the contractors have
                           several projects running at the same time and even if the contractor is the
                           bank’s client. There is no overview analysis of the contractors’ business,
                           which results in treating each application independently, with the
                           corresponding fees and time to provide the service;

                        There is no client relationship culture and the services offered are not efficient.
                           Some companies can obtain contract agreement covering a wide range of
                           services the bank can provide to them. However, even in the presence of such
                           agreements, the contractor perceives the banks’ requests for information as
                           cumbersome;

                        Lack of overdraft facilities to suit the fluctuating cash flows typical for
                           construction companies;

                        Registering an asset for the purpose of offering it as collateral is not expensive
                           but it is lengthy.

                       3.3.3 SWOT Analysis

                                                                        IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            STENGHTHS                                   ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Experienced and committed staff, willing    Positive in terms of time limits observance and
                            to make an extra effort to complete work.   quality of executed works.

                            Reputation and significant previous         Facilitate fulfilment of qualification criteria.
                            record.

                            Previous experience on international        Familiarity with international performance
                            markets.                                    standards.

                            Willing to introduce modern management      Increased capacity for performance and schedule
                            approaches and to improve company           compliance.
                            operations.




                                                                        IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            WEAKNESSESS                                 ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Too many small jobs.                        Skills and experience are dispersed and
                                                                        companies cannot qualify because they cannot
                                                                        offer the range and depth of skills required by the
                                                                        EBRD projects.

                            Lack of specialisation within the small     Reduced possibilities to compete for more
                            and medium contractors, most are            complex projects.
                            building and civil works contractors.

                            Lack of management and planning skills      Can affect the project execution with direct




                                                                                                                           Page 28
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                   SECTION 3




                                                                         IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            WEAKNESSESS                                  ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                         FINANCED BY EBRD

                            combined with control tools especially for   implication on budget and project completion.
                            larger and more complex project.

                            Insufficient structured QA / QC (quality     Cannot meet the qualification criteria.
                            assurance / quality control).

                            Lack of knowledge and/or experience          Problems can occur especially with contract
                            with contractual terms.                      variations, risk allocation and rights and
                                                                         obligations affecting thus schedule and budget.

                            Unfamiliarity with new and sophisticated     Potential scarcity of skills for more complex
                            equipment.                                   projects.

                            Capacity to retain staff, especially by      Cannot meet the qualification criteria.
                            smaller contractors.

                            Lack of safety procedures and qualified      Can diminish the chances to qualify especially
                            staff to implement and monitor.              when JV or subcontracting arrangement with
                                                                         foreign partner.

                            Limited technical understanding of new       Constraining factor for the more ambitious
                            technologies or complex drawings             companies.
                            among smaller contractors.

                            Inadequate estimating procedures             Risk of offering “about right” estimates with the
                                                                         serious risk of underestimating the costs.

                            Managers do not pay too much attention       No direct implication but affecting general
                            to the broader external circumstances        business climate improvements and development.
                            and their focus is not on improving the
                            external environment.

                            Low use of IT, internet and e-mail           No direct implications but effecting overall
                            service.                                     business effectiveness.

                            Too few companies working abroad.            Reduced possibilities to become familiar with
                                                                         international markets rules and improve overall
                                                                         operations.

                            Lack of continual education (professional    No direct implication but can effect the overall
                            and managerial).                             sustainability.




                                                                                                                        Page 29
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                               SECTION 3




                                                                     IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            OPPORTUNITIES                            ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                     FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Consolidation among the small end of     Better-qualified companies with potential to
                            the industry.                            approach more complex projects.
                                                                     Increased bargaining power in acquiring materials
                                                                     at better prices and hence more advantageous
                                                                     project budgets.

                            Cooperation with foreign companies in    No direct implication but possibilities for overall
                            B&H market.                              sector to prolong the cooperation with
                                                                     international companies abroad and enter new
                                                                     markets.




                                                                     IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            THREATS                                  ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                     FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Lack of young skilled and trained work   No direct and immediate implication, but a
                            force.                                   potential threat to the industry's sustainability.

                            Delayed interim and final payments.      Incapacity to continue work and, in the worst
                                                                     cases, to purchase the equipment and materials.
                                                                     Limited capacity to commit to more or larger
                                                                     project.

                            Bank procedures to obtain credit or      Can add extra cost to be reflected in the offer
                            guarantees are long and cumbersome.      price.

                            No active professional organisations.    None directly, but much lower standards exist in
                                                                     the industry.

                            Lack of overall economic strategy and    None directly, but companies are not capable of
                            hence difficulty to plan and expand.     complying with selection criteria: lack of previous
                                                                     experience, lack of adequate equipment, lack of
                                                                     positive cash flow.

                            Privatisation process still underway.    If companies are not fully privatised they can be
                                                                     precluded from projects and therefore well-
                                                                     established companies cannot qualify.
                                                                     Inefficient management and company structure
                                                                     with direct effect on project costs and efficiency in
                                                                     execution.

                            Overcapacity.                            Companies bid sometimes too low with potential
                                                                     implications on schedule and performance
                                                                     compliance. Too may players and hence more
                                                                     difficult to select contractors.




                                                                                                                    Page 30
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                            Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                     SECTION 3




                                                                           IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            THREATS                                        ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                           FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Lack of coordination and transparency          Project do not materialise and hence companies
                            on taxes and decision making process at        do not acquire enough experience to be able to
                            municipal, cantonal and federative level.      qualify and to expand their business.

                            Low barriers to entry in terms of              Too many small companies operate and therefore
                            qualifications and requirements.               the market is too segmented making difficult
                                                                           choice of the right contractor.
                                                                           Too many companies that cannot undertake more
                                                                           complex projects.

                            National professional standards and            Maintain low standards in the industry overall and
                            quality standards still to be coordinated      can distort competition through unreasonably low
                            with the EU ones.                              prices and completion and quality risks.

                            Permitting and property rights.                Additional risk to project completion.

                            R&D funds not available                        Difficulty in adopting new technologies.

                            Lack of training facilities for skilled work   Threat to sector’s sustainability.
                            force.



                       3.4 Survey of Local Financial Institutions

                       3.4.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction
                             Financing
                       The financial sector in Bosnia and Herzegovina, like Bulgaria and Romania, is in
                       the process of major transformation with foreign commercial and developmental
                       financial institutions driving that change. An increasing number of its financial
                       institutions are being integrated into recognised international financial groups and
                       are adapting their procedures and products to the modern standards of those
                       groups.
                       Unlike the other two countries, Bosnia has major internal differences in the
                       financial sector and with the basic financial system. Banks in the Republika
                       Srpska are still operating more in the style of the previous socialist system. In the
                       Republika Srpska the catalysing international influence is felt mainly through
                       newly opened branches of Raiffeisen Bank and Micro Enterprise Bank.
                       In Herzegovina, Croatian nationalism may be slowing the transformation and the
                       spread of Sarajevo-based institutions. This transformation is starting to bring
                       improved financing opportunities particularly for the small and medium sized
                       enterprises in the construction industry.
                       Special credit facilities from KfW, USAID, EBRD and others offered through
                       some banks have also helped to strengthen firms by market forces, and assistance
                       through donor funded programmes is slowly making more of them credit worthy.




                                                                                                                        Page 31
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 3



                       3.4.2 Financial Institutions Interviewed and their Construction
                             Industry Business
                       For the financial institution survey, we interviewed six banks, two insurance
                       companies, three construction companies and two international assistance and
                       financing programmes, and met with EBRD’s Sarajevo office team. Additional
                       input was also provided through EBRD and SME studies and through construction
                       industry studies prepared in 2000 by IFC and USAID.
                       Banks

                       Of the six bank interviewed, four (Turkish Ziraat Bank, Micro Enterprise Bank,
                       Zagrebacka Bank and Raiffeisen Bank) are foreign-owned and managed. All have
                       made major changes and capital increases recently thus demonstrating improved
                       lending capacity and showing market commitment that will take time to translate
                       into improved access to credit by borrowers.
                       RZG acquired Market Banka and changed its name to Raiffeisen in 2000 and
                       Zagrebacka Banka, Croatia, bought Hvraska Banka in December 1999, and
                       Universal Banka and Kommercialni Banka, Tuzla, in October 2000 combining all
                       three under the Zagrebacka name.
                       Turkish Ziraat Bank increased its capital by 150% in 1999 and MEB had a capital
                       increase in 2000. Both UPI Banka and Kristal Banka have had substantial
                       international technical assistance and special funding lines.
                       Three of the banks have significant levels of construction industry credits:
                       Raiffeisen – 25% of its portfolio, UPI – 10% - 15%, and Kristal 6% of its loans
                       and 24% of guarantees. MEB has only 1.6% construction business, partly due to
                       its perception that construction firms are especially risky. Ziraat has very little
                       construction business but is interested in developing some if it is of good quality.
                       Turmoil in Mostar did not permit a visit to Zagrebacka’s head office and the
                       manager of its Sarajevo office, whom we interviewed, had no information on the
                       industry breakdown of his bank’s business.




                                                                                                      Page 32
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 3



                       The table shows the responses from each bank on its construction business:

                        BOSNIA
                                      % Portfolio                 % of Construction Portfolio             Mortgage
                        Name of
                        Organisation Construction Gty ST     LT    SME Large Contractor Suppliers Other Financing
                        Raiffeisen
                        Bank            25%          N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A        20%         15%   65%     Yes
                        Kristal Bank    6% + gty     37% 58% 5%    N/A N/A      N/A         N/A   N/A
                        Zagrebacka
                        Banka           N/A          N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A        N/A         N/A   N/A     Yes
                        Turkish Ziraat
                        Bank           very little   N/A N/A N/A N/A Mostly N/A             N/A   N/A     Some
                        Micro
                        enterprise Bank 1.60%        N/A N/A N/A 100% 0%        50%         40%   10%     N/A
                        UPI Bank        10-15%       24% 40% 36% 30% 70%        98%         2%    0%      N/A
                        USAID
                        Business Fin    3% - 12%                   N/A N/A      N/A         N/A   N/A     N/A



                       Insurance Companies

                       Of the four insurance companies that offer insurance on construction projects, we
                       interviewed two, BH Osiguranje and Aurum. BH is owned by Bosnia Re, UPI
                       Banka and Zagrebacka Banka, and Aurum is now 51% owned by Raiffeisen,
                       which plans to bring new capital next year plus added strategic partners.
                       Bosnia and Herzegovina law only requires auto, ship aircraft and public transport
                       insurance so there is no legal requirement for coverage on construction projects,
                       unlike most other countries that require proof of insurance for registration and
                       licensing. However, if insurance is used on a project it must come from, and be
                       offered first for, reinsurance to a Bosnian company. Before the war there were
                       liabilities against which construction firms needed insurance, and even now it is
                       rarely used. The USAID Business Finance Programme is the only one that
                       requires insurance. None of the banks do. Insurance is also very rarely a covered
                       cost on construction contracts so contractors have no incentive to use it. Insurance
                       bonds are used in place of bid and performance guarantees but this is not practiced
                       in B&H, although B&H has arranged such bonds through London for Bosnian
                       firms with foreign projects.
                       Leasing Companies

                       There are no Bosnian firms leasing construction equipment, but some banks report
                       that they do some type of leasing. Some large firms have leased equipment from
                       foreign firms, but find it very expensive. MEB tried leasing and found that there
                       were problems in the law and that it was too expensive. Equipment is also rented
                       from companies whenever it is not needed at the time.
                       International Assistance and Financing Programmes and Auditors

                       In addition to meetings with the staff of EBRD’s Resident Office in Sarajevo, we
                       met with the IFC’s South East Europe Development project (SEED), and
                       USAID’s Business Finance Programme.




                                                                                                        Page 33
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 3



                       SEED is a US$33 million, five year project, in Bosnia and Herzegovina,
                       Macedonia, Albania and Kosovo, with its headquarters in Sarajevo. Funding is
                       being sought by them to implement plans for expansion in Yugoslavia.
                       SEED supports SMEs and institutions that serve them. It works to improve the
                       legal and business environment in which they work. It considers construction to
                       be a major target sector and funded a study that it had hoped would identify SMEs
                       working on internationally funded projects. It plans to work with SMEs to help
                       them win more international contracts, and is training bankers to understand and
                       work with them. It sees barriers in attitudes and law in SME development and is
                       working on improving specific laws and regulations. SEED’s many activities
                       supporting SMEs will help SMEs in the construction industry.
                       USAID Business Finance is part of a $278 million programme, which has
                       disbursed over $137 million in loans to private sector Bosnia and Herzegovina
                       firms since 1996, making it a very major lender in the country. Unlike most other
                       international loan programmes in Bosnia, programme managers make all the loan
                       decisions and the Bosnia and Herzegovina banks act only as agents, taking little
                       risk. Employment generation is a significant factor considered in its approval
                       process.
                       USAID Business Finance says that 3% of its portfolio is composed of loans to
                       construction companies and another 9% is construction related. Viewed in
                       another way, it claims that about 50% of all of its loans are used for construction
                       purposes.
                       USAID Business Finance also gave us the Sector Study of the Construction
                       Industry in Bosnia they completed last year. The study focuses on SME
                       contractors and suppliers who received USAID Business Finance loans and
                       concludes that there is a major need for continuing foreign investment, especially
                       in housing and related infrastructure, and for privatisation of the industry. USAID
                       Business Finance noted that both Volksbank and Raiffeisen have started mortgage
                       finance programmes.
                       The audit firm we met noted that the major firms not yet privatised were very
                       powerful before the war, but now have significant problems with liquidity and
                       inadequate equipment. Most of their equipment was destroyed during the war.
                       This has made it very difficult for them with international tenders. The auditor
                       commented that banks are happy to finance construction firms, especially on
                       international contracts with payments tied to the contract. All guarantees and
                       loans require a high level of collateral and interest rates are still very high. Most
                       construction companies cannot meet the banks’ requirements. A proposed IFC
                       line for the construction sector has not gone forward because of the industry’s
                       problems. The auditor felt that loan tenors are too short with maximums of two to
                       three years and equipment difficult to finance.




                                                                                                      Page 34
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                         SECTION 3



                           3.4.3 Financial Products for Construction firms, requirements and
                                 terms
                           All banks interviewed offered bid and performance guarantees, short term loans
                           and some longer term loans that could used for equipment purchase financing.
                           The table below shows the terms they offered on each product:

                                                                         FINANCIAL PRODUCT TERMS
                NAME OF ORGANISATION            Guaranty Fee,                                   Max No Required
                                                              Interest Rate ST Interest Rate LT
                                                Qtrly                                           of Years %Collateral
                Raiffeisen Bank                 N/A             13-16%           9.5-11%        3-5      N/A
                Kristal Bank                    0.3-1%          15-17%           12%            N/A      N/A
                Zagrebacka Banka                N/A             N/A              N/A            N/A      N/A
                Turkish Ziraat Bank             1%              12% + 1%         12% + 1%       3        200%
                Micro enterprise Bank           1%              12%              12%, + 2%      5        Varies
                UPI Bank                        0.45-0.70%      10.75-13%        13%(LIBOR+8)   3-5      200%
                USAID Business Finance          N/A             7.5%/LIBOR+4     N/A            3-5      N/A
                N/A means not available, not given or not applicable
                           Terms and conditions offered by banks in Bosnia & Herzegovina

                           Guarantees

                           The banks reported that no confirmation of their guarantees is ever required if
                           related to projects within the country. Kristal may be an exception since it was the
                           only bank interested in an EBRD guarantee confirmation line. However, one of
                           the contractors mentioned that the United States Embassy required confirmation of
                           the guarantee it obtained for work on an Embassy project. Even for foreign
                           project guarantees and letters of credit, Raiffeisen claimed it had no problem in
                           getting confirmation by its correspondents, especially since they changed their
                           name.
                           The pricing on all guarantees is similar except for Kristal Bank and UPI Banka.
                           Kristal charges a half percent up front plus 0.3% - 0.4% per quarter on
                           performance guarantees and 1% quarterly on payment guarantees. UPI charges
                           0.45% per quarter if the client is fully cash collateralised and 0.70% if their
                           collateral is not cash.
                           Short-term Loans

                           Short term loan pricing varies largely based on whether the loan has a purpose that
                           can be funded under a credit line from an international organisation or from the
                           banks own funds. Turkish Ziraat Bank is very liquid and MEB is funded by
                           concessionary loans from foreign organisations, so their pricing is a bit lower that
                           the others. Collateral requirements are strong, 200% of the loan amount on fixed
                           assets, where reported.
                           Fixed asset collateral also takes long to approve.
                           Medium-term Loans, Leasing (equipment finance)

                           Medium term loans are more likely to be made under internationally funded
                           programmes than from banks own funds. Kristal Banka, which has few of these
                           lines, has only 5% of its construction portfolio in medium term loans.




                                                                                                               Page 35
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 3



                       3.4.4 Constraints in financing construction industry
                       Problems and their causes
                       The major and medium size construction firms with whom we met to discuss
                       financing issues agreed that financing costs were excessively high, e.g. 1% front-
                       end plus 0.2% per month on guarantees and 18-20% on six month loans. It is not
                       clear why the fees are so much higher than the fees that the banks claim to charge.
                       They also agreed that collateral requirements were harsh, e.g. 200% - 300% of the
                       credit, and that banks are slow and inflexible with credit application procedures.
                       The documentation is much too cumbersome, requiring an international contract
                       be translated into Bosnian and certified or, a new set of the same basic corporate
                       documents for each transaction the firm carries out with the bank.
                       The larger firms complained that the banks were all too small and, to finance large
                       projects, needed to make syndications which is a very difficult task to achieve.
                       The smaller firm mentioned one bank that had required 100% cash collateral and
                       charged a fee of over 3% per quarter for a guarantee. They both claimed that they
                       got better financing terms though joint venture partners, from foreign banks
                       supporting the project’s investor and from foreign suppliers of equipment. The
                       equipment sellers require 30% to 40% as a down payment.
                       An indication that much of these problems are caused by inefficient banking
                       practices is shown in the report of the relationship the smaller firm has with
                       Raiffeisen Bank. Starting originally with Market Banka, it has had a legal
                       agreement committing a multipurpose line of credit allowing it to get guarantees
                       and loans up to the line’s limit without delay. Although its position as part owner
                       of Market Banka, before it sold out to RZG, may have influenced the bank in
                       granting the original line, Raiffeisen has now doubled the line. The cost is still
                       very high, but the ability to act quickly makes the firm more competitive and able
                       to respond to bids.
                       Regional differences in bank products still exist with firms working with banks in
                       the RS most negatively affected. Hopefully Zagrebacka will lead the way in
                       Herzegovina and the new Republika Srpska branches of Raiffeisen and MEB will
                       have a major impact in the RS.
                       Products not offered
                       Guarantees are easily obtained, even though they are expensive and out of reach
                       for the smaller SME’s with no significant assets to pledge. Working capital short-
                       term loans are also available for those with collateral and may be slightly more
                       affordable if funded through one of the international programmes. The product
                       least available is equipment financing. We were not able to get any information
                       on the Federal Investment Bank’s loans, but the terms of other available products
                       do not seem to fit the needs and abilities of the construction firms.
                       Possible ways to overcome the problems
                       Market forces should overcome the problems with credit terms eventually as
                       competition increases among well managed banks, and the weaker construction
                       industry firms are not accepted. This will leave stronger and more credit worthy
                       survivors. Encouragement of specialised equipment financing institutions and
                       improving the conditions for leasing would help, or programmes and training of
                       bankers.




                                                                                                     Page 36
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                  SECTION 3




                                                                                     Page 37
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 4



                       4 Overview of the Construction Sector in Bulgaria
                       4.1 Brief Economic Overview of Bulgaria

                       The first transition years in Bulgaria were marked by political instability, slow
                       restructuring of the old planned economy and a very uncertain business
                       environment. Not surprisingly, the country experienced a major economic and
                       financial crisis in 1996 and 1997 that brought almost all sectors of the economy to
                       the verge of collapse. The crisis brought an important political change, a new
                       reformist majority in the National Assembly for the first time since the start of
                       transition.
                       The crisis of 1996/1997 had a tremendous positive impact on the construction
                       sector; a number of inexperienced but politically connected contractors that have
                       been cannibalising the construction industry since the end of central planning went
                       bankrupt. All large public and municipal construction companies were quickly
                       privatized. Major construction material industries such as cement factories, brick
                       and clay tile manufacturers, ready mix concrete producers, limestone and marble
                       quarries and gypsum plants, were sold off to international strategic investors such
                       as Italcementi (Italy), Heidelberger Zement (Germany), Holderbank (Switzerland),
                       Knauf (Germany), Standard (USA). The new investors have started implementing
                       various investment projects in order to modernise production, improve
                       distribution, and boost competitiveness and exports to West European and Balkan
                       markets.
                       In December 1999 Bulgaria started accession negotiations with EU, which
                       necessitated personnel changes and a streamlining of ministerial functions and
                       administration of the public procurement process. The government passed
                       important legislation creating a better market environment for the construction
                       sector. A law on Public Procurement was passed in 1999 and amended in 2000
                       facilitating the development of a fair, transparent and competitive market for local
                       and international construction companies to work on public and municipal
                       projects. The Government started addressing public concerns about corruption in
                       the administration, especially scandals around public financing of construction
                       projects.
                       Although the changes in the last four years have brought a positive response and
                       more confidence in the construction business community, the construction sector
                       in Bulgaria is still far away from the pre-transition revenue figures when
                       Bulgarian builders worked in major international markets such as the Middle East
                       and the Soviet Union. The Bulgarian construction industry has scaled down to
                       providing services locally with very few firms occasionally working
                       internationally, mostly in Russia, Kazakhstan, Israel and Germany. Total
                       estimated construction industry output for the year 2000 is over US$1.5 billion,
                       including consultancy and professional work.
                       The local construction markets in Bulgaria over the last ten years have included
                       housing, infrastructure and industrial facilities projects. Greenfield work has
                       accounted for a smaller portion of the construction industry output. It has been
                       more repair and maintenance work, which is set to continue to account for the
                       major part of construction industry output. Over the last two years there has been
                       growth in non-residential and infrastructure sectors with commercial work mostly
                       related to offices and tourist/leisure industry. Large-scale industrial work has been
                       slow due to the lack of massive new investments in the industry.




                                                                                                     Page 38
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 4



                       At the same time there is a long list of internal factors negatively influencing the
                       construction industry in Bulgaria including: an ageing workforce; skilled workers
                       leaving the country for overseas assignments with international construction
                       companies; the growth of the proportion of construction work undertaken in the
                       hidden economy being still high; and the lack of sufficient Government spending
                       on infrastructure.

                       4.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry of Bulgaria

                       4.2.1 Structure:
                       Contractors
                       The Bulgarian construction industry contains over 20,000 contracting firms, of
                       which over 50% are one-person firms. Different surveys undertaken by various
                       Bulgarian construction industry trade organisations indicate that most of the
                       construction firms in Bulgaria are small businesses with less than seven
                       employees concentrated in all major cities of Bulgaria. Most of the small and
                       medium sized companies have been established over the last ten years by former
                       employees of state-owned construction firms and design offices. Only less that
                       500 contracting firms employ more than 7 people. Most of the medium size and
                       large contractors are located in the four largest cities in Bulgaria (Sofia, Plovdiv,
                       Varna and Burgas). Most of the small companies are involved in the construction
                       and commissioning of small residential and industrial projects with a TIC less than
                       US$300,000. There are around ten large construction companies in the country.
                       These are mostly former state-owned organisations, privatised over the last five
                       years. At the end of the year 2000, the construction industry trade organisations
                       announced that the construction sector was over 90% privately owned. There are
                       still a few municipal construction firms in the process of privatisation.
                       When reviewing the existing types of activities of local contractors in the light of
                       EBRD’s classification of large, and SME contractors in Bulgaria, it is important to
                       compare these against benchmarks used by the construction industry worldwide
                       such as project size and sector. Total Installed Costs (TIC) is a key industry
                       indicator for project size. The figure below shows how Bulgarian contractors
                       compare against international project size benchmarks.




                                                                                                      Page 39
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                 SECTION 4




                         PROJECT SIZE (TIC IN US DOLLARS)   SIZE OF PROJECTS UNDERTAKEN BY CONTRACTORS
                                                             SME Contractors

                                     Very Small: Under 1M
                                                                         Large Contractors


                                          Small: 1M - 10M
                                                                                    International Contractors

                                      Medium: 10M to 50M



                                        Large: 50M - 200M



                                      Super: 200M - 600M



                                        Mega: Over 600M



                       Size of Projects Undertaken by Contractors

                       There is no existing construction company in Bulgaria in a position to show
                       experience with large, super and mega projects over the past ten years. This limits
                       the opportunities for Bulgarian firms to act as prime contractors on large, super
                       and mega projects even within Bulgaria.
                       The particular sectors of operation for the local contractors is the other important
                       indicator to judge if they have the expertise and skills to implement up-to-date
                       technologies and complete these on time, within budget, and to the technical
                       requirements of the project sponsor. The sectors are identified according to
                       international construction industry practices. The major sectors can be divided
                       into:

                        Greenfield construction of process related plants and facilities:
                       Liquid and solid chemical plants.

                        Greenfield construction of non-process related plant and facilities:
                       Power plants, manufacturing plants, civil works/commercial buildings.

                        Repair and maintenance of process related plants and facilities
                        Repair and maintenance of non-process related plant and facilities




                                                                                                                    Page 40
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                SECTION 4




                                                    SECTOR          CONTRACTORS CAPACITY PER SECTOR
                                                                                        International Contractors

                         Repair and Maintenance of Process                    Large Contractors
                                Related Plants and Facilities

                                                                SME Contractors

                            Repair and Maintenance of Non-
                               Process Related Plants and
                                                 Facilities



                            Greenfield Construction of Non-
                                Process Related Plants and
                                                  Facilities



                         Greenfield Construction of Process
                               Related Plants and Facilities




                       Figure 1 - Contractors Capacity per Sector

                       In the survey we have identified typical large, medium and small companies and
                       analysed in more detail their activities and capacities.
                       Material Suppliers
                       A number of major international manufacturers of building materials have
                       representative offices or agents in Bulgaria including well-known firms such as
                       Knauf, Rigips, Crackstop, Movinord, Rehau, Dalsan, Cerezit, AMF, ABS, and
                       Vedag. Most of them provide goods on credit to qualifying contractors and
                       continue to improve their distribution networks.
                       Due to the improving business environment in Bulgaria over the last four years, a
                       number of international building materials manufacturers have acquired Bulgarian
                       plants making flooring, tiling, plaster boards, cements, additives, metal rods and
                       sanitary ware. They have brought in positive changes to the local building
                       materials market by improving the local product quality, packaging and
                       distribution.
                       Other less attractive state-owned manufacturers of building materials have been
                       privatised by management buy-out.
                       Some of the newly privatised plants have already been turned around and are
                       increasing sales on the local market and exports to neighboring countries. It is
                       important to note that there are a growing number of local and international
                       companies investing in new manufacturing facilities, for example Astral (plastic
                       windows), Ytong (light concrete blocks), Teraco (plasters and latex paints),
                       Ataroclima (a wide range of materials for HVAC installations), Isola Petrov
                       (insulation materials) and Bramak (roof tiles).
                       However, there are still many privatised companies facing huge difficulties in
                       raising finances for upgrading the facilities and improving product quality and
                       distribution networks. In addition, the management skills available in these
                       companies are poor and the companies are virtually being driven to the ground.



                                                                                                                    Page 41
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 4



                       Major areas for improvement are: product quality, delivery time, ability to deliver
                       straight to site; competitive cost; and payment terms.
                       Equipment Suppliers
                       The big names of the construction machinery industry such as Caterpillar, CNH of
                       the USA, Volvo of Sweden, Komatsu of Japan, JCB of UK, and Liebherr of
                       Germany have sold very limited amounts of equipment to Bulgarian contractors or
                       plant hire firms over the last 10 years.
                       Over the last three years an increase in sales of new excavator and loaders have
                       been registered. Caterpillar is even considering setting up a representative office
                       and service centre in Bulgaria. The demand for construction machines is expected
                       to increase when the large-scale building and infrastructure projects announced by
                       the Government of Bulgaria come into being.
                       As the existing equipment fleets are dating back to the 1980s, there is an urgent
                       need for new machines such as mobile cranes, access platforms, mini excavators,
                       hydraulic excavators, crawler dozers, crawler loaders, wheeled loaders, backhoe
                       loaders, skid-steer loaders, motor graders, rough terrain lift trucks, compaction
                       equipment, asphalt finishers, mobile compressors, concrete mixers, mobile
                       concrete pumps and dumper trucks. Only a few large construction and plant hire
                       firms can afford to buy such machines.
                       Small equipment such as mini-excavators used to dig trenches for cable laying,
                       small compressors, mini-compaction equipment and power tools are more popular
                       with medium sized contractors. The power tools market in Bulgaria is very well
                       developed. Major power tools manufacturers such Sparky (Bulgaria), Hilti
                       (Luxemburg), Bosch (Germany), and Husqvarna (Sweden) have established good
                       distribution and after sales services.
                       Plant and Equipment Hire
                       Most of the plant and equipment hire companies, who rent out heavy equipment
                       needed for construction projects, were set up in the 1960’s. In their best years
                       their fleet numbered thousands of various machines made in the Soviet Bloc
                       countries as well as in the West. The local construction industry has known
                       western companies such as Liebherr, Grove, Volvo and Caterpillar for many
                       years. Due to the recession in Bulgaria over the last ten years, the plant and
                       equipment hire companies could not afford new equipment. At the moment all the
                       plant and equipment hire companies are privately owned, in most cases privatised
                       by management buy-out. These companies have little access to capital for new
                       equipment. The high cost of capital and lack of stable workload makes it difficult
                       for them to implement large-scale fleet upgrading programmes through equipment
                       leasing or bank loans.
                       Consulting Services and Design
                       Due to low start up costs and abundance of qualified engineering specialists, there
                       are huge numbers of private consulting firms with wide raging areas of expertise.
                       Most firms are very small (1 - 5 employees). Many firms are equipped with
                       modern computers and software and offer services to Western standards.
                       Western firms have set up office in Bulgaria providing services to local and
                       international clients.




                                                                                                      Page 42
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 4



                       Former stated-owned design and consulting firms have been privatised by
                       management buy-out. Most of them are on the verge of bankruptcy due to poor
                       management of human resources. There are few firms such as Energoproject that
                       have survived the turbulences and enjoyed success after privatisation.
                       Sector Specific Services
                       After the end of planned economy, various construction industry support
                       organisations emerged such as professional associations, trade organisations,
                       construction industry newspapers, and guilds. All these organisations are striving
                       to increase the visibility of the construction industry, enhance the skills of their
                       workforce, and provide support and better understanding in the market place, and
                       they have been very dynamic over the last ten years.
                       For example, Izdatelstvo Standartizatsia provides information about Bulgarian
                       standards and legislation with regard to the construction industry; the national
                       weekly newspaper “Stroitelstvo Grada” covers all the events in the construction
                       sector; Stroiko organises regular exhibitions.

                       4.2.2 Demand for Construction
                       Food Processing Industries
                       Over the last few years a number of technical assistance programmes sponsored
                       by international institutions have been involved in developing the necessary
                       institutional and legal framework as well as in setting up financial schemes that
                       allow agricultural producers and processors to obtain working and investment
                       capital. Due to this and the extensive direct financial support from the EC Special
                       Accession Programme for Agriculture and Rural Development (SAPARD), the
                       agriculture and food processing industries in Bulgaria have be growing much
                       faster than any other sector of the economy.
                       Local construction firms have successfully executed major capital greenfield and
                       renovation projects in wineries, wheat mills, and fruit processing plants,
                       slaughterhouses and farms.
                       Further opportunities exist for the small and medium sized contractors with
                       regards to rehabilitation of the aging food processing plants, grain warehouses,
                       and farms. The typical project size in agriculture and food processing tends to be
                       small, between US$50,000 to US$5 million, which is within the capacity of the
                       local construction industry.
                       Commercial Buildings
                       The structure of the Bulgarian economy has experienced a continuing shift away
                       from the heavy, capital and energy intensive industries towards a pattern more in
                       line with Bulgaria’s long-term comparative advantage such as tourism, commerce,
                       and computer technologies.
                       There is a growing demand for office buildings, leisure facilities, warehouses,
                       stores, hotels, bars, restaurants and shopping malls.
                       There are good opportunities for repair and maintenance of the existing building
                       stock as well as for new construction. Such projects, costing from US$50,000 to
                       US$50 million, are well within the range of projects the local contractors can
                       undertake. For example, the German tour operators Neckermann and TUI have




                                                                                                     Page 43
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 4



                       already invested over US$10 million for refurbishment and upgrading of aging
                       hotels along the Black Sea coast. Local firms carried out most of the works. In
                       addition, major European chains such as Metro Cash & Carry (Germany), Billa
                       (Austria), Ena (Greece) and Koc Holding (Turkey) have opened super and
                       hypermarkets over the last four years in major cities, with ambitions to build more
                       stores. Local contractors built all the stores costing an average of US$2 million.
                       Power Plants and Transmission Lines
                       Recent studies carried out by EC and local consultancies have indicated that there
                       is an urgent need for the construction of new power plants in preparation for the
                       decommissioning of the oldest units of the Kozlodui Nuclear Power Plant in 2004.
                       In addition, the Government of Bulgaria has given a high priority to reconstruction
                       and upgrading of interconnection transmission lines with the Union for Co-
                       ordination of Production and Transport of Electricity (UCPTE), which operates
                       the interconnected European high-voltage network.
                       The IFI’s have strongly supported the restructuring of the power sector and
                       upgrading of the transmission network in Bulgaria. EBRD has already earmarked
                       around US$175 million for transmission lines and around US$800 million for new
                       power plant construction and coal handling and waste disposal facilities. The
                       Government of Bulgaria has forecasted that the investments in the power sector
                       over the next five years will be in excess of US$2,000 million. Most of the power
                       sector projects are too large in size for the local contractors. Local contractors
                       participate alongside of major international contractors providing specialist
                       services and labour.
                       Civil Works/Infrastructure Projects
                       The Bulgarian infrastructure has suffered from lack of investment and has been
                       grossly neglected over the last ten years. It needs urgent repair and proper
                       maintenance.
                       The Government is now implementing an Infrastructure Investment Programme
                       (IIP) for the period 1998-2001 focusing on telecommunication networks,
                       motorways, bridges, ports, and water systems.
                       A new legislation has been adopted over the last three years paving the road for
                       large foreign investments in both rehabilitation of existing system as well as in
                       green field projects. The IIP and the new legal framework aim to create the right
                       business environment that will attract foreign investors to take part in the
                       privatisation of the sector or to take over the operation of the infrastructure
                       facilities under concession. All major IFI’s are supporting the Bulgarian
                       Government in this process. Due to the improving business environment,
                       international investors such as Enron (USA), IWL (UK), Vivendi (France) and
                       others have been actively pursuing business opportunities in Bulgaria. For
                       example, International Water, the concessionaire of Sofia Water Utilities, has
                       already started the first stage of rehabilitation of the aging water system in Sofia.
                       Most of the financing for this project comes from EBRD. This is around US$95
                       million earmarked for upgrading of Sofia water and wastewater systems. Local
                       contractors have been carrying out most of the construction works that are
                       currently underway.




                                                                                                       Page 44
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 4



                       Roads
                       Bulgaria is an important transit country on the route from the Middle East to
                       Europe. There are a number of pan-European transport corridors crossing
                       Bulgaria’s territory from Romania via Sofia to Greece and Turkey, from
                       Macedonia via Sofia to Burgas and Varna ports, from Yugoslavia via Sofia to
                       Greece and Turkey.
                       With financial support from the EC and the IFI’s, the Government of Bulgaria has
                       launched a series of projects for the repair and modernisation of existing roads
                       focusing on upgrading the main east-west roads linking the key industrial centres
                       and the integration of Bulgaria’s road system with the international network.
                       Most of the roadworks have been publicly tendered and awarded to international
                       firms such as Todini Construzioni Generali Spa (Italy), Granit (Macedonia),
                       MotMacdonald (UK) and local contractors such as Patishta AD, Patni Stroeji AD,
                       Transstroi and Injstroi AD. Most of the local road contractors are privatised state-
                       owned firms with over 40 years of experience in roads works.
                       Bridges
                       Within the framework of the Stability Pact, the construction of a bridge over the
                       Danube at the town of Vidin is due to begin in July 2001 with financing from the
                       European Investment Bank and the Government of Bulgaria. The total projected
                       value is expected to be around US$180 million. Such projects are beyond the
                       capacity of the local contractors. In addition, NATO has announced plans to
                       finance the strengthening of existing bridges on major roads. Local firms will
                       carry out most of the work. Municipalities will also undertake construction and
                       repair of small bridges contracting local firms through open tendering.
                       Ports and airports
                       Bulgaria has four major ports: Varna and Burgas on the Black Sea and Russe and
                       Vidin on the Danube that need upgrading. Some works have already started. For
                       examples, Union Miniere has already invested in the rehabilitation of some of the
                       port of Varna facilities. It has been estimated that the ports of Varna and Burgas
                       could attract substantial oil transit from the central Asian republics to West
                       European markets. If this happens, a massive amount of construction work can be
                       expected.
                       Bulgaria has four international airports: Sofia, Plovdiv, Varna and Burgas. There
                       are plans for upgrading all of them. The airport in Sofia has already been
                       remodeled. Local contractors have carried out all the works.




                                                                                                     Page 45
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 4



                       Plants and Facilities
                       Bulgaria has experienced a massive decline in the state-owned heavy industry
                       sector. A huge number of large industrial enterprises were propped up by soft
                       bank loans and subsidised energy prices until the crisis of 1996. Over the last four
                       years many industrial plants have been privatised, for example the largest
                       Bulgarian refinery, Neftochim, was sold off to Lukoil (Russia) in 1999. The new
                       owner has already launched its modernisation programme. Lukoil takes the view
                       that international contractors such as Kellogg have the expertise and capacity to
                       undertake upgrades at the refinery. Other industries with ambitious modernisation
                       plans include: pharmaceuticals, cement, mining and metal. For example, the
                       cement company in Zlatna Panega, owned by Heidelberger Zement (Germany)
                       has spent over US$4 million on refurbishment of its furnaces. The zinc and lead
                       smelter, OTZ, in Plovdiv is implementing a US$70 million investment
                       programme. Local contractors are carrying out many repair and maintenance
                       projects.

                       4.2.3 Industry Capacity
                       Due to the slow down of the economy and the colossal decrease in investments
                       over the last ten years, the local construction industry has been in a position to
                       meet most of the local demand including small-scale housing, commercial
                       building, infrastructure and industrial facilities rehabilitation projects. As the
                       workload in the construction industry in Bulgaria has varied widely over the last
                       ten years depending very much on the economic situation, it has been more
                       economical for most contractors to employ a very small core staff team of their
                       own and staff projects using “off the street” labour or “teams” of independent
                       labourers. Such a mode of operation has not allowed the local contractors to
                       undertake more complex projects where the qualification of the workforce is key.
                       Over the last two years there has been a growing demand for upgrading some of
                       the existing industrial facilities requiring contractors with specialist expertise.
                       Such expertise has proven to be difficult to source in Bulgaria. For example, for
                       upgrading of oil refining equipment at the Neftochim, a specialist international
                       contractor, Kellogg, was hired to complete specific tasks requiring specialist skills
                       and knowledge of the latest technologies. In addition, the local construction
                       industry lacks financial resources to cover any working capital, guarantees and
                       work experience requirements that developers and bank financing large-scale
                       projects may require.

                       4.3 Survey of Local Construction Companies

                       4.3.1 Construction Companies Interviewed
                       With the assistance of the construction industry national newspaper “Stroitelstvo
                       Gradt” and the construction industry trade organisations in Sofia, Plovdiv, Varna
                       and Burgas, we carefully selected over hundred construction industry companies
                       from various sectors and regions of Bulgaria to take part in this survey. The list is
                       annexed to this report. A screening questionnaire was circulated to these
                       companies to complete and return to the local consultants.
                       After analysing the information in the screening questionnaires we selected a
                       representative sample of twelve constructions sector companies to interview
                       including nine SME contractors and three large contractors as well as two
                       international contractors operating in Bulgaria.




                                                                                                      Page 46
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                     SECTION 4



                       Based on the representative sample of companies interviewed, several key
                       observations are important:

                        Most of the medium size and large contractors that can participate in projects
                           funded by IFI’s are located in the four largest cities in Bulgaria (Sofia,
                           Plovdiv, Varna and Burgas);

                        Most of the companies are privately owned and involved in the construction of
                           projects with a TIC between US$10,000 to US$15 million. The road
                           contractors tend to handle the bigger projects;

                        There are less than ten large contractors such as GlavBolagrStroy that do
                           projects with TIC over US$15 million. These are mostly former state-owned
                           organisations, privatised over the last five years. There are few Bulgarian
                           firms to act as prime contractors on infrastructure projects over US$5 million;

                        Most of the SME contractors do not have very strong balance sheets. The
                           total value of assets is between US$10,000 to US$5 million. A great part of
                           these assets are plant, equipment and land;

                        International contractors are primarily interested in projects with TIC over
                           US$1 million;

                        Most contractors pay cash to small materials suppliers or importers. Larger
                           manufacturers and suppliers of products such as cements, concrete, sand,
                           metal rods, and sanitary ware provide goods on credit only to qualifying
                           contractors;

                        The survey has shown that equipment fleets are ageing, however only a few
                           large contractors can afford to buy new bigger equipment. Most of the
                           medium size contractors tend to buy small equipment such as mini-excavators,
                           small compressors, mini-compaction equipment, and power tools. The SME
                           contractors rent larger plant and equipment from the hire companies or from
                           the large contractors;

                        Local construction firms have successfully executed major capital green field
                           and renovation projects such as housing developments, food processing
                           industries, leisure facilities, office buildings, and shops. However, they do not
                           have the capacity to undertake industrial facilities rehabilitation projects
                           requiring contractors with specialist expertise;

                        Most of the international contractors have employed local SME and large
                           construction firms that have satisfied their financial and professional
                           requirements;

                        Most of the SME contractors employ a core staff of 5 to 180 employees and
                           are making efforts in providing further training to their key people;

                        Most of the SME contractors indicated difficulty securing the services of
                           skilled labour, to work either as direct employees or as sub-contractors;

                        Most prominent is the concern felt over the effects of tax legislation, making
                           the SME contractors not competitive against “firms” that are not registered;




                                                                                                        Page 47
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                            Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                     SECTION 4



                        Most large companies and some of the SMEs acknowledged that ISO 9000
                           certification is becoming an important issue in winning international work as
                           well as getting jobs from international customers explicitly requiring ISO 9000
                           certification.

                       4.3.2 Constraints and Difficulties
                       Business Environment Related

                       Unsteady Demand for Construction Work
                       The demand for construction work depends very much on the economy. Due to
                       the consecutive crises in Bulgaria over the last ten years very few contractors have
                       shown organic growth. Only larger contractors working on projects outside
                       Bulgaria and contractors working for growing niche markets such as mining and
                       metals, roads, gas pipelines, have been able to grow their businesses and maintain
                       steady cash flows.
                       Although over the last three years Bulgaria experienced an increase in the demand
                       for construction work due to an increase in financing from IFI’s for infrastructure
                       projects, it is a shared opinion of the contractors that a long term Government
                       strategy for the infrastructure projects may help them make long term strategic
                       commitments.
                       Labour related issues
                       Due to the unsteady workload in Bulgaria skilled workers are leaving the country
                       for overseas assignments with international construction companies.
                       International contractors operating in Bulgaria have complained that due to the
                       low level of knowledge and skills of local labour, quality and schedules suffer. This
                       is especially true when working with larger local contractors that often have
                       difficulties in staffing bigger projects with temporary work force. Smaller companies
                       tend to be more flexible, innovative, and tend to offer better quality people.
                       Often site managers assigned on larger projects are not properly qualified causing
                       delays in reaching scheduled milestones.
                       International contractors working in Bulgaria have recommended that it would be
                       beneficial to the sector if there are training programmes to bring the skills of local
                       labour up to international standards, especially in project and product management,
                       procurement rules and procedures, client relationship management and site safety
                       practices.
                       Delays and uncertainties with respect to supplies of materials
                       The unstable demand for construction services influences the building material
                       supplies. The distribution system for building materials has been improving over
                       the last two years but it is still not to western standards. Supplier financing is
                       fairly limited but on the increase with some companies extending credit up to
                       three months.
                       Most contractors report delays of sometimes up to two months in the supply of
                       imported materials. With locally manufactured basic products, such as bricks,
                       plaster, flooring, cement, the delay in the supply can take up to maximum of one
                       week. Problems in materials supply delay a project's progress and this in turn




                                                                                                          Page 48
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 4



                       delays the contractor's ability to finish the job on time and start the next job as
                       scheduled.
                       Access to hired plant and equipment
                       The existing heavy and expensive plant and equipment is aging and new and reliable
                       machines are not easily available. If the demand for construction machines
                       increases after the large-scale building and infrastructure projects announced by
                       the Government of Bulgaria get off the ground, then there would be an urgent call
                       for heavy equipment such as mobile cranes, access platforms, excavators, dozers,
                       loaders, graders, compaction equipment, asphalt finishers, mobile compressors,
                       concrete mixers, mobile concrete pumps and dump trucks. The plant and
                       equipment hire companies are not prepared to meet such a demand.
                       Access to leasing
                       Leasing is at an early stage of development in Bulgaria and tends to be expensive.
                       It is easily available for small equipment up to US$50,000. Leasing for equipment
                       up to US$1 million is also available to qualifying contractors. Due to the high
                       costs associated with leasing, contractors do not use this option as a way of
                       financing their equipment needs. Gas StroyMontaj, a pipeline construction
                       contractor and one of the largest Bulgarian construction firms, told us that it has
                       leased equipment from foreign companies, but knew of no Bulgarian company
                       leasing construction equipment.
                       Gas StroyMontaj does obtain equipment needed for a project through subcontracts
                       with firms that have the equipment needed or by renting it from them, a practice
                       common in all the countries surveyed. It has used equipment from rental
                       companies in Europe such as MAATS B.V. and rented specialized pipeline
                       welding equipment from CRC – Evans in Houston. It noted that Caterpillar also
                       rents equipment, but at a very high price.
                       The Head of the Marketing and Investment Department of Gas StroyMontaj
                       recommended that EBRD help create a South East Europe regional equipment
                       rental company, which he thinks would work easily. He stressed that it would
                       need to operate regionally because the equipment rental market in Bulgaria, and
                       other countries individually, is too small. Such a project would require a strategic
                       partner that is a good credit risk itself and has the expertise to manage such rentals
                       in the very difficult legal and operating environments of the Balkan countries.
                       Gas StroyMontaj also has had financing from equipment suppliers, which usually
                       require that it make a 50% downpayment. BACB noted that equipment suppliers
                       have established local agency arrangements in Bulgaria, which not only provide
                       marketing and service support, but also may help arrange financing.
                       In summary, the Bulgarian construction companies obtain equipment through
                       supplier, bank and lease financing, through some international rentals, and through
                       intercompany rental and subcontracting. Equipment leasing is still in its infancy,
                       bank financing is expensive and requires substantial collateral.
                       Availability of supporting services
                       Due to the “hire and fire” nature of the construction industry in Bulgaria, the
                       contractors do not provide “on the job” training for the temporary staff. However,
                       temporary staff accounts for over 70% of the work force in the construction
                       industry. There are apprenticeship schemes only for permanent staff. Most of the



                                                                                                        Page 49
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 4



                       formal training of the construction industry work force is carried out by
                       educational establishments such as professional schools of construction as well as
                       the departments of civil engineering at the universities.
                       Site security
                       Site thefts happen but not to an unexpected level. Site security costs and
                       insurances policies against theft are expensive.
                       Procurement Related

                       Survey of local procurement rules and their impact on the IFI’s investments
                       A Law on Public Procurement, passed in 1999 and amended twice in 2000,
                       facilitates the development of a fair, transparent and competitive market for local
                       and international construction companies to work on public and municipal
                       projects. The Government has been extremely committed in addressing public
                       concerns about corruption in the administration, especially scandals around the
                       public financing of construction projects.
                       Generally speaking, the law on procurement provides a good legal framework,
                       however, the enforcement seems to be weak and calls for further actions from the
                       Government in order to provide a fair and competitive environment. Many
                       contractors do not bid for public works due to the low credibility of the public
                       administration, which often uses various creative approaches to restrict the
                       competition and assist favorite firms. Often the civil servants responsible for the
                       execution of the procurement process are not well trained. This causes delays in
                       processing tenders and payments.
                       The Law on Public Procurement has a provision restricting the direct participation
                       of international firms. Only entities registered under Bulgarian Commercial Law
                       can enter into contracts for public or municipal work in Bulgaria. This provision
                       does not affect directly works financed by IFI’s which is undertaken under an
                       agreement between IFIs and the Government of Bulgaria. In such cases the
                       procurement rules and procedures of the IFI’s prevail.
                       The Law on Public Procurement requires all bids to be accompanied by a tender
                       security but the law does not spell out the amount of such a security.
                       It is a common practice in Bulgaria for the public and municipal project employers
                       to have very tough financial requirements such as securities of over 100% of the
                       value of the contract. They do this for two major reasons: 1) do not want to deal
                       with small firms that may fail to perform; 2) larger firms would offer some free
                       services to them against restricting the competition. The favours may include free
                       computers for schools, refurbishment of the mayor's office, etc. No cases for
                       corruption, only a vehicle to redistribute the budget. For large firms 100%
                       securities of the value of the contract is easy to furnish as they have a lot of fixed
                       assets to pledge such as plant and equipment, buildings, warehouses, inventories
                       and do not tie up working capital while smaller firms tend to have less fixed assets
                       but more productive working capital.
                       For smaller companies securities are very costly and they have no interest in
                       bidding. It is interesting that neither IFI's nor local procurement rules place a
                       ceiling on the securities; therefore they assist the large firms in monopolizing the
                       public and municipal markets. Many SMEs contractors cannot afford to tie up
                       capital in such tenders and they are virtually removed from the market.



                                                                                                       Page 50
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 4



                       The local SME share the opinion that an increase in their participation in tenders,
                       can be achieved through making the information about procurement opportunities
                       easily accessible as well as harmonise the procurement procedures and rules of all
                       the donors. The harmonised procurement rules and procedure will facilitate the
                       procurement process, especially when several organisations provide finance to a
                       single project. A common set of procurement rules agreed between the IFI’s such
                       as EBRD, WB and EIB will be very helpful for both civil servants and contractors.
                       The local SME’s consider that it would allow them to bid for more work financed by
                       IFI’s if the large complex projects are broken up into smaller lots.
                       Access to information
                       There are plenty of Internet sources of information about public and municipal
                       procurement opportunities on the site of the Bulgarian Government Procurement
                       Opportunities Register (http://www.government.bg/rop/). In addition, information
                       and support to SME contractors is provided through the Government Agency for
                       Small and Medium Enterprises (http://www.asme.bg/).
                       An Internet database SEEBN created with funding from USAID provides
                       information on procurement opportunities that result from efforts financed by
                       international donor organisations and IFI’s. However, this database is not updated
                       on a regular basis and is not of much use.
                       Unfortunately, many SME contractors are not aware of all the information
                       available on the Internet. Moreover, most of the IFI’s procurement opportunities
                       are in English, which is not widely used amongst the contractors’ community in
                       Bulgaria.
                       Capacity to Comply with international requirements and standards
                       We have identified that only a few large contractors in Bulgaria have good
                       understanding of international design standards and codes (symbols, layouts, etc).
                       For most of SME contractors international design standards, contract term and
                       conditions used in international tender documents are new. Some SME
                       contractors reported that international tenders are difficult to prepare and take
                       extra time and effort to reconcile standards and various requirements.
                       Particularly, the amount of the paperwork required in international tenders is a
                       problem as well as the project administration in a foreign language.
                       Local SME contractors expressed preference to act as subcontractors only without
                       getting involved in the cumbersome proposal preparation process.
                       Local contractors sometimes have problems executing change orders requested by
                       prime contractors working on IFI’s funded projects.
                       Employer Related

                       Tendering requirements
                       The local SME contractors that had participated in international tenders
                       complained that documents had been ambiguous and too legalistic, requiring an
                       excessive amount of company time to put together a proposal. In addition, the
                       SME contractors have had very disappointing experiences with the tender
                       evaluation and contract award process. They pointed out that often these
                       procurement steps had not been well defined in the tender documents. It was




                                                                                                    Page 51
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 4



                       mentioned that in one particular case the evaluation had dragged for over a year.
                       During that time the bidder had to maintain a bid bond and a performance bond
                       that not only tied up his capital but also eroded his gross margin.
                       Tender requirements for securities are also an issue. In addition, there have been
                       complaints that the government agencies engaged in the procurement of works do
                       not always comply with the procedures of IFIs and in this way does not provide a
                       fair and competitive environment for the bidders.
                       Delayed interim and final payments
                       The SME contractors in Bulgaria who have already been awarded contracts as
                       prime contractors on projects financed by IFI’s have been experiencing delays in
                       payments and other problems due to poor administration of the contract by the
                       civil servants in charge. A delayed payment is a big issue for SME contractors
                       tying up working capital in excess of what has been budgeted for.
                       Local contractors subcontracted by international contractors on international
                       projects reported no problems related to payments. Payments to subcontractors
                       were usually made on a monthly basis.
                       Contractor Related

                       Poor site management and contract planning
                       It has been identified in the interviews that the site management and contract
                       planning and monitoring has been a major weakness of SME contractors. Due to
                       lack a stable workload that allows them to retain experienced staff, there are often
                       delays due to poor site management and contract planning.
                       Compliance with ISO 9000
                       A few contractors interviewed have suggested that ISO 9000 certification is
                       becoming an important issue in winning international work as well as getting jobs
                       from international customers explicitly requiring ISO 9000 certification. Due to
                       this, SME contractors in Bulgaria expressed their interest in taking part in quality
                       certification programmes backed by IFI’s or donor agencies. In addition,
                       international contractors expressed views that the quality of works carried out by
                       local contractors is often an issue. Local contractors are not always able to do the
                       work right “the first time”.
                       Cost estimates
                       Cost estimating is a major area for improvement, especially for local SME
                       contractors. Detailed cost estimating was not an important activity and was often
                       neglected in the old central planning system. Most of the companies surveyed
                       have insufficient personnel dedicated to detailed cost estimating. As cost
                       estimating is dependent on the detail of design work undertaken, local employers
                       and SME contractors tend to economise on design work, consequently the cost
                       estimates suffer leading to overruns and delays.
                       Finance Related

                       Construction industry firms were hit hard by the 1996-7 crisis and many went
                       bankrupt causing buyers who had prefinanced construction to lose their
                       investment. The stronger firms survived but demand for construction slowed and
                       obtaining financing has been difficult. The biggest firms that work internationally



                                                                                                     Page 52
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                      Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                SECTION 4



                       have been hit by a global decline in construction but survived better than those
                       limited to the Bulgarian market. Even they have some problems financing
                       equipment.
                       SMEs contractors reported that they have difficulty getting finance for equipment,
                       although new SME focused banks and special SME lines have helped some SME
                       contractors buy small equipment such as small excavators and compactors.
                       Small contractors complained that the financial institutions in Bulgaria do not provide
                       adequate working capital financing/overdraft facilities. Usually smaller firms tend to
                       have working capital problems and require upfront payments to finance their building
                       materials and labour costs. All the medium-sized and most of the small contractors
                       can borrow locally against a collateral, however, this is very costly and makes their
                       prices more expensive. Also, small contractors cannot afford tying up capital in
                       inventory; hence occasionally they run out of some imported materials and
                       subsequently fall behind schedules.
                       All contractors agree that the local banks offer very expensive financial products
                       that are not attractive to them. Cost of capital is high which adds significantly to
                       the cost of the contractor’s product.

                       4.3.3 SWOT Analysis

                       STENGHTHS                                       IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                                                                       ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                       FINANCED BY IFI’s

                       Local contractors provide cheaper service.      Reduce capital costs and debt service obligations
                                                                       of the borrower.

                       Local contractors have good local knowledge     Reduce risk of delays due to unforeseen local
                       and can cope better with local problems that    problems.
                       can cause delay and overruns.

                       Local contractors experience in international   Familiarity with international performance
                       contracts in Russia, Germany, Israel.           standards.

                       Local contractors are robust against            No conflicts with Government requirements to
                       competition from well resourced and low cost    provide employment to local people.
                       contractors (e.g. from Turkey).

                       New private SME contractors with Western        Increase the participation of local firms in
                       partners have emerged over the last four        international contract as prime contractors.
                       years that have the financial and technical
                       capacity to undertake quality work.




                                                                                                                      Page 53
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                SECTION 4



                       WEAKNESSESS                                     IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                                                                       ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                       FINANCED BY IFI’s

                       Local SME contractors do not have adequate      Limited participation of local contractors in
                       resources to fund the business development      international tenders. Competition restricted to only
                       work and lack sufficient knowledge of the       international contractors.
                       bidding process and international
                       procurement rules.

                       Local SME contractors have limited ability to   Limited participation of local contractors in
                       work in international languages (e.g.           international tenders. Competition restricted to only
                       English).                                       international contractors.

                       Local SME contractors have enough               Local SME cannot bid for bigger projects.
                       resources to handle small and simple            Competition restricted to only international
                       projects.                                       contractors.

                       Local SME contractors cannot expand raising     Limited participation of local contractors in
                       finance due to lack of proven track record      international tenders. Competition restricted to only
                       and borrowing history and lack a stable         international contractors.
                       workload.

                       Local SME contractors are under invested in     Limited participation of local contractors in
                       systems and computer software.                  international tenders. Competition restricted to only
                                                                       international contractors.

                       Local SME contractors do not have proper        Limited opportunities to works as subcontractors to
                       quality assurance and quality control systems   international firms implementing IFI’s projects.
                       in place.

                       Local SME contractors cannot undertake          Limited participation of local contractors in
                       more complex projects for technology            international tenders. Competition restricted to only
                       upgrade of industrial facilities.               international contractors.

                       Local SME contractors have poor site            Poor project execution that leads to delays and
                       management and contract planning.               overruns.

                       Local SME contractors have no sufficient        Poor project execution that leads to delays and
                       personnel dedicated to detailed cost            overruns.
                       estimating.

                       Only few SME contractors use IT, internet       No access to procurement opportunities.
                       and e-mail service.

                       Only few SME contractors pursue                 Limited opportunity to become more competitive.
                       international work.




                                                                                                                      Page 54
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                   SECTION 4



                       OPPORTUNITIES                                    IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                                                                        ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY IFI’s

                       An increase in Government spending on            Opportunities for local SME contractors to grow
                       infrastructure leading to more stable            and handle projects financed by IFI’s.
                       workload for local SME contractors.

                       An increase in cooperation with international    Enhancing the capacity of the local SME
                       firms working on larger projects.                contractors, makes them more competitive in
                                                                        international tenders.




                       THREATS                                          IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                                                                        ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY IFI’s

                       Most of the workforce is aging.                  No direct and immediate implication, but a potential
                                                                        threat to the industry's sustainability.

                       Most of the equipment is aging.                  No direct and immediate implication, but a potential
                                                                        threat to the industry's sustainability.

                       Delayed interim and final payments.              Inability to grow the capacity of the local SME
                                                                        contractors.

                       Bid bonds and performance bonds issued by        Limit the opportunities of local contractors to bid.
                       local banks at high costs and also require       Increase the cost of local contractors’ services.
                       cash collateral of over 125% of the value of
                       the guarantee, i.e. funds blocked.

                       Not enough work for the SME contractors.         Companies bid sometimes too low with potential
                                                                        implications on schedule and performance
                                                                        compliance.

                       The growth of the proportion of construction     Unfair competition and the law in disrespect.
                       work undertaken in the hidden economy.

                       National professional standards and quality      Maintain low standards in the industry overall and
                       standards still to be coordinated with the EU.   can distort competition through unreasonably low
                                                                        prices and completion and quality risks.

                       Lack of training, research and development       Threat to present and future operations.
                       funds.

                       Skilled workers leaving the country for          Threat to sector’s sustainability.
                       overseas assignments with international
                       construction companies.




                                                                                                                        Page 55
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 4



                       4.4 Survey of Local Financial Institutions

                       4.4.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction
                             Financing.
                       The survey of the financial institutions in Bulgaria has revealed that the local
                       banks have been consolidated and have strengthened their operations. As in other
                       countries in the region, many have recently been bought by major foreign
                       financial institutions, continuing the transition process. This has led to continuing
                       improvement in banking services and healthy competition and also to conservative
                       policies and regulations requiring that all loans be secured.
                       Equipment leasing firms exist in Bulgaria but have limited construction industry
                       business. Residential mortgage lending is growing, but is still in initial stages, as
                       is the related financing of housing contractors.
                       Financial Institutions Interviewed and their construction industry business

                       For this project, six banks, an investment fund and a leasing company were
                       interviewed. We also met with a representative of EBRD’s Resident Office.
                       Again, few banks completed our questionnaires but most were willing to provide
                       verbal answers. To get an understanding of regional views of construction
                       financing, some of the interviews were conducted in Plovdiv.
                       All the financial institutions interviewed, International Commercial Bank, BNP
                       Bulgaria, Bulgarian American Credit Bank, First Investment Bank, Hebros Bank,
                       United Bulgarian Bank and Interlease, are foreign owned, as are almost all of the
                       major banks. Most recently, Unicredito Italiano bought over 90% of the largest
                       bank, Bulbank. In addition to the financial and training resources of their new
                       parents, many of these banks have special credit lines from EBRD, IFC, KfW or
                       others and have had foreign advisors. The resulting increased level of expertise
                       and sophistication was clear and has an impact on financing options for the
                       construction industry.
                       As was the case in other countries, few of the financial institutions completed the
                       questionnaire that we had sent well in advance of our meetings, and meeting
                       participants were sometimes unwilling or unable to tell us the information
                       requested. Several banks refused to participate at all and one even cited a price we
                       would have to pay to have our questionnaire completed. In spite of that, the
                       questionnaires provided focus to our meetings and helped us gather much useful
                       information.
                       At none of the banks interviewed did construction industry business account for
                       more than 10% of its portfolio, although some banks had definite interest in
                       developing construction related business.

                        The Bulgarian American Credit Bank has played an important role in
                           developing financing for the smaller construction companies. Its Managing
                           Director for Real Estate and Mortgage Finance said that they have a structured
                           construction lending programme for loans, ranging from $150,000 to
                           $500,000, to carefully selected builders/developers of apartment housing.
                           Loan tenor is 2-2 1/2 years covering both the construction and the selling time.
                           The bank claims a very good repayment record on these working capital loans,
                           which comprise 100% of the bank’s construction financing business;




                                                                                                       Page 56
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 4



                           The bank also offers 10-year residential mortgages to qualified individuals
                           wishing to buy apartments completed by these builders/developers, and the
                           bank’s parent, the Bulgarian American Enterprise Fund, takes equity positions
                           in real estate projects and is considering establishing a real estate investment
                           fund for which it would seek other investors. The loans outstanding under the
                           programme only account for 3-5% of the bank’s portfolio, but residential
                           mortgage loans equal about 15% and a similar programme of loans for small
                           hotels equals 20%-25% of the portfolio. The pioneering development of these
                           programmes included work with the government to improve the legal
                           functioning of the business and has been followed by other banks, some of
                           which are now starting residential mortgage programme and exploring related
                           construction finance;
                           This combination of project based loan and equity construction financing with
                           buyer financing supporting the repayment/takeout, is common in the USA and
                           EU but rare in South East Europe.

                        The foreign CEO of the International Commercial Bank is also very interested
                           in developing this business for both residential and commercial building
                           projects. The amount of construction business is small, limited to three
                           customers, and accounts for only 3% of the bank’s portfolio now, but the bank
                           has a construction engineer/lending officer responsible for marketing it. Of
                           this exposure, 99.2% is for working capital loans, some of which have
                           maturities of over a year. It has only one small bid guarantee for a medium
                           sized firm. Almost 100% of the bank’s construction business is with SMEs so
                           its focus and operations are a bit different than those whose market is the large
                           firms. As Chair of the Bulgarian International Business Association, Finance
                           Section, the CEO is lobbying for improvements in the new law authorizing
                           mortgage-backed bonds that can refinance mortgage loans. He claims that the
                           State Savings Bank and the Post Bank are both starting mortgage lending
                           programs and UBB says that it has also started. First Investment Bank is
                           planning one and Hebros Bank is considering it.

                        The First Investment Bank is planning to start a $1 million trial mortgage
                           lending program for upper income individuals and employees, referred by
                           corporate clients, who have their salaries paid through the bank. Its
                           construction business had been 6.8% of its total in 1995, dropped to less than
                           1% during the crisis, and increased to 4.2% in 1999 and was 5.2% in January
                           2001. Its main focus is on big firms (over 250 employees) especially in the
                           construction industry.

                        United Bulgarian Bank (UBB) had less than 3% of its loans to construction
                           companies in 1998 and 1999, but, as of 3/31/01, this loan exposure has grown
                           to 4%. If guarantees are added, the construction share of total credit exposure
                           was estimated to be about 10%. It was estimated that 60% of total exposure
                           was for guarantees, less than 20% for working capital loans and the balance
                           for equipment financing.
                           The bank views construction as an important sector and mostly finances large
                           and medium size firms, especially those building infrastructure. As the
                           successor bank to the former bank for construction, Stroybank, it has well-
                           established relationships these larger firms. They estimated that their credit
                           exposure is divided about equally between the three sub-sectors: contractors,
                           suppliers and technical subcontractors/others, and it prefers existing customers



                                                                                                      Page 57
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 4



                           to new ones. Suppliers are favoured over contractors because they have more
                           reliable cash flow and have inventory, which can be liquidated to pay loans
                           and usually have more fixed assets to mortgage.
                           UBB has started to make residential mortgages of up to 20 years duration. It
                           sees this as an important new business. Although it is making a cautious start,
                           it wants to be a market leader.

                        The Hebros Bank manager with whom we met estimated construction industry
                           financing to be less than 5% of the bank’s exposure and concentrated on
                           medium size firms. The large firms mainly bank with UBB or Bulbank.
                           Small firms are also important customers, but less interesting because they are
                           less informed about bank loan procedures, because their investors on projects
                           are primarily individuals whose ability to make contract payment is often
                           unclear and because the housing market, on which they focus, has low demand
                           now.
                           BNP (Bulgaria) concentrates on large customers with annual turnover of at
                           least $1 million. Again we received no statistics or questionnaire answers, but
                           were told that construction is a very important sector, a focus of one of four
                           lending teams, and probably at least 10% of the bank’s exposure.
                       Leasing and Equipment Rental

                       We interviewed only one leasing company, but discussed the subject with a major
                       construction firm and with some of the banks. Interleasing is 77% controlled by
                       National Bank of Greece (NBG) with minority ownership by the IFC and the
                       Bulgarian Industry Association, but is not part of NBG’s regional strategy. It
                       makes financial leases covering equipment for industry and has only a 5%
                       exposure in the construction sector. All of that has been to materials suppliers and
                       has primarily been for trucks and equipment for processing inert materials. It
                       prefers suppliers over contractors because they have cash flow that can be
                       forecasted using normal projection techniques, whereas contractors’ cash flow is
                       based solely on contract payment difficult to project beyond the end of existing
                       contracts. Suppliers usually are also not as subject to “the political risk” inherent
                       in many construction contracts. Interleasing does see potential for leasing to
                       contractors with good infrastructure contracts.
                       Interleasing said that leasing has a good legal basis in Bulgaria, but there is a
                       problem in repossessing leased equipment because the procedural delays in the
                       bureaucracy and courts can stop repossession up for up to one year. They
                       summarised that Bulgaria is still a risky and difficult environment for leasing,
                       which is based on cash flow without collateral other than what is leased, and that
                       the banks are more likely to finance equipment.
                       Local leasing companies concentrate on leasing cars and home appliances. UBB
                       does some equipment leasing itself directly in addition to the business of its sister
                       company, Interleasing. First Investment Bank also has a sister company,
                       Unilease, which does some business equipment leasing. BNP is also looking at
                       leasing. Neither Hebros nor any related firm does leasing, but it does finance
                       some leasing firms, none of which do equipment leasing.




                                                                                                       Page 58
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 4



                       Investment Fund
                       We met with the regional General Director of the Small Enterprise Assistance
                       Fund (SEAF) and a representative of its local subsidiary, CARESBAC (Bulgaria).
                       SEAF and its subsidiaries make equity investments in SMEs in six South East
                       Europe countries, including some that are construction related. In Bulgaria, these
                       include a plastic pipe and a marble company. He gave us his views on the
                       construction industry and mentioned a number of other investment funds, noting
                       that Romania had the most investment funds operating locally.

                       4.4.2 Financial products for construction firms, requirements and
                             terms
                       All the banks offer the usual types of contract-related guarantees, short term loans
                       and some long-term loans. Banks with large and medium size construction firms
                       reported that guarantees were the most used product, but banks concentrating on
                       the small firm, had limited demand for guarantees and have most of their exposure
                       in short term loans.
                       The small firms have direct personal contact with the investors/buyers of their
                       services who are usually residential housing buyers. Therefore, they usually do
                       not need bid and performance guarantees, but do need short term debt to cover
                       working capital needs during the relatively short construction and sales period of
                       their small projects. The small companies have less equipment financing needs,
                       using less expensive manpower instead of machines in most cases. Where
                       equipment, more specialised than the older, used trucks and other basic equipment
                       that they own, is needed, they subcontract for it or rent it from another company.
                       These small firms usually do not work on IFI funded projects, unless the projects
                       have small subprojects. They may grow to become potential subcontractors on IFI
                       projects, and they are steady customers for building materials. They also generate
                       small but sustaining jobs for technical contractors, e.g. electricians, and for firms
                       that have the more specialised equipment that small firms occasionally need.
                       Those suppliers, technical firms and larger small/medium size contractors, all of
                       which work on IFI projects, keep busy between big contracts with jobs generated
                       by the small firms. This gives them strength and makes them better choices for
                       the IFI projects and other large jobs.
                       Collateral requirements again are a major stumbling block for some firms.
                       Bulgarian banking regulations require a minimum of 125% collateral for all credit
                       usage. Accounts receivable can be collateral only in conjunction with other
                       collateral, but receivables reportedly cannot legally be assigned to the bank.
                       According to UBB, commercial property cannot be used as collateral. All banks
                       interviewed require more than minimum collateral, in some cases up to 200% of
                       the credit amount. BNP requires that at least a third of the credit be covered by
                       cash collateral, combined with the other forms of collateral needed to meet its
                       required levels.
                       The table below shows the information gathered on credit terms, for those banks
                       that gave us the information we requested.




                                                                                                     Page 59
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                              Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                       SECTION 4



                                                         Guaranty       Interest    Interest Max      Required %
                          Name of Organisation
                                                         Fee, Qtrly     Rate ST     Rate LT # Years    Collateral
                       Internat. Comml. Bank               0.40%        14 +1.5%    12-14%    N/A      min. 125%
                       BNP Bulgaria                         2%                N/A     N/A     N/A      130-140%
                       Bul. Amer. Enter. Fund               N/A               N/A   18 + 3%   2½          N/A
                       First Investment Bank               0.75%         16.60%      N/A      N/A      min. 125%
                       Hebros Bank, Plovdiv               0.3-0.6%            N/A    N/A      3-5      130-150%
                       United Bulgarian Bank               0.5-1%       10.5-12%    15-16%    7-8      150-200%
                       Interlease                           N/A               N/A    N/A       4           0
                       Bulgaria uses Floating rate, BB+spread
                       N/A means not available, not given or not applicable


                       Construction companies reported the banks were much too bureaucratic and that
                       approval took 10-20 visits to get approval, but many of the banks reported
                       expedited approval within a week or two or even less, if the borrower had all
                       information in order.
                       Guarantees

                       In contrast to some other countries surveyed, Bulgaria had no reports of banks
                       issuing guarantees on payments by construction firms to foreign equipment
                       suppliers financing their equipment sales. As elsewhere, banks, except those
                       exclusively serving SMEs, have more guarantee credit exposure than loan
                       exposure to the construction sector. As noted before, UBB estimated that 60% of
                       its construction industry credit exposure was from guarantees. BNP said that all
                       of its exposure consisted of guarantees. Other banks serving larger firms also said
                       that guarantees were important, but BACB and International Commercial Bank
                       had very little or no guarantees issued. Reported guarantee fees, shown in the
                       table above, vary considerably between the banks. No bank expressed any
                       problem with getting confirmation of its guarantee, when requested. Hebros Bank
                       said that it makes 3 year revolving credit agreements covering bid and
                       performance guarantees up to the facility’s limit.
                       Working Capital Loans

                       As noted above, banks, such as BACB and the International Commercial Bank,
                       are financing the working capital needs of SMEs primarily. There is no
                       breakdown on how much of this working capital financing is short term, but it is
                       clear that a substantial part of it is made for tenors over one year. Medium size
                       and large firms use less short term financing, with coverage of cash flow gaps
                       caused by contract pay receipt delays and normal differences in timing between
                       receipts and disbursements being their major use.
                       Equipment Finance Loans and Leasing

                       The only bank, reporting any significant level of “investment loan” plant and
                       equipment financing, was UBB, which guessed that it accounted for over 20% of
                       its construction industry financing. On this term loan financing, UBB noted that it
                       has been increasing its maximum loan maturity from a prior limit of 3 years to
                       5,6,7 and even 8 years in some cases.




                                                                                                          Page 60
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 4



                       As noted above, construction equipment leasing is in its infancy, rental of new or
                       recent model equipment from foreign sources is very limited in number of
                       transactions, and supplier financing is similarly limited. Interleasing makes
                       financial leases typically $50,000 - $1 million in US$, DM or Euros for up to four
                       years.

                       4.4.3 Constraints in financing construction industry
                       Again there are big differences between the constraints faced by the large and the
                       sophisticated medium sized firms and those faced by the smaller SMEs, and
                       between contractors and suppliers.
                       Problems and their causes

                       1.    One common complaint from the financial institutions is that none of the
                             firms present good credit proposals that include all information needed.
                             BNP noted that not even the biggest firms present complete, well-prepared
                             proposals and that big firms do not want to give data and small ones have
                             only raw data. SMEs lack knowledge of financial management and many
                             have no experience with credit. SME owner/managers especially try to keep
                             total control not only withholding information from banks but also from
                             their own key personnel, and not delegating authority or establishing a
                             management structure.
                             Firms generally have the idea that loans are made on the basis of personal
                             contacts instead of project quality demonstrated in proposals that need as
                             much work as a sales proposal. They are reluctant to disclose financials,
                             ownership information, project work history, technical experience, etc. to
                             the banks. This makes it harder for the firms to get financing and for the
                             financial institutions to make good credit approval decisions.
                       2.    Financing equipment is a problem in the construction industry. The larger
                             firms that are likely to work on infrastructure projects have equipment
                             issues similar to those found in other countries. The biggest firms that work
                             internationally can get loans from banks, supplier financing, leases and even
                             international rentals, but not always all that they need. One bank
                             commented that even the biggest firms lacked the equipment and capacity to
                             win major international tenders.
                             The smallest firms do not need much equipment beyond old, second hand
                             trucks and similar basic equipment, and equipment rented locally or
                             subcontracted for a short period or a special task. However, it is worth
                             noting that the equipment needs of the small firms may be underestimated
                             because the costs of operation, maintenance and down time of the older
                             equipment increases the operating costs for the small companies.
                             The medium size firms need good equipment to be selected as
                             subcontractors on large projects and for their own smaller projects. The
                             medium sized firms and larger small firms have the most trouble financing
                             equipment purchase. The medium and smaller sized firms have limited
                             fixed assets to provide as collateral, have very little or no foreign income or
                             foreign bank relationships, and weaker relationships with Bulgarian banks
                             than the biggest companies.




                                                                                                      Page 61
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 4



                       3.    Another problem is that the contractors usually have special difficulty
                             obtaining financing. As noted before, most Bulgarian banks consider the
                             building materials suppliers to be better credit risks than the contractors.
                             Their production and sale of product produce income and cash flow that is
                             steadier and easier for the banks to predict than the “sales” from the winning
                             of contracts and cash flow from contract payments. Contractors are viewed
                             by all interviewed as risky clients. Several of the banks commented that
                             there are not enough good construction companies for them to finance.
                       4.    Meeting even the minimum collateral requirements mandated by regulation
                             is a problem for the smaller firms.
                       5.    Payments under city and government contracts are sometimes delayed.
                       Products not offered

                       The main product not offered to many of the contractors is equipment financing.
                       Possible ways to overcome the problems

                       1.    Encourage and support assistance programs to help construction firms,
                             especially the SMEs, understand the mechanics and value of good financial
                             management and of credit relations with banks. Similarly, assist interested
                             banks to understand and develop credit programs for construction firms
                             based on best practices elsewhere.
                             Several banks said they spent extra time with these clients both to get good
                             and accurate data for analysis and to help the clients understand the process
                             and their needs. It was also noted that the companies have learned much the
                             hard way from the bankruptcies and their own problems during the 1996 -
                             1998 crisis period. Hebros pointed out that there has already been a great
                             weeding out of weaker firms, e.g. in 1995 there were 250 construction firms
                             in Plovdiv, but now there are only 30 to 40. The remaining firms are now
                             apt to be conservative and to self-finance to a significant extent. Most
                             understand that their reputation, quality of work and record of completion
                             are the strengths that bring them work now. They should be able to learn
                             that good general and financial management are equally important. Those
                             that can adapt will have advantages over those that do not, continuing the
                             weeding of the firms.
                             The banks interested in building construction business, in turn, need to
                             become less bureaucratic, to continue streamlining their procedures to
                             efficiently process credit applications and to understand the financing of
                             contractors and apply that understanding. The revamping started by the new
                             foreign owners should help this process. The competition that these new
                             banking methods has brought is also encouraging further efficiency. The
                             banks that do not adapt and hold on to old methods will face declining
                             business and worse performance.
                       2.    There are several options in making equipment financing more available.
                             Leasing can be encouraged to develop. Supplier financing can be
                             encouraged. Expansion of rentals from foreign companies can be explored
                             as proposed by Gas StroyMontaj. Providing equipment through
                             procurement by major projects is another option to explore. The medium
                             sized and larger firms, which have the main need, should benefit most from




                                                                                                     Page 62
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 4



                             the implementation of any of these options. Better financial management by
                             the smaller firms and careful analysis and structure term lending may help
                             the smaller firms to at least get newer and better used equipment.
                       3.    Financing of construction contractors can be made easier. It is a specialty
                             that requires a different approach from that of financing producers of goods
                             and services. The key is analysis of the projects and the investors plus
                             assurance that the contractor can meet the terms of the contract and keep its
                             expenses within budget. If the investor is a low risk one, e.g. the
                             government or an IFI, and the contract payments are paid through the
                             financing bank, the bank’s risk is significantly decreased. Most of the
                             banks have experienced construction experts on staff and have a general
                             awareness.
                             For contracts where the project funding is not as assured or is dependent
                             upon buyers not committed in advance, the risk increases significantly. In
                             the US and the EU, bankers usually require that there be a significant equity
                             investment in the project before they provide any project financing. In some
                             cases, they, or related companies, take a piece of this equity themselves to
                             get some of the high yield it can generate. Analysis of the market for the
                             completed object constructed, usually a building, is key to this.
                             The Bulgarian American Credit Bank has pioneered this method in Bulgaria
                             by financing small contractors building apartment buildings. It does a very
                             careful analysis of the contractors and only finances the few that meet all of
                             its qualifications. It also reviews each project and may recommend that its
                             parent organisation make an equity investment in the project. It also closely
                             studies the market for new apartments and arranges mortgage loans for
                             buyers, if they meet its credit requirements.
                             Larger firms reportedly have been financed by or through the support of
                             foreign joint venture partners, or by the general contractors if they are
                             subcontractors.
                             Some small construction firms are getting financing based on their
                             businesses in other sectors. A small construction firm said that it had a loan
                             on manageable terms from Eurobank, which says it does not do any
                             construction business, but the loan was for furnishings for a café the firm
                             had built and owned. The loan was approved in spite of the firm’s
                             construction business and not because of it.
                             Firms may be getting more financing than the statistics indicate. Some of
                             the short-term loans reported may be, in effect, longer term loans because
                             they are not repaid within a year. A few banks told us that a significant
                             amount of the short term loans were “evergreen” with no fixed repayment
                             schedule, no requirement to be fully repaid at some point during the year
                             and usually renewed for the next year without repayment. Such permanent
                             working capital loans can be used for many purposes, including equipment
                             finance. Evergreen loans are not usually considered good banking practice,
                             but they are helpful to borrowers, such as many in the construction industry,
                             who have difficulty getting term loans. They do carry risk for the borrower
                             because the bank has the right to demand payment at any time.
                       4.    Collateral requirements could be lowered when the credit risk is low
                             enough, if Bulgarian regulations requiring collateral were lifted or modified.



                                                                                                     Page 63
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 4



                             Commercial properties should also be allowed as collateral, with restrictions
                             if necessary. Firms that have other businesses, a building materials
                             operation is a fairly common example, will have fixed assets useable as
                             collateral. To the extent that non-bank financing can be used, collateral
                             requirements may not exist at all. However, collateral requirements are
                             likely to remain, and those contractors that have none to offer will continue
                             to have problems getting bank financing.
                       5.    Procurement advice to the Bulgarian cities and other government entities
                             making contracts may end payment delays, but until that comes to pass,
                             short term loans repaid by the payments when they come, should be easy to
                             arrange. A firm with good financial management should plan for such
                             contingencies and be able to cover such delays from its own resources.




                                                                                                    Page 64
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 5



                       5 Overview of the Construction Industry in Macedonia
                       5.1 Brief Economic Overview of Macedonia

                       The transition process in Macedonia has been very slow due to internal and
                       external factors such as the crisis in Kosovo, the political and ethnical polarisation,
                       the weakening of the position of the ruling coalition, bureaucratic obstacles, and
                       inconsistencies in the legislation. However, with the support of the international
                       community channeled through IFI’s, the Stability Pact and other bilateral donor
                       programmes, the transition in Macedonia is set to continue.
                       The primary objective of most of the programmes is to support the restructuring
                       and privatisation of state owned enterprises, encouraging the development of
                       private sector small and medium size enterprises, and the creation of new jobs.
                       Additionally, as part of the Stability Pact initiative for South-Eastern Europe, a
                       number of infrastructure projects in Macedonia are being targeted under the
                       “Quick Start” programme, coordinated by the European Commission and the
                       World Bank. These projects include new roads on the east-west and north-south
                       corridors and a programme to improve water utilities.
                       Donor funding is being provided for the reform of Macedonian legislation creating
                       a better market environment for the construction sector. A law on Public
                       Procurement was passed in 1998 facilitating the development of a competitive
                       market for local and international construction companies to work on public and
                       municipal projects.
                       The construction sector companies in Macedonia are being extensively privatised
                       through management-employee buy-outs. Due to the high risk associated with
                       Macedonia, grey areas in the property law, and over-valuation of firms, the sector
                       has not attracted significant foreign strategic investors to bring in fresh capital and
                       know-how. A major foreign investment was made by Titan/Holderbank of Greece
                       and Switzerland who paid US$30 million for the Usje cement factory. There have
                       also been a few smaller investments in building material enterprises by firms such
                       as Knauf (Germany), KUPPBALL und Transthandel (Germany), Duferco
                       (Switzerland) and SCMM (France).
                       Unfortunately, most of the privatised and state-owned companies have shown very
                       poor performance, mostly due to the low demand for their products and services
                       and lack of working capital, affecting small and medium-sized enterprises in
                       particular. Many companies also lack investment capital to modernise production,
                       improve distribution, and increase competitiveness and exports.
                       Until recently many small contractors used to work in the “grey” economy due to
                       the very restrictive labour laws and high taxes that smaller operations prefer not to
                       pay. However, since the beginning of this year income tax rates and payroll
                       contributions payable by the employer have been significantly reduced and this
                       may lead to more of the smaller contractors moving out of the “grey” economy,
                       boosting the private sector.
                       According to the Macedonian Statistical Bureau, the construction industry
                       contributed around 6 % to the GDP of Macedonia in the year 2000. Over the last
                       ten years the construction market in Macedonia has mainly comprised housing,
                       commercial buildings and infrastructure projects. There has been some greenfield
                       work, mostly housing but more repair and maintenance, which is set to continue to




                                                                                                       Page 65
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 5



                       account for the major part of construction industry output. Large-scale industrial
                       work has been slow due to the lack of new investments in the industry.
                       Over the last year there has been an increase in export of construction services and
                       building materials to Serbia. As Serbia has traditionally been an important market
                       for the Macedonian construction sector, there are expectations that the positive
                       changes in Belgrade will stimulate a further increase in the demand for
                       construction work and materials over the coming years.

                       5.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry of Macedonia
                       5.2.1 Structure:
                       Contractors

                       Construction is one of the major industries in Macedonia employing
                       approximately 27,000 people. According to the Macedonian Chamber of
                       Commerce, the construction sector has an annual turnover of US$400 million -
                       approximately 20% is export of building materials to neighbouring countries and
                       construction works abroad.
                       In the past there were a few large state owned engineering, procurement and
                       construction type companies, similar to other Eastern European countries. They
                       worked on projects in Yugoslavia and around the world, especially the Middle
                       East, Russia and other Soviet Bloc countries. They employed a large number of
                       staff and covered most of the industry chain: material and equipment suppliers,
                       design, construction, and commissioning. Over the last few years, these
                       companies have significantly downsized, losing traditional markets and work
                       mainly locally, and occasionally in neighbouring countries such as Bulgaria and
                       Albania, on public and municipal projects financed usually by the World Bank
                       and EC. Many of the key executives of these firms worked abroad managing big
                       projects and are very familiar with international bidding and project execution
                       practices. Large companies include Granit Construction Company, Mavrovo
                       Construction Company, Pelagonija Construction Company, Pelister and Beton.
                       Most of the former state-owned organisations have been privatised by
                       management-employee buyouts over the last two years.
                       Similar to Romania and Bulgaria, there have been a lot of spin-offs from these
                       large companies and, as a consequence, there are now emerging new small and
                       medium sized specialised firms, mainly active in the housing and commercial
                       building sector. It is estimated by the Macedonian Chamber of Commerce that
                       there are over 5000 companies operating in the construction sector of which over
                       90% are small to very small. These represent a large category of companies
                       facing critical barriers to accessing international work due to lack of capital,
                       awareness of opportunities and necessary skills and resources to prepare
                       international bids. Typical examples of such companies are: Bortas Engineering,
                       UPA Enterprises, Unija, TIM, Continental Engineering, Makedonia Proekt and
                       Granit Proekt. Most of the small companies are involved in the design,
                       construction and commissioning of small residential and industrial rehabilitation
                       projects with a TIC less than US$ 100,000.
                       When reviewing the existing types of activities and recourses of local contractors
                       in the light of EBRD classification of large and SME contractors in Macedonia, it
                       is important to compare these against benchmarks used by the construction
                       industry worldwide such as project size and sector. The size benchmarks have




                                                                                                     Page 66
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 5



                       been derived from common denominators such as scope of services, number of
                       drawings, major equipment items, and the home office and field labour hours,
                       converted into international prices to determine the Total Installed Costs (TIC).
                       TIC is a key industry indicator for project size. The table below shows how
                       Macedonian contractors compare against international project size benchmarks.

                         Project Size                   SME Contractors          Large Contractors
                         (TIC in US$)                   % of revenues            % of revenues
                         Very Small Projects:           100%                     70%
                         Under $1 million
                         Small Projects:                No                       25%
                         $1 million to $10 million
                         Medium Projects:               No                       5%
                         $10 million to $50 million
                         Large Projects:                No                       No
                         $50 million to $200 million
                         Super Projects:                No                       No
                         $200 million to $600 million
                         Mega Projects:                 No                       No
                         Over $600 million
                       Resources of contractors in Macedonia

                       It is essential to point out that there is no existing construction company in
                       Macedonia in a position to show the past ten years experience with large, super
                       and mega projects. This limits the opportunities for Macedonian firms to act as
                       prime contractors on large, super and mega projects.
                       The particular sectors of operation by the local contractors is the other important
                       indicator to judge if they have the expertise and skills to implement up-to-date
                       technologies and complete these on time, within budget and to the technical
                       requirements of the project sponsor. The sectors are identified according to
                       international construction industry practices. The major sectors can be broken
                       down into:

                        Greenfield construction of process related plants and facilities;
                        Greenfield construction of non-process related plant and facilities;
                        Repair and maintenance of process related plants and facilities;
                        Repair and maintenance of non-process related plant and facilities.
                       The table below shows the abilities of the Macedonian contractors per sectors.




                                                                                                      Page 67
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 5



                         Sector                                  SME Contractors   Large Contractors
                                                                 % of revenues     % of revenues
                         Greenfield construction of process      No                No
                         related plants and facilities:
                         Greenfield construction of non-         25%               50%
                         process related plant and facilities:
                         Repair and maintenance of process       No                10%
                         related plants and facilities
                         Repair and maintenance of non-          75%               40%
                         process related plant and facilities
                       Type of Activities of Contractors in Macedonia over last ten years

                       In the survey we have identified typical large, medium and small companies and
                       analysed in more detail their activities and capacities.
                       Material Suppliers

                       Macedonia has a number of local manufacturers of basic building materials such
                       as aggregates and sand; lime and gypsum; marble and other stones; clay ceramics
                       (bricks and tiles); sanitary ware; cables and wires; wood products. The major
                       international manufacturers of building materials have access to the Macedonian
                       market via representative offices in Macedonia or through their offices in
                       neighbouring countries, namely Greece and Bulgaria.
                       It is possible to buy products of well-known international firms such as Rigips,
                       Crackstop, Movinord, Rehau, Dalsan, Cerezit, AMF, ABS, and Vedag. Most of
                       the international firms provide goods on credit to qualifying contractors and
                       continue to improve their distribution networks in Macedonia. Due to the increase
                       in demand for building materials in neighbouring Kosovo, the local building
                       materials industry has experienced growth and has also attracted a few
                       international building materials manufacturers such as Knauf (plaster boards) and
                       Titan/Holderbank (cement). They have brought in positive changes to the local
                       building materials market by improving the local product quality, packaging and
                       distribution.
                       A great number of state-owned manufacturers of building materials have been
                       privatised by management-employee buy-out. Most of these companies are facing
                       huge difficulties in raising finance for upgrading facilities and improving product
                       quality and distribution networks, and the management skills available within are
                       poor, leaving some of them struggling to survive.
                       Major areas of improvement are: defects (product quality); delivery time; ability
                       to deliver straight to site; competitive cost; and payment terms. There are also a
                       number of idle facilities such as crushing plants, asphalt and concrete mixing
                       facilities.
                       Equipment Suppliers

                       The big names of the construction machinery industry have sold very little new
                       equipment to Macedonian contractors or plant hire firms in the last 10 years. In
                       the past three years there has been an increase in sales of second hand equipment
                       from Western Europe such as excavators, loaders and trucks. The demand for
                       construction machines is expected to increase when the large-scale building and
                       infrastructure projects announced by the Stability Pact get off the ground. As the



                                                                                                       Page 68
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 5



                       existing equipment fleets are dating back to the 1980’s, there is an urgent need for
                       new machines such as mobile cranes, access platforms, mini excavators, hydraulic
                       excavators, crawler dozers, crawler loaders, wheeled loaders, backhoe loaders,
                       skid-steer loaders, motor graders, rough terrain lift trucks, compaction equipment,
                       asphalt finishers, mobile compressors, concrete mixers, mobile concrete pumps
                       and dump trucks. Only a few large construction firms can afford buying such
                       machines providing they win enough work to pay for the upgrading of their fleet.
                       The power tools market in Macedonia is well developed. Major power tool
                       manufacturers such Sparky (Bulgaria), Hilti (Luxemburg), Bosch (Germany), and
                       Husqvarna (Sweden) have established a good distribution and after sales services.
                       Plant and Equipment Hire

                       There are a few plant hire firms with a small number of machines, for example the
                       typical fleet will consist of 1 – 2 loaders, 1 - 2 trucks, 1 mixer and 1 excavator,
                       most of it aging but well maintained. Some of the large contractors that own
                       equipment act as plant hire companies, providing, on a rental basis, the heavy
                       equipment needed for various construction projects. In their best years their fleet
                       numbered hundreds of various machines made in the Soviet Bloc countries as well
                       as in the West. Local contractors have known western companies such as
                       Liebherr, Grove, JCB and Caterpillar for many years. Due to the recession in
                       Macedonia for the last ten years, the construction firms and plant and equipment
                       hire companies could not afford new equipment. The average amount spent on
                       new and second hand plant and equipment is around US$4 million per year. The
                       local companies usually purchase these with their own capital. High cost of
                       capital and lack of a stable workload makes it difficult for them to implement
                       large-scale fleet upgrading programmes through equipment lease or bank loans.
                       Consulting Services and Design

                       Due to low start up costs and abundance of qualified engineering specialists, there
                       are huge numbers of private consulting firms with wide ranging areas of expertise.
                       Most firms are very small (1-5 employees) and many are equipped with modern
                       computers and software, and offer services to western standards. There are no
                       western firms with offices in Macedonia providing services to local and
                       international clients. Former stated-owned design and consulting firms have been
                       privatised by management buy-out. Most of them are on the verge of bankruptcy
                       due to poor management of human resources.
                       Sector Specific Services

                       It is important to point out that there are certified laboratories in Macedonia
                       responsible for quality control in the sector. These laboratories make sure that
                       construction industry companies comply with regulations and standards. The
                       Institute for Testing Building materials certifies that all the manufacturers and
                       suppliers of building materials products comply with Macedonian regulations and
                       standards. The Civil Engineering Institute and Macinspekt carry out the quality
                       control of civil works. Under the EC Phare programme, the German Institute for
                       Testing Materials has been providing consulting services to these laboratories to
                       make them compliant with EU standards.
                       There are two construction industry professional organisations in Macedonia: the
                       Macedonian Association of Civil Engineers and the Macedonian Association of
                       Architects that organise training seminars and conferences for their members.
                       Recently they have launched a new programme teaching Eurocodes and western




                                                                                                     Page 69
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 5



                       best practices. The consultant is not aware of any other construction industry
                       support organisations such as trade, construction industry newspapers, and guilds.

                       5.2.2 Demand for Construction
                       Food Processing Industries

                       The agricultural and agribusiness sector is well developed and currently
                       contributes over 20 per cent of GDP. Privatisation of the sector is largely
                       complete through sales to existing managers and farmers. The ideal climatic
                       conditions for growing high-value early-season fruit and vegetables and the good
                       opportunities to supply to neighboring Yugoslavia, have attracted investors and
                       new facilities upgrading programmes backed by IFI’s, focusing on producing
                       canned and bottled fruits and vegetables.
                       Wine making is becoming an important hard currency earner, bringing in annual
                       revenue of over US$25 million. However, the sector needs substantial
                       investments in modern wineries to increase volume and improve quality.
                       Local construction firms have executed successfully major renovation projects in
                       wineries, wheat mills, tobacco fermentation and fruit processing plants,
                       slaughterhouses and farms. Further opportunities exist for the small and medium
                       size contractors with regards to rehabilitation of the aging food processing plants
                       and farms. The typical project size in agriculture and food processing tends to be
                       small, between US$50,000 to US$5 million, which is within the capacity of the
                       local construction industry.
                       Commercial Buildings

                       There is a growing demand for office buildings, leisure facilities, hotels, bars,
                       restaurants and shopping malls. There are good opportunities for repair and
                       maintenance of the existing building stock as well as for new construction. Such
                       projects, costing from US$50,000 to US$50 million, are well within the range of
                       projects the local contractors can undertake. For example, there is investors’
                       interest in refurbishment and upgrading of aging hotels along the Ohrid Lake.
                       Local firms can carry out most of the works. It is also expected that major
                       European chains such as Metro Cash & Carry (Germany), Billa (Austria), Ena
                       (Greece) and Koc Holding (Turkey) may consider opening super and
                       hypermarkets in the coming years. Local contractors have the ability to build such
                       stores at an average cost of US$2 million.
                       Power Plants and Transmission Lines

                       All power plants and transmission lines are owned by the state electricity utility
                       Elektropanstvo na Makedonija (ESM). Over the past five years there has been a
                       few upgrading and rehabilitation projects including the construction of several
                       transmission lines financed by IFI’s. Local firms acting as both prime and
                       subcontractors carried out most of the construction work. Major international
                       energy firms have expressed interest in the sector and are holding talks with the
                       government. If the sell-off of ESM goes ahead, there will be many good
                       opportunities for local contractors to work on a number of rehabilitation and new
                       projects such as power plant, dams, and transmission lines with neighbouring
                       countries. As most of the power sector projects are too large in size for the local
                       contractors, local contractors can join with major international contractors
                       providing specialist services and labour.




                                                                                                     Page 70
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 5



                       Civil Works/Infrastructure Projects

                       The infrastructure of Macedonia has not seen much investment over the past ten
                       years and is in need of repair and proper maintenance. All major IFI’s, EC,
                       NATO and the US Government have been supporting the Government of
                       Macedonia in the process of upgrading the infrastructure. Local large contractors
                       such as Mavrovo, Granit, Pelagonia, EMO and Beton built most of the existing
                       facilities. These companies are also carrying out most of the construction works
                       that are currently underway.
                       Recently five Macedonian water utilities have raised financing of US$57.7 million
                       to investment in the construction, rehabilitation and extension of water and waste-
                       water infrastructure that could be a good opportunity for local contractors to
                       pursue.
                       Roads and railways

                       Macedonia is an important transit country in the Balkans; however, all links to the
                       neighbouring countries are in need of renovation. A number of major projects
                       have been completed or are in progress, financed by IFIs including the EU, the
                       EIB and the World Bank as well as by bilateral programmes with Greece and
                       Taiwan. Two key Pan-European Transport Corridors cross the country, Corridor
                       8 (from Durres, Albania via Tirana, Skopje and Sofia to Varna, Bulgaria) and
                       Corridor 10 (from Thessaloniki, Greece via Skopje, Belgrade and Zagreb,
                       Croatia). Various parts of these corridors have been upgraded or have plans for
                       future upgrades. Most of the roadworks have been publicly tendered and awarded
                       to local contractors such as Granit, Scopje, Ilinden Struga and other large local
                       contractors.
                       The country railway network is under-developed and the country has no east-west
                       railway route. Construction of a 55-kilometre railway route from near Kumanovo
                       on the FR Yugoslavia border to the Bulgarian border began in 1995 but is making
                       very slow progress due to lack of funding. Local firms do most of the work.
                       Bridges

                       Within the framework of the Stability Pact and NATO programmes there are plans
                       to finance the strengthening of existing bridges on major roads. Local firms can
                       carry out most of the work. In addition, municipalities also undertake construction
                       and repair of small bridges contracting local firms through open tendering.
                       Airports

                       Macedonia has two airports, Skopje and Ohrid. The Scopje Airport has
                       undertaken a major rehabilitation project to the value of DEM17.8MM, financed
                       by EBRD, to improve the runway, taxiways and the lighting system. There are
                       further investment plans for the airport’s long-term development that could be a
                       good opportunity for local contractors.
                       Plants and Facilities

                       Macedonia has experienced a massive decline in the state-owned heavy industry
                       sector. Over the last four years many industrial plants have been privatised, for
                       example the country’s only oil refinery, OKTA, was sold off to Hellenic
                       Petroleum, the largest industrial company in Greece in 1999. The new owner has
                       already launched its modernisation programme and the construction of an oil




                                                                                                    Page 71
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 5



                       pipeline. Hellenic Petroleum takes the view that international contractors such as
                       Aegek of Greece have the expertise and capacity to build the pipeline and
                       undertake upgrades at the refinery.
                       Other industries with ambitious modernisation plans include: pharmaceutical,
                       chemical, cement, mining and metal. For example, the steel producer Makstil,
                       recently privatised by Duferco of Switzerland, has spent over US$10 million to
                       modernise Makstil’s casting facilities and its Skopje plate mill plant. Large local
                       contractors are carrying out most of the industrial repair and maintenance projects.

                       5.2.3 Industry Capacity
                       Due to the slow down of the economy and the break up of Yugoslavia, the local
                       construction industry has downsized enormously to meet the tiny local demand for
                       small-scale housing schemes, commercial buildings, infrastructure and industrial
                       facilities rehabilitation projects. As the workload in the construction industry in
                       Macedonia has varied widely over the last ten years, only the large contractors
                       have been able to survive on the back of government contracts. The local
                       contractors have undertaken relatively simple projects such as roads, commercial
                       and residential buildings and very little complex industrial projects where the
                       qualification of the workforce is key.
                       Over the past two years there has been a demand for upgrading some of the
                       existing industrial facilities requiring contractors with specialist expertise. Such
                       expertise has proven to be difficult to source in Macedonia. For example, the
                       construction of the US$122 million Crude Oil Pipeline linking the Greek port of
                       Thessaloniki and the OKTA Refinery in Skopje has been awarded to Aegek, a
                       Greek construction group. In addition, the local construction industry lacks
                       financial resources to cover any working capital, guarantees and work experience
                       requirements that developers and banks financing large-scale projects may require.

                       5.3 Survey of Local Construction Companies in Macedonia

                       5.3.1 Construction Companies Interviewed
                       Due to the conflict in the Republic of Macedonia, there has not been much interest
                       from the local contractors to participate in the survey. Nevertheless, the
                       consultant team managed to interview a representative sample of SME
                       contractors, large contractors and financial institutions in Skopje and other major
                       towns. The profiles of the construction companies interviewed by the consultant
                       are appended to this report.
                       Based on the representative sample of companies interviewed, the consultant can
                       confirm the following key observations of the state of the construction industry in
                       Macedonia:

                        The construction industry in Macedonia is dominated by a few large
                           construction firms established in the 1960’s and most of them privatised by
                           management-employee buy outs over the last 2 - 3 years;

                        SME contactors are privately owned companies with a very small market
                           share and very little resources to take major roles in projects funded by IFI’s;




                                                                                                      Page 72
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 5



                        Most of the large contractors that can participate in projects funded by IFI’s
                           are located in Skopje. There are a few large contractors outside Skopje such
                           Pelister in Bitola, Ilinden (Struga);

                        Most of the contractors are privately owned and over the last three years have
                           been involved in construction projects of TIC between US$5,000 to US$10
                           million. The large contractors handle the bigger projects;

                        There are four large contractors Granit, Mavrovo, Pelahonija and Beton that
                           do projects with TIC over US$10 million. These are former state-owned
                           organisations, privatised over the last three years;

                        The industry leader is Granit Construction Company that is well ahead of the
                           rest of the large contractors with an annual turnover of over US$160 million,
                           assets of over US$150 million and contracts not only in Macedonia but also in
                           Albania, Bulgaria, Yugoslavia and Russia;

                        The four largest contractors have no problems in financing their activities.
                           Also, they are the preferred contractors on large-scale public and municipal
                           projects in the country;

                        Most of the SME contractors do not have very strong balance sheets. The
                           total value of assets is between US$10,000 - US$400,000. A greater part of
                           these assets consists of plant and equipment or plots of land;

                        SME contractors have limited access to financing. Collateral requirements are
                           a key. SME contractors report collateral requirements of around 200% of the
                           credit amount and one of the larger and best private SME contractors faced
                           requirements of up to 300%;

                        Most contractors pay cash to materials suppliers or importers. Larger
                           manufacturers and suppliers of products such as cements, concrete, sand,
                           metal rods, and sanitary ware provide goods on credit only to the large
                           contractors and some qualified SME contractors up to 90 days;

                        The survey has shown that equipment fleets of the large contractors are
                           ageing. Only a few large contractors such as Granit, Pelister have purchased
                           new heavy equipment over the last three years. Most of the medium size
                           contractors tend to buy small equipment such as mini-excavators, small
                           compressor, mini-compaction equipment, and power tools. The SME
                           contractors rent larger plant and equipment from the hire companies or from
                           the large contractors;

                        Local construction firms have recently executed mostly housing
                           developments, commercial buildings, and infrastructure projects such as roads
                           and dams. However, they do not have the capacity to undertake industrial
                           facilities rehabilitation projects requiring contractors with specialist expertise;

                        Most of the SME contractors indicated difficulty securing the services of
                           skilled labour, to work either as direct employees or as sub-contractors.

                       5.3.2 Constraints and Difficulties
                       Business Environment Related




                                                                                                        Page 73
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 5



                       Unsteady Demand for Contraction Work
                       The demand for construction work in Macedonia has crashed over the last ten
                       years. Due to international sanctions against Iraq, Libya and the turmoil in
                       Yugoslavia and the Middle East, the Macedonian contractors lost their major
                       international markets. Almost all larger contractors have downsized their
                       operations.
                       Due to the unsteady workload in Macedonia many skilled workers have left the
                       country for overseas assignments with international construction companies.
                       In addition, skilled workers left the large contractors to set themselves up in
                       business as small contractors or work in the grey economy providing repair and
                       maintenance services.
                       Delays and uncertainties with respect to supplies of materials
                       The distribution system for building materials has been improving over the last
                       three years but it is still hard to source good quality building materials when
                       needed.
                       Vendor financing is fairly limited but on the increase with some companies
                       extending credit up to three months. Most contractors report problems with the
                       quality and the price of imported materials. Due to the high demand in
                       neighbouring Kosovo of Macedonian manufactured basic products, such as bricks,
                       plaster, flooring, cement, there are often uncertainties in their supply to local sites.
                       Access to hired plant and equipment
                       The existing heavy and expensive plant and equipment is aging and new and
                       reliable machines are not easily available. Availability of spare parts is an issue.
                       Usually it takes a few weeks to be delivered.
                       Access to leasing
                       Leasing is at an early stage of development in Macedonia and is virtually not
                       available for SME contractors.
                       Availability of supporting services
                       There are no organisations providing skills enhancing training for the
                       construction industry work force such as seminars on contract management, cost
                       control, specialist skills.
                       Procurement Related

                       Survey of local procurement rules and their impact on the IFI’s investments
                       A Law on Public Procurement, passed in 1998 provided the legal framework for
                       local and international construction companies to work on public and municipal
                       projects, however, the enforcement is reported by SME contractors to be weak.
                       SME contractors complained that they have virtually no access as prime
                       contractors to public and municipal work. Public and municipal work is usually
                       awarded to the “big four”: Mavrovo, Granit, Pelagonia and Beton.




                                                                                                        Page 74
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 5



                       Access to information
                       The local SME raised their concerns about the availability of the information
                       about procurement opportunities. Many of them were not aware that such
                       information is available on the Internet sites of IFI’s. Moreover, most of the IFI’s
                       procurement opportunities are in English, which is not widely used in Macedonia.
                       There are number of other Internet databases that provide information on
                       procurement opportunities that result from efforts financed by international donor
                       organisations and IFI’s. SME contractors are not aware of these either.
                       Capacity to Comply with international requirements and standards
                       The consultant has identified that only the large former state-owned contractors in
                       Macedonia have had exposure to international tender requirements, design
                       standards and codes (symbols, layouts, etc). SME contractors reported that
                       international tenders are difficult to prepare due to high costs and lack of
                       experience with international contracting.
                       Employer Related

                       Delayed interim and final payments
                       The SME contractors in Macedonia complained that they have been paid in kind
                       on several public projects. Delays of payments on public and municipal jobs
                       happen often.
                       Contractor Related

                       Unfamiliarity with the legal aspects of contract work, contract law, preparation of
                       claims
                       SME contractors have no legal support and use very simple one page contracts.
                       Large contractors are more sophisticated. They usually have legal counsels.
                       All contractors lack knowledge and experience with international claims. Training
                       in contract management will be very useful.
                       Compliance with ISO 9000
                       Two large contractors interviewed have suggested that ISO 9000 certification is
                       becoming an important issue in winning international work as well as getting jobs
                       from international customers explicitly requiring ISO 9000 certification. SME
                       contractors in Macedonia take the view that ISO 9000 is not needed and will not
                       help them win more work.
                       Restructuring of the large formerly stated-owned contractors
                       The big firms also have problems adjusting their operations from being
                       instruments of the government to being fully private competitors in the market.
                       Their contracts are no longer arranged politically and some are having difficulty
                       preparing winning bids. Their performance may in some cases been purposefully
                       weak in order to lower their value and make a management buy-out easier.
                       There are also reports that many of the best employees at the big firms have left
                       the company to run their own small private firms and bad management and
                       corruption among some of those remaining is significant. All have cut staff at




                                                                                                     Page 75
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                 SECTION 5



                       least in half, and one of the big companies, which in trouble has had its staff
                       decrease from 8,000 to about 1,000. Countering these problems are reports that
                       these companies are getting major international contracts, including some in
                       Albania and even Bosnia, are sharing work among themselves when one of the
                       group gets a major contract, and are even slated to get some work on Olympic
                       Games facilities in Greece. Their problems are affecting their credit worthiness
                       and there are some indications that even the better big firms are starting to find
                       that getting financing is more difficult.

                       5.3.3 SWOT Analysis

                                                                               IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                       STENGHTHS                                               ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                               FINANCED BY IFI’s
                       Local contractors provide cheaper service.              Reduce capital costs and dept service
                                                                               obligations of the borrower.
                       Local contractors have good local knowledge and         Reduce risk of delays due to unforeseen local
                       can cope better with local problems that can cause      problems.
                       delay and overruns.
                       Large local contractors have experience in              Familiarity with regional legislation, standards,
                       international contracts in Albania, Bulgaria and        suppliers and subcontractors.
                       Yugoslavia.
                       Local contractors are robust against competition        No conflicts with Government requirements to
                       from well resourced and low cost contractors (e.g.      provide employment to local people.
                       from Turkey)



                                                                               IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                       WEAKNESSESS                                             ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                               FINANCED BY IFI’s
                       Local SME contractors do not have adequate              Limited participation of local contractors in
                       resources to fund the business development work         international tenders. Competition restricted to
                       and lack sufficient knowledge of the bidding process    only international contractors.
                       and international procurement rules.
                       Local SME contractors have limited ability to work in   Limited participation of local contractors in
                       international languages (e.g. English).                 international tenders. Competition restricted to
                                                                               only international contractors.
                       Local SME contractors cannot expand raising             Limited participation of local contractors in
                       finance due to lack of proven track record and          international tenders. Competition restricted to
                       borrowing history and lack a stable workload.           only international contractors.
                       Local SME contractors are under invested in             Limited participation of local contractors in
                       systems and computer scheduling and cost control        international tenders. Competition restricted to
                       software.                                               only international contractors.
                       Local SME contractors do not have proper quality        Limited opportunities to works as
                       assurance and quality control systems in place.         subcontractors to international firms
                                                                               implementing IFI’s projects.
                       Local SME contractors cannot undertake more             Limited participation of local contractors in
                       complex projects for technology upgrade of industrial   international tenders. Competition restricted to
                       facilities.                                             only international contractors.




                                                                                                                       Page 76
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                              SECTION 5



                                                                              IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                       WEAKNESSESS                                            ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                              FINANCED BY IFI’s
                       Only few SME contractors use of IT, internet and e-    No access to procurement opportunities.
                       mail service.
                       Only few SME contractors pursue international work.    Limited opportunity to become more
                                                                              competitive.
                       Lack of stable workload to retain good quality staff   Limited ability to deliver.
                       Aging heavy equipment and lack of reliable supply of   Can cause significant project delays and
                       spare parts.                                           increase completion risk.



                                                                              IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                       OPPORTUNITIES                                          ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                              FINANCED BY IFI’s
                       An increase in Government spending on                  Opportunities for local SME contractors to
                       infrastructure leading to more stable workload for     grow and handle projects financed by IFI’s.
                       local SME contractors.
                       An increase in cooperation with international firms    Enhancing the capacity of the local SME
                       working on larger projects.                            contractors makes them more competitive in
                                                                              international tenders.




                                                                                                                   Page 77
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                   SECTION 5



                                                                              IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY
                       THREATS                                                TO ACCESS AND EXECUTE
                                                                              PROJECTS FINANCED BY IFI’s
                       Most of the workforce is aging.                        No direct and immediate implication, but
                                                                              a potential threat to the industry's
                                                                              sustainability.
                       Delayed payments and in kind payments.                 Inability to grow the capacity of the local
                                                                              SME contractors. Cash flow constraints.
                       Bid bonds and performance bonds issued by local        Limit the opportunities of local
                       banks at high costs and also require cash collateral   contractors to bid. Increase the cost of
                       of over 200% of the value of the guarantee, i.e.       local contractors’ services.
                       funds blocked.
                       The growth of the proportion of construction work      Unfair competition and law reliability.
                       undertaken in the hidden economy
                       National professional standards and quality            Maintain low standards in the industry
                       standards still to be coordinated with the EU          overall and can distort competition
                                                                              through unreasonably low prices and
                                                                              completion and quality risks
                       Lack of training, research and development funds       Threat to present and future operations
                       Skilled workers leaving the country for overseas       Threat to sector’s sustainability
                       assignments with international construction
                       companies

                       5.4 Survey Of Local Financial Institutions In Macedonia:

                       5.4.1 Financial Sector Overview, Trends affecting construction
                             financing
                       Macedonia was the least developed republic in Yugoslavia before it broke up, but
                       it has, until very recently, escaped the conflict that so damaged most of the other
                       ex-Yugoslav republics. In spite of its opportunity for peaceful development, the
                       financial sector has changed slowly.
                       Under the Yugoslav version of Communism, companies, in theory, were worker
                       owned and the banks were created and owned by these companies. The bank was
                       responsible for taking care of its owner companies and the companies did all their
                       banking business with their “house” bank. The worker/socially owned firms were
                       organised according to a Yugoslav state plan, so they tended to be large and had a
                       very strong influence on their bank. This pattern was broken to a significant
                       degree by the conflicts in Bosnia and elsewhere as the big socially-owned firms
                       failed or sold their ownership in their bank.
                       In Macedonia, especially in the construction sector, which is dominated by four to
                       six old giants, this old arrangement still exists to some extent. Only recently, with
                       the conversion of companies to private ownership and through purchase of some
                       of the banks, has this pattern started to change.
                       The recent National Bank of Greece’s purchase of 70% of Stopanska Banka does
                       not as yet seem to have produced major changes in its operations, but the bank did
                       put less emphasis on serving its large customers than Komercijalna.




                                                                                                                        Page 78
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 5



                       Financial Institutions Interviewed and their construction industry business

                       Because of the uncertainty about permission to travel to Macedonia in May 2000,
                       and the limited time available, meetings had to be arranged with the banks at the
                       very last minute. With the kind help of EBRD Resident Office staff, three of the
                       most important banks, Stopanska Banka, Komercijalna Banka and Export &
                       Credit Bank, were interviewed.
                       In spite of having received the questionnaires well in advance of the meetings with
                       requests that these be completed whether or not a visit was possible, none were
                       done in advance. Stopanska and Komercijalna completed a questionnaire, but not
                       until much later. Stopanska forwarded it two weeks after the meeting, and
                       Komercijalna didn’t send it until the fourth week after the meeting requiring
                       revisions after the reporting deadline.
                       Regarding the importance of the construction sector in their overall portfolio,
                       Stopanska had the most construction business, about 8% of its exposure,
                       DEM37.7 million for 91 customers as of 31 March 2001. Of that business, 77%
                       for 6 large firms and the rest to 85 SMEs. Its exposure within the industry was
                       93% to 80 contractors and the balance to building materials suppliers. Stopanska
                       has special products for construction firms and expects construction to continue to
                       be an important business for it. The Manger of the Construction and Transport
                       Sector of the Corporate Division of Komercijalna gave us no information on the
                       Sector’s share of the portfolio, but the fact that the bank has a sector devoted to it
                       indicates that construction is a significant business for them. The President of
                       Export & Credit Bank said construction accounted for less than 5% of his bank’s
                       business did not foresee any increase until the large firms were restructured and
                       the smaller ones become more credit-worthy. He added that legal problems
                       related to who owns the land and regarding satisfaction and release of mortgages
                       needed to be resolved.
                       Leasing Companies

                       Leasing is essentially non-existent in Macedonia. A local representative of major
                       construction equipment manufacturers has created a leasing company but has yet
                       to be able to complete a deal because the costs are too high. Good laws on leasing
                       are also reported as being needed.
                       International Assistance and Financing Programs

                       Macedonia has the array of international loan programmes found in other Balkan
                       countries, e.g. KfW, EBRD, World Bank, etc. EBRD is part owner of all three
                       banks visited and has lines to Stopanska and Export & Credit. The Taiwan
                       government has had special lines through the banks for housing and school sports
                       facilities construction and for equipment purchase by SMEs.




                                                                                                       Page 79
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 5



                       5.4.2 Financial products for construction firms, requirements and
                             terms
                       Both Stopanska Banka and Komercijalna Banka provided details on their terms,
                       but the Export & Credit Bank did not, noting that its construction portfolio was
                       small, included non-performing loans and that the bank was not granting new
                       credits to construction firms. Komercijalna requires 200% collateral and
                       Stopanska’s collateral requirements are 100% for strong foreign currency cash
                       collateral, 130% for Dinar collateral, and about 200% for other collateral.
                       Guarantees

                       For Komercijalna, guarantees formed the majority of its construction exposure,
                       but they formed only 31% for Stopanska. There is a huge difference reported on
                       the questionnaires in the fees charged by these two banks. Komercijalna charges
                       0.25% - 0.50% per month on bid guarantees and 0.50% per month on all other
                       guarantees. Guarantees on payments to equipment suppliers can extend up to five
                       years. Stopanska charges 0.18% per quarter to its very best customers and up to
                       0.32% per quarter for bid, performance and loan payment guarantees. Neither
                       bank has any problem with confirmation of its guarantees. If this difference is
                       accurately reported, it is surprising that Komercijalna’s customers have not all
                       moved their business to Stopanska. This may show the continuing strength of
                       “house bank” relationships.
                       Working Capital Loans

                       Working capital loans are usually short-term and the conditions vary. In addition
                       to collateral requirements, Komercijalna’s interest charges average 17% per year,
                       variable based on who is funding the construction project, e.g. interest rates for
                       loans to a firm with a World Bank funded project will be lower than on one
                       funded privately. Stopanska does not make short-term loans for general working
                       capital purposes, but only to cover specific payment gaps, especially those on
                       which it has a payment guarantee which will be triggered as a result of contract
                       payments to the company, covering a guaranteed amount payable, being received
                       after the guaranteed payment’s due date. These loans accounted for 50% of its
                       construction exposure as of March 31, 2001. The Stopanska’s interest rate for
                       these loans varies between 9% and 17% plus a 2% fee. Some of this exposure
                       may be for loans or revolving credits made with maturities of more than a year.
                       Equipment Finance Loans and Leasing

                       It is estimated that about 20% to 30% of the construction equipment needed in
                       Macedonia was sourced directly from the manufacturers. Approximately 30% of
                       this was financed by loans, mostly from suppliers guaranteed by Macedonian
                       banks. The 70% balance was paid in cash, although it is possible that some of the
                       cash came from bank loans. This demonstrates the need for increased equipment
                       finance, the lack of it domestically and the important role supplier financing has
                       played.
                       Equipment finance loans are almost by definition term loans. Komercijalna makes
                       no medium term loans from its own funds, only those funded by its World Bank
                       line. For those it charges 14% - 15% on loans up to 3-5 years tenor. Stopanska
                       statistics show that as of 31 March 2001, equipment financing accounted for 19%
                       of its exposure on construction sector business. As with working capital loans,
                       Stopanska charges 9% - 17% per annum plus a 2% front end fee on these




                                                                                                    Page 80
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 5



                       investment and fixed asset term loans to a maximum maturity of three years. In
                       addition to its term loans and payment guarantees, Stopanska is helping finance
                       the equipment needs of its customers by providing special customs guarantees
                       covering their rental of construction equipment from foreign sources.

                       5.4.3 Constraints in financing construction industry
                       The difficulty for construction SMEs getting financing is a continuing problem.
                       The contractors claim that all the financing goes to the big firms and there is
                       nothing available for them. Although the banks say that their loans are made on
                       the basis of credit worthiness, which is doubtful for some big firms, and that they
                       welcome new customers, the old “house bank” relationships still have not been
                       fully severed.
                       When SMEs are offered financing, they generally most SMEs cannot afford it.
                       Fee or interest charges may be manageable but collateral requirements are a
                       problem. With limited assets and tight cash flow, they usually are not able to
                       provide collateral conservatively valued at 2 - 3 times the amount of the loan or
                       guarantee. There are also reports that the SMEs lack information on loans and
                       loan programmes and on how to prepare presentable business plans and apply for
                       loans.
                       The big firms also have problems adjusting their operations from being
                       instruments of the government to being fully private competitors in the market.
                       Their contracts are no longer arranged politically and some are having difficulty
                       preparing winning bids. Their performance may, in some cases, be purposefully
                       weak in order to lower their value and make a management buy-out easier. There
                       are also reports that many of the best employees at the big firms have left the
                       company to run their own small private firms and bad management and corruption
                       among some of those remaining is significant. All have cut staff by 50% at least,
                       and one big company in trouble has had its staff decrease from 8,000 to about
                       1,000. Countering these problems are reports that these companies are getting
                       major international contracts, including some in Albania and even Bosnia, are
                       sharing work among themselves when one of the group gets a major contract, and
                       are even slated to get some work on Olympic Games facilities in Greece. Their
                       problems are affecting their credit worthiness and there are some indications that
                       even the bigger reputable firms are experiencing more difficulties in getting
                       financing.
                       Affordable credits of all types are needed by the SMEs, but equipment financing is
                       difficult for all, reportedly increasingly so for some big firms and impossible for
                       most smaller ones. As elsewhere in the region, most equipment financing is done
                       by suppliers not by financial institutions. Stopanska Banka’s customs guarantee
                       experience shows that there is an active market in renting equipment from
                       international rental firms. As noted above, there is virtually no leasing in
                       Macedonia.




                                                                                                     Page 81
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 6



                       6 Survey of the construction companies in Romania
                       6.1 Characteristics of the Construction Industry in Romania

                       6.1.1 Structure of the Construction Industry
                       Historically, the construction industry in Romania was well established. Prior to
                       1989 the level of infrastructure and industry related investments were high and an
                       entire central and regional network of construction companies, design institutes,
                       material and equipment manufacturers were active. They employed some 10% of
                       the total number of workforce in the country. At the same time various ministries
                       had their own dedicated construction companies and design institutes.
                       Additionally, there were approximately 200 construction companies grouped
                       under the Ministry for Industrial Constructions.
                       The existence of these companies was ensured via a wide programme dedicated to
                       almost every industrial and infrastructure sector. Moreover, some of the larger
                       contractors were involved in projects abroad, either on a project basis or having a
                       permanent office operating in foreign country (e.g. ARCOM in Germany). Many
                       had the support of the Romanian Government and sometimes built projects under
                       barter arrangements with countries such as Iraq.
                       After 1990, the investment programme that had been managed by the Government
                       decreased considerably and had a profound effect on the nature and structure of
                       the construction industry and related sectors, especially the construction materials.
                       Soon after 1990, and over a relatively short period of time, most of the
                       construction companies had been privatised, but no real money had been brought
                       into the new companies as in most cases the management and employees bought
                       the assets. The large construction companies considered strategic and active in the
                       energy, oil and gas and mining sectors have not yet been privatised.
                       In most cases, prior to privatisation, the construction companies had been split
                       and, as a consequence, a significant number of companies are now registered.
                       It is also important to mention that a lot of construction companies have been
                       established as a completely new, private initiative. The same applies to design
                       firms and consulting companies.
                       The structure of the Romanian construction industry, including related sectors,
                       comprises several types of players. Their activities, resources and skills are
                       described below.
                       Contractors

                       Large Contractors
                       Generally speaking, the large contractors are the former state-owned general
                       contractors and most of them still own a diversified business including design and
                       plant and equipment facilities. They also employ a significant number of staff,
                       organised in divisions or as separate entities. In either case, they operate as
                       holding companies.
                       It is generally considered that there are only a few general contractors (no more
                       than ten) in Romania that would be able to work on large infrastructure projects




                                                                                                      Page 82
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                  Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 6



                       with foreign partners. Our survey, included some of these companies because of
                       their extensive exposure to projects and clients in Romania and abroad.
                       The large Romanian contractors have tried to update their own plant and
                       equipment bases in order to overcome all difficulties encountered with procuring
                       them. As a consequence, some are developing their own plant facilities allowing
                       for larger than needed capacities and following a horizontal development strategy.
                       Whereas this can offer in theory the advantage of readily available equipment and
                       basic materials, the consequences are easily foreseen: own capacity is under-
                       utilised because of lack of projects, high up front investment costs and high
                       maintenance costs. The reality is that the advantages of this strategy can quickly
                       be overcome by the disadvantages, which ultimately can translate in
                       uncompetitive prices.
                       ARCOM, based in Bucharest, represents the diversification trend amongst the
                       large contractors. Having lost international markets (Africa, Middle East) and in
                       the absence of sufficient work on the domestic market, ARCOM has developed a
                       diversification strategy whereby, besides construction activities, it engages in
                       services activities such as equipment hire and materials manufacturing, as well as
                       investments in real estate.
                       Of greater importance is the trend amongst the larger contractors to expand their
                       area of specialisation. For example CCCF used to be dedicated to transportation
                       works but have expanded into other types of large infrastructure works and
                       various civil works.
                       A few large companies have started to split their operations and form separate
                       legal entities qualifying as SMEs. The purpose, besides a more efficient
                       management of the operations, is to benefit from the advantageous SME
                       legislation adopted by the Romanian government.
                       Small and Medium Contractors
                       These can be classified according to the Romanian legislation (similar to the EU
                       classification) into medium companies employing up to 250 permanent
                       employees, and small contractors employing between 10 and 100 employees.
                       There are more than 3,000 construction companies falling into this category and
                       they are present in all regions of the country. However, a more significant
                       presence has been noticed in large cities driven by a more dynamic industrial
                       activity e.g. Timisoara, Cluj, Brasov, Ploesti and Pitesti
                       The small contractors such as Arhitarva , Scorillo and Compania pentru Servicii in
                       Constructii, all based in Brasov, share the most common features of small, private,
                       recently established Romanian contractors:

                        prefer to work for private clients on a sole source basis;
                        nurtures client and suppliers relationships to achieve some flexibility in
                           payment terms and suppliers’ credits;

                        work mostly in the building sector, simple projects where they can apply a
                           significant share of manual works;

                        try to work on 5-7 project at the same time to ensure working capital;




                                                                                                      Page 83
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                    Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 6



                        employ low skilled staff as the qualified ones, though available, are too
                           expensive.
                       Some of the mid size companies had been established between 1992 and 1996 as
                       spin-offs of the larger contractors during their privatisation. There are few
                       companies in the middle range that are good candidates for medium-sized EBRD
                       projects e.g. Bogart and Stizo.
                       Material Suppliers

                       Since 1989 the construction material sector has been developed considerably in
                       range and quality of the products offered. Generally speaking, all materials are
                       available either from internal sources or imports. In the latter case, the delivery
                       time is around 4 - 6 weeks and there are no significant complaints about the sector.
                       Foreign investors have bought some of the Romanian material manufactures. One
                       example is Lafarge of France who now has more than 80% of the cement market
                       share. Although there are complaints about the lack of competitive pricing, it is
                       widely recognised that Lafarge has brought a fresh approach to business:
                       guaranteed quality, prompt delivery and clear, firm contractual terms, imposing
                       thus a discipline that the contractor will have to follow and possibly reflect it upon
                       others.
                       Before 1989 Romania had a capacity of 13 tonnes of cement and used a vast
                       majority of this, some 11 tonnes. Now the capacity has decreased to 11 tonnes
                       but only 4.5 tonnes are consumed per year. This leaves the sector with the
                       capacity to meet a much greater demand.
                       The cement distribution is done either ex-works or ex-customer. The latter is
                       generally applicable to large construction companies who have the capacity to buy
                       in large volume. The wholesale providers, suitable to small and medium-sized
                       contractors, represent around 50% of total volume. As in other countries, the
                       smaller contractors are at a disadvantage as they pay less advantageous prices and
                       then it is on a cash and carry payment term. Moreover, they have to arrange their
                       own transport of materials, which adds to the cost. The same distribution methods
                       are also applicable to other types of materials.
                       There are no shortages of more modern and diverse materials produced by local
                       companies with foreign participation: ceramics – Cesarom, tiles – Sanex, grout
                       (Baumit) – in general, materials used in commercial and social buildings.
                       Triggered by the expensive credits, the constructors have been forced into
                       reducing the construction period and consequently have started to look into less
                       labour intensive technologies. An example is a wider availability at a convenient
                       price of steel framed structures, which in the past were used exclusively in
                       industrial works, but are now available to go to commercial and civil destinations.
                       Several of the companies interviewed expressed their concern that still far too
                       little is being done in introducing new, more efficient materials, capable of
                       reducing the execution schedule and the quality of the works.
                       There is also a significant need to invest in distribution systems, packaging and
                       hand delivery of materials.
                       Equipment Suppliers




                                                                                                       Page 84
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                  Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 6



                       There are two trends within construction companies to solve the equipment
                       problem and these depend largely on the company’s size.
                       The large contractors have generally preferred to start developing their own fleet
                       are planning to do so considering that this is the route to minimising risks and
                       costs. They also lease equipment, to date mostly from western manufacturers
                       benefiting from leasing programmes supported by export credit agencies in France
                       or Germany. Construction companies such as CCCF has now gained enough
                       experience to start comparing the best offer to finance equipment needs: vendor
                       financing, local credit lines or leasing from local companies.
                       The other trend applies to medium and smaller contractors, which prefer to hire
                       the special equipment.
                       Plant and Equipment Hire

                       Until 1990 each county had an organisation that centrally handled the plant and
                       equipment hire. These have now been privatised and own the same assets as ten
                       years ago: old, poorly maintained and limited in type and size. In some counties,
                       e.g. Brasov, one of these companies called Prescon, has formed a monopoly on the
                       market and imposed terms that are drastic for smaller contractors. Like in all other
                       countries surveyed, though there is a need for new and modern equipment, the
                       demand is probably not sufficient at the actual level of works to make an
                       equipment hire business profitable
                       The equipment hire companies do not generally guarantee the performance of the
                       equipment and therefore considerable risk for small and medium companies
                       exists. Very few of the equipment hire companies are in a situation to update the
                       fleet because of lack of capital and sufficient demand to justify high up-front
                       costs.
                       There is an acute need to update the existing equipment with mobile cranes, access
                       platforms, excavators, dozers etc. adapted in size and performance to a variety of
                       works so that smaller sites can be run more efficiently
                       Consulting Services and Design

                       Construction design is a sector well represented by a variety of companies due to
                       the low barriers to entry and abundance in workforce and expertise.
                       The design and consulting services are not covered by the law and therefore there
                       are many misunderstandings and misconceptions regarding their role.
                       SMEs Organisations
                       The National Council of Small and Medium Enterprises (CNIPMMR) was
                       established in 1992 as a non-profit, non-governmental organisation. It has a wide
                       network of branches thought Romania. Its activities are focused on industry,
                       construction, manufacturing, trade and tourisms. The Council’s aims are:

                        creating a favourable legislative and institutional framework for private
                           capital;

                        providing economic , managerial, social, technical, legal and educations
                           assistance for private entrepreneurs;

                        stimulating and promoting international cooperation;



                                                                                                     Page 85
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                  Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 6



                        promoting awareness of financial schemes and programmes.
                       The Council also publishes a monthly magazine containing information on EU
                       financing programmes, economic, financial legal, technical, fiscal and training for
                       business as well as promoting business opportunities.
                       The Council has also produced a ranking of the top 5,000 private companies.
                       The Council could, through its Technical Centre for SMEs, provide a range of
                       consulting services packaged to suit the needs of the construction companies, for
                       example, dedicated to bid preparation or contract management.
                       The Council already employs some staff with construction expertise but should a
                       wider and more focused support activity be considered, this would require careful
                       assessment of the staffing needs, financing sources and operating capability on a
                       decentralised manner. Such an initiative would be appropriate for grant funding.

                       6.1.2 Demand for Construction
                       There is a wide range of construction activities envisaged by the Romanian
                       authorities. A certain emphasis is put on housing developments but several
                       infrastructure projects are also considered. These are at various stages of
                       development - prefeasibility or feasibility studies or seeking finance.

                        Airport infrastructure modernisation including commercial, administrative
                           offices, parking spaces and other facilities with individual predicts ranging
                           between US$5 million to US$10 million to US$12 million and an estimated
                           TIC of US$55 million.

                        Railway works including modernisation of rolling stock and signalling
                           amounting to US$800 million. An additional US$30million is considered for
                           the modernisation of the ticketing system.

                        A wide range of port facilities, including terminals and handling systems on
                           the Danube River, and at the Black Sea port of Constanta.

                        National roads modernisation by passes etc under various programmes with or
                           withought committed funds at present. The amounts still to be committed for
                           programmes V and VI are around US41.4bn and would cover 1,400km
                           throughout the country.

                        Motorways.
                        Urban roads infrastructure modernisations for an estimated amount of US$100
                           million.

                        Free trade zone developments in Braila, Curtici-Arad, Galati, Giurgiu and
                           Constanta Sud for more than USD250. These developments include a variety
                           of works: industrial zone, port traffic improvements, warehouses and
                           terminals.
                       There are also prospects for a wide range of urban infrastructure developments
                       and improvements related to: water and waste water infrastructure, commercial
                       and social purpose buildings and waste management.




                                                                                                     Page 86
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                      Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 6



                       6.1.3 Industry Capacity
                       According to the official statistics, in 1999 the structure of the construction
                       industry by size of companies was as indicated in the table below. The capacity of
                       these companies in terms of annual turnover is also shown in the table.

                                                              Number of Registered   Total Annual Turnover by
                                                              Companies              Category (USD1999)

                       Micro enterprises (< 9 employees)      6,740                  900mil

                       Small enterprises (10-49 employees)    2,424                  900mil

                       Small enterprises (50-249 employees)   1,066                  870mil

                       Large companies (>250 employees)       291                    1.4bn

                       Each category has undertaken most of the work in the private sectors, more than
                       85% for the SMEs and 700 for the large contractors.
                       It is also important to mention than an increasing number of projects, though small
                       value, are undertaken as lump sum turnkey rather than unit price. This trend could
                       bring more stability to offer prices.
                       Since 1996, when most of the large construction companies were privatised, the
                       official statistics recorded a drop in productivity by 25%. The main causes have
                       been a reduction in size of the large construction companies and the of the project
                       size. Smaller companies are working on smaller projects with lower productivity
                       rates amplified by a lack of modern equipment.
                       The Romanian construction industry is under-utilised mainly because of its lack of
                       large projects. Some consolidation especially among the small contactors is likely
                       to occur and form more robust companies.
                       The large contractors are trying to improve their systems and cooperate with
                       international contractors. The concern for these is how to optimise operations in
                       this period of low significant investments without impairing the ability to respond
                       to larger and more complex infrastructure projects.
                       The labour force is available and with appropriate training and supervisions could
                       improve performance.
                       Considering the Romanian construction industry as a whole, it is fairly labour
                       intensive. There is a common expectation that the level of technology will have to
                       increase. In doing this (import and /or adapt techniques) care should be taken in
                       the relevant design and consulting skills. Some contractors are aware or have
                       suggested that the best way of achieving this is to use joint ventures with
                       international firms to promote technology transfer. But most of them are not aware
                       or reluctant to consider this option. This approach requires the active support of
                       international companies willing to transfer their expertise and local partners in a
                       position to learn.




                                                                                                        Page 87
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 6



                       6.2 Survey of Local Construction Companies

                       6.2.1 Construction Companies Interviewed
                       We distributed the screening questionnaires to around 100 companies located in
                       18 different counties and to 22 design companies, material and equipment
                       suppliers. 46 construction companies responded to the screening questionnaire.
                       These companies were then requested to complete the detailed questionnaire and
                       from this request, we have received responses from 28 large contractors and 7
                       small and medium sized contractors. The following represents a summary of our
                       findings based on the analysis of the responses:

                        An equal number of screening questionnaires were sent to large and smaller
                           contractors. The fact that we received three times more responses from the
                           large contractors shows that the SMEs have limited resources to handle non-
                           productive activities.

                        Most of the large contractors have a high value of assets in comparison to their
                           annual turnovers. This is explained by the fact that some of them own assets
                           such as land, building or simply other business non-construction related.

                        The profitability ranges between 1% and 13% with an average value of 4%
                        75% of surveyed companies considered their lack of access to finance a
                           constraint. They rely heavily on self-financing for both start-up and
                           expansion.

                        Outside equity plays an insignificant role.
                        The relative importance in sources of financing amongst surveyed firms
                           depends on their size. Internal sources tend to become less important as firms
                           grow larger.

                        Medium size contractors have a bonding capacity of up to USD5mil for the
                           more active ones.

                       6.2.2 Constraints and Difficulties
                       Business Environment Related

                       Access to hired plant and equipment
                       There is a general lack of equipment to hire. The equipment available is old,
                       poorly maintained and generally geared for high volumes of works. They are, in
                       most cases, inappropriate for smaller contractors. The price of acquiring new,
                       modern and fit to the scope equipment is hindered by the modest financial position
                       of the construction companies and the expensive credits. Consequently, the
                       smaller contractors undertake some work manually. The trend for small and
                       medium contractors is to buy small size multifunctional equipment and only hire
                       the specialised equipment.
                       Insurance
                       Insurance polices are now starting to be available in the country, including those
                       dedicated to the construction industry such as construction all risk. It is however
                       very difficult to sell these policies because the Romanian law does not require




                                                                                                      Page 88
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                    Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 6



                       construction specific policies, the contractors cannot cover the costs and the client
                       are not familiar with the purpose and the way the insurance policies function.
                       Despite the general unawareness of the role and benefits of insurance, especially if
                       compared to bank guarantees, more effort should be made to support insurance
                       and promote it as a risk management mechanism.
                       Procurement Related

                       Contracting Strategies
                       The Romanian legislation allows for several types of contracting strategies, from
                       unit price to lump sum turnkey contracts. In all cases the general contractor is
                       required to execute at least 51% of the works through own resources.
                       Consequently, the contractor is mainly interested with executing the works rather
                       than managing works. This, combined with limited financial resources and limited
                       experience and /or interest in managing all aspects of the work, materialises in
                       limited capacity and interest in lump sum projects. Traditionally, the Romanian
                       construction market has preferred unit price contracts.
                       Cost Estimate Procedure.
                       This seems to be one of the most important procurement problems that has an
                       impact on both the tendering and the implementation stages of a project.
                       All activities are described in terms of quantities of labour, materials, equipment
                       and transportation, which are then multiplied by prices indexed for inflation. The
                       final number generally speaking is disconnected from the real value of the works
                       and, though offered as firm price at the tendering stage, offers no guarantee that it
                       can be realised.
                       The prescription of the works as explained above relies on old norms and they
                       have not been updated to cater for technology and equipment improvements.
                       The breakdown of costs does not allow for a clear identification of items such as
                       financing costs or insurance costs. These are incorporated in a global item called
                       Other Costs or General Costs. Moreover they are still limited to values (or
                       percentages) calculated before 1989 and therefore again have no resemblance to
                       the present reality.
                       At the tendering stage the issues mentioned might impact the evaluation of the
                       price as it does not accurately reflect the true costs of executing the works.
                       Though presented as a firm price at the bidding stage, most of the Romanian
                       construction companies apply during the project implementation a cost plus
                       invoicing procedure, which is legally allowed. As a consequence, the construction
                       companies do not take full responsibilities for execution within budget and very
                       often the result is that the works are stopped before completion because of lack of
                       funds.
                       Permitting
                       The legislation relating to building permits is sometimes confusing and creates
                       potential for errors through inadequate interpretation. Moreover, the requirements
                       cannot be fulfilled because (i) they are sometimes interdependent and it is difficult
                       to establish priorities, and (ii) the entire process cannot be controlled by the




                                                                                                      Page 89
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                    Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 6



                       contractors. In all cases this means additional costs to the project and potential
                       delays.
                       Quality of construction works.
                       The law nr. 10 / 1995 referring to quality is compatible with ISO 9000. However,
                       there are some practical issues related to authorisation of works, which are rather
                       bureaucratic eventually adding to the cost of the project. Moreover, the ultimate
                       authority in approving the quality of works is a state organisation “Inspectoratul
                       de Stat pentru Constructii” (State Inspectorate for Constructions). Not only its
                       mandate is obsolete (central control) but also its attributes, responsibilities and
                       functioning rules are producing undesirable effects.
                       The law stipulates that the investors have to contribute a percentage (0.7%)of the
                       volume of the works towards the State Inspectorate for Constructions. The funds
                       collected are disbursed 30% to review and improve the legislation and 70% to
                       quality control activities. The control activities are undertaken by State Inspectors
                       but very often the results are discretionary and generate abuse. Moreover, the
                       responsibilities are distorted: the owner of the project (as a public institution) and
                       /or the design firm are not incentivised to undertake an active role in monitoring
                       quality. Ultimately the existence of the organisation does not guarantee quality
                       and those that should be responsible for it do not have authority to monitor it. The
                       rational of the mandate of this organisation is debatable and merits consideration.
                       The Romanian law does not require contractors to posses an ISO 9000
                       certification. This is only required by IFIs and most of the foreign investors. The
                       majority of the small and medium contractors do not have funds available to
                       implement and maintain the ISO 9000 standards. However, the lack of ISO 9000
                       certification is not perceived, especially by the international contractors operating
                       in Romania, as a critical barrier against their eligilibility to perform work.
                       Qualification Criteria
                       Like in the other countries surveyed, the insufficient opportunities have triggered a
                       modest experience accumulation rate for both large and smaller contractors. For
                       example, for a major railway rehabilitation project, one of the requirements was
                       similar experience for similar size projects over the last 5 years. Considering that
                       over the last ten years no railway works have been executed makes it impossible
                       for any contractor to comply.
                       The smaller, private contractors established over the last few years have equal
                       difficulties to expand to larger and more complex projects because of lack of
                       experience.
                       Client Related

                       Evaluation and Award of Tenders
                       The great majority of the construction companies interviewed expressed serious
                       concerns about the transparency of the bidding process in the case of public
                       funded works at central or local governmental level. The public bidding process
                       has become unattractive for these reasons. None of the SMEs interviewed have
                       either bid or won work following a public tender.




                                                                                                       Page 90
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 6



                       Definition of Scope
                       The scope of work not properly translated in Romanian and understood by the
                       local contractors can cause inadequate scheduling and overall poor performance.
                       Most of the local contractors are very weary of the consequences of
                       misunderstandings caused by unclear scopes of work. Therefore they are strongly
                       biased in favour of making available as many written documents as possible and
                       all translated in Romanian.
                       One consequence of incomplete documentation is the occurrence of an increased
                       number of supplementary works that can be compensated, thus affecting the
                       project budget. This can, and has effected IFI’s projects, according to our
                       findings.
                       Payments
                       Delayed interim and final payments have been quoted as a serious problem
                       especially when the employer is local. It is recognised that the situation is much
                       better in the case of IFIs.
                       The payment delays are even more acute at subcontractors’ level.
                       Sometimes public clients pay contractors with promissory notes. Contractors have
                       complained about this practice as it defers the payment and reduces liquidity. The
                       promissory notes can be exchanged for cash before maturity at a discount but we
                       do not know whether contractors resort to this possibility. Some contractors use
                       the promissory notes to pay suppliers having links to the emitent of the note.
                       Role of Implementation Units for EBRD Projects
                       Most contractors would welcome a more objective and effective implementation
                       monitoring of public IFIs projects. The views are shared with regards to the best-
                       suited consultant for this role. Some argue that the most effective and objective
                       would be a western consultant.
                       Some say that a partnership between a western consultant and Romanian expertise
                       would be the best solution as it offers local knowledge and the opportunity for
                       know-how transfer.
                       Another issue is the experience of the Romanian staff involved in monitoring the
                       supervisions of public projects especially if decentralised such as at the municipal
                       levels. This is considered insufficiently trained, leaving room for discretionary
                       actions.
                       Subcontractors’ Role and Responsibilities
                       Some of the smaller contractors can get involved in executing small parts of a
                       larger project for which they have to provide guarantees. If the works have been
                       undertaken at an early stage of the overall project execution, the subcontractor’s
                       guarantee is held until the final project completion or expiry of the warranty
                       period.
                       The domestic prime contractors do not wish to take risks and therefore the
                       guarantees are not released until such date has arrived. This impacts the
                       subcontractor’s capacity to provide guarantees and ties up his funds for long
                       periods of time.




                                                                                                       Page 91
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                    Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 6



                       Contractor Related

                       Unfamiliarity with the legal aspects of contract work, contract law, preparation of
                       claims against contract variations
                       Lack of familiarity and understanding of legal and contractual issues includes a
                       wide range of aspects: language, terminology, internal skills, systems to manage
                       contracts actively are all major hurdles in working for international clients or IFIs.
                       Even where a foreign language is accepted by all parties as the contract’s
                       language, this is not recognised in the Romanian courts and the contractors are
                       asked to provide authorised translations. This still leaves open the issue of what
                       contract prevails in the court. Most of the contractors consider that the most
                       practical solution is having a recognised Romanian translation bearing the same
                       weight as a the language one. This could apply to all contractual documents
                       including bill of quantities, instructions manuals, special rules and conditions,
                       completion and authorisation documents.
                       Whereas some larger contractors can bear the costs of these translations, the small
                       ones cannot and therefore some assistance in these respects, possible grant money,
                       would eliminate the problem.
                       Lack of diligence in keeping schedule performance
                       Partly due to ignorance and partly due to lack of discipline in complying with
                       contractual terms, the schedule is often poorly monitored. It is not necessarily the
                       absence of sophisticated management tools (techniques and software) that is the
                       most concerning aspect but rather the little importance paid to it. As in other
                       aspects related to project management, there is not enough discipline in project
                       management. Managers are also generally less interested to learn from experience
                       and incorporate the lessons learnt in the new projects.
                       Compliance with ISO 9000
                       Very few Romanian construction companies, apart from the large ones, have
                       ISO9000 accreditation. The international contractors interviewed who are active in
                       Romanian consider that ISO9000 certificate is not an essential condition for the
                       corporation with domestic companies. They prefer to build relationships and rely
                       on this as a guarantee for quality.
                       Management skills
                       General management skills are old fashioned and allow for limited responsibility
                       at a decentralised level. The authority stays almost entirely with the top
                       management who foster a climate whereby staff are not empowered or allowed to
                       make some decisions. There is also very poor feedback in the system.
                       There are also specific management skills that have been considered by managers
                       themselves as relatively poor: financial records, analyses of performance –
                       schedule and prices, contract management, business development and business
                       plan preparation especially in the large companies, they are not always properly
                       utilised. In many cases these tasks are perceived as bureaucratic and therefore
                       allocated to staff based in the headquarters of the company, with limited practical
                       experience. Some of the records are still keep manually because management is
                       not familiar with IT.




                                                                                                       Page 92
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                     Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 6



                       Staffing
                       Generally speaking there are no significant problems with the availability of a
                       skilled labour force.
                       The skills are mostly traditional with less emphasis on new technology. There is a
                       lack of appropriate operating staff for new equipment.
                       It is not easy to maintain and motivate staff. Due to low level salaries, the skilled
                       workforce tend to get involved in the black market activities. Also, over the last
                       few years a significant number of skilled workers have been working abroad on
                       temporary projects in Israel, Germany and the Middle East.
                       Training
                       There has been limited attention paid to training over the last few years because of
                       lack of funds and management’s concerns with day-to day operations. One of the
                       categories most affected is the young graduates who come out of universities with
                       limited knowledge in the economics of the sectors. Furthermore, they have limited
                       opportunities to gain experience on projects.
                       Finance Related

                       Bank procedures
                       Romanian banks complained about the poor quality (content and presentation) of
                       projects seeking financing, but what they consider bankable projects depends
                       partly on the procedures they use to screen them. These procedures, both formal
                       and informal, rely on collateral and personal relationships rather than on project
                       appraisal. Most contractors informed us that they have not been able to obtain
                       credit or guarantees on the basis of the project cash flow even though the banks
                       informed us that this is possible and in fact practised.
                       Collateral requirements
                       According to the firms surveyed, the inability to meet collateral requirements is
                       the main reason for not being able to obtain a bank loan. Although, in theory, a
                       number of assets qualify as acceptable collateral, in practice real estate assets
                       appear to be the most common. Small and medium-sized contractors have limited
                       assets that can be pledged.




                                                                                                       Page 93
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                    SECTION 6



                       6.2.3 SWOT Analysis

                                                                           IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                       STENGHTHS                                           ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                           FINANCED BY EBRD
                       A few large contractors with extensive              Share the responsibilities and therefore be
                       experience that could be JV partners for            able to become involved in larger and complex
                       international contractors.                          projects. Know-how transfer.
                       Emergent private middle size construction           Become exposed as subcontractors to large
                       companies run by ambitious management and           infrastructure projects.
                       more commercially driven.
                       Emergent private middle size specialised            Become exposed as specialised
                       construction companies introducing new              subcontractors in complex projects and
                       technologies.                                       enhance their future capacity to bid.
                       Technical competencies.                             Can embark on more complex projects and be
                                                                           trained.



                       WEAKNESSESS                                           IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                                                                             ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                             FINANCED BY EBRD
                       Cost estimates does not reflect the true costs.       Implications on schedule and price performance
                                                                             with the risk of underpricing.
                       Lack of modern project management skills              Can affect the project execution for large and
                       combined with insufficient IT systems.                complex projects with direct implication on
                                                                             budget and project completion.


                       Lack of knowledge and / or understating of            Problems can occur with contract variations, risk
                       contractual terms.                                    allocation and rights and obligations affecting
                                                                             schedule and budget.
                       Not enough large and complex projects, too            Skills and experience are dispersed and
                       many small projects.                                  companies cannot qualify because they cannot
                                                                             offer the range and depth of skills required by
                                                                             the EBRD projects.
                       Insufficient managerial, financial and economic       Auto limitation on performance and increased
                       skills, too much emphasis on the physical             efficiency improvements.
                       execution of works with limited feedback into the
                       system on performance.
                       Limited understanding of new technologies or          Constraining factor for the more ambitious
                       complex drawing among smaller contractors.            companies.
                       Limited understanding of legal aspects of FIDIC       Limited capacity to understand risk and
                       contracting. Limited training available.              therefore limited capacity to quantify and price it.
                       Training when available and education systems         No direct implication but affecting the
                       still favouring technical aspects and less            professional standards in comparison with
                       emphasis on the economics of the sector.              western practices.




                                                                                                                         Page 94
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                 Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                   SECTION 6



                       OPPORTUNITIES                                       IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                                                                           ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                           FINANCED BY EBRD
                       Cooperation with international contractors.         Gain experience with modern project
                                                                           management techniques.
                       Improve procurement and quality assurance           Companies will become familiar and will be in a
                       legislation in line with the EU legislation.        position to be better prepared for international
                                                                           tenders.
                       Create legislation for design and consulting        None directly, but responsibilities and roles are
                       services in construction.                           unclear and can create confusion and conflict of
                                                                           interest.
                       Introduce rating and ranking in the industry and    None directly, but will increase the level of
                       incentives for good performance to be               professional standards in the industry and
                       considered in the price.                            create sound competition.



                       THREATS                                             IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                                                                           ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                           FINANCED BY EBRD
                       Penalising qualification criteria even for large    Reduced number of qualifying bidders.
                       contracts related to similar experience (nature
                       and size of projects).
                       Lack of disciple in applying contractual terms      Increased schedule, quality and price
                       and general lax attitude towards compliance on      performance risks.
                       the contractors’ side as well as on the clients’.
                       Limited capacity to modernise equipment fleets.     Cannot comply with tender requirements and
                                                                           cannot execute work efficiently.
                       Divert funds from IFI’s projects towards other      Incapacity to continue work and divert staff to
                       project.                                            other projects with implication on schedule
                                                                           performance.

                       6.3 Survey of Local Financial Institutions

                       6.3.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction
                             Financing.
                       The financial sector in Romania, further along in the transition process than in
                       Bosnia and Herzegovina, still has a long way to go to reach EU standards. As the
                       result of major financial sector problems through 1999, bank regulations have
                       tightened, loanable funds been diverted by high yield government securities and a
                       number of weak banks were liquidated. The strengthening of the banking system
                       is being recognised and is attracting foreign investment.
                       Most banks have been privatised, with only a few exceptions such as the huge
                       Banca Comerciala Romana, (BCR) with bank purchases by foreign banking
                       groups becoming a major factor during the last two years, improving bank
                       procedures, controls and efficiency. For example, Raiffeisen Zentralbank (RZB)
                       and the Romanian American Enterprise Fund (RAEF) bought Banca Agricola
                       during our trip. Several major banks, primarily foreign-owned ones, are mainly
                       focused on the SME market, or are greatly increasing their attention to it.



                                                                                                                      Page 95
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 6



                       For borrowers such as SMEs in the construction sector that need financing this
                       environment has been difficult. The stringent restrictions, especially the universal
                       requirement for 120% collateral enforced on the banks by reserve requirements,
                       and the high interest rates supported by the shortage of loan funds have hit them
                       very hard. The donor and IFI supported SME lines and more efficient operations
                       by SME oriented banks, have eased these difficulties but even they are expensive
                       for many SMEs.
                       Financial Institutions Interviewed and Their Construction Industry Business

                       We interviewed eleven Romanian financial institutions for this survey: six banks,
                       two insurance companies, one guarantee fund, an investment fund and a
                       microcredit organisation. We also met with EBRD’s resident office staff, with a
                       World Bank representative and with an auditor.
                       Few of the financial institutions completed our questionnaire that we had sent
                       them well advance of our meetings, and meeting participants were sometimes
                       unwilling or unable to tell us the information requested. In spite of this the
                       questionnaires provided focus to our meetings and helped us gather much useful
                       information.
                       Banks, microcredit and investment organisations

                       To get a good understanding of the financial products being offered and
                       introduced, we arranged meetings with leading financial institutions, focusing on
                       those that had equity investments or credit lines from EBRD or other IFIs. All but
                       two of these banks were foreign owned.
                       Even BCR has changed; a senior manager, Director of the International
                       Department, informed us that only 28% of its loans are now made to state firms
                       and a credit scoring system has been introduced with extensive assistance from
                       EU PHARE advisors. However, even he conceded that BCR had a reputation for
                       difficult documentation requirements.
                       A prime objective of the survey was to learn from the banks their extent of
                       financing of the construction industry and the sectors of the industry that they
                       served.

                        BCR said that less than 10% of its portfolio was construction related, with
                           loans to contractors accounting for only 2.3%. The leading bank financing
                           construction, was Romanian Development Bank/Societe Generale ( RDB),
                           which claimed that 50% of its entire portfolio, and 15% of its SME portfolio,
                           was construction related. RBD said that this business is mainly with the larger
                           firms, and therefore concentrated in the Bucharest region where they are
                           based, presumably a heritage of its former development bank focus. BCR is
                           pursuing smaller companies but must use IFI SME lines to do so as many
                           SMEs do not accept its terms or meet the conditions for its loans. As one
                           result of this, RDB has disbursed 70% of its line from EBRD for “investment
                           loans”, in loans with maturities from 2 to 7 years.

                        Demir Bank, which told us that construction business accounted for 10% of its
                           total, 70%-80% with contractors and 15%- 20% with suppliers. 60% of the
                           construction related business was guarantees and only 40% represented loans.
                           Demir did not distinguish between SMEs and larger firms but stressed that its
                           main focus is on building relationships with all size good clients and with




                                                                                                      Page 96
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 6



                           firms referred by clients. It noted that there were no Turkish related firms in
                           this part of its portfolio.

                        Banca Comerciala Ion Tiriac has less than 10% of its business with
                           constructions firms and estimates that even the construction industry exposure
                           in its contingent liability portfolio is less than 10%. It had no estimates on
                           other breakdowns of its exposure to the industry.

                        Alpha Bank does about 15% of its business with construction related firms,
                           mostly with larger ones or those with foreign parents. Less than 10% of its
                           total business is with local SMEs. The impact of the investment by Monte dei
                           Paschi di Seina in Alpha Bank may change this. An Alpha Bank Italian
                           Deputy Manager told of the bank’s efforts to increase business in Romania for
                           Italian SMEs. They are developing ties with SMEs in northwest Romania,
                           which is within one day’s transportation distance to Italy. Supporting its
                           Italian owner’s interests and following its example may generate more SME
                           interest at the bank.

                        Bank Post is naturally SME focused, with 95% of its business with SMEs, but
                           it gave us no information on its business with the construction industry. Its
                           specific comments on lending to construction firms indicated that it does do
                           enough business with them to understand their business.

                        Micro Credit Romania gave us one of the most detailed responses to our
                           questionnaire. It is, by definition, only doing business with small and micro
                           enterprise customers, but it does 6% of its business with construction firms,
                           60% working capital to 40% f or equipment/fixed assets. Not surprisingly,
                           half of this business is with suppliers and 39% with consultants and similar
                           construction services providers, both of which are more often small firms, and
                           only 11% contractors. However, their entire construction portfolio consisted
                           of only 18 clients with a total outstanding amount of just over $200,000.

                        The Romanian American Enterprise Fund (RAEF) has transferred its loan
                           portfolio to its subsidiary, Banca Romaneasca. It now only manages micro
                           loans administered through nongovernmental organisations and a few loans,
                           including some construction industry loans, under a programme to offset the
                           damage to neighbouring countries by the Kosovo conflict.
                       Recommendations by the banks

                       Several banks mentioned that they would prefer doing business with a firm that is
                       working on an internationally funded project, especially one that will make
                       payments directly to the bank partly because of payment delays on common
                       domestically funded contract. Bank Post reported a precedent for such direct
                       payments on IFI related projects, e.g. the EBRD funded motorway one, but said
                       that it did not occur on government projects.
                       One bank mentioned that it is very difficult to get information on the SMEs and
                       that it would help if there was a credit bureau like Standard & Poors. Another
                       bank suggested that a club or consortium of local SMEs should be encouraged to
                       improve chances of getting contracts and financing. Such a consortium
                       reportedly has been very successful in Kosovo.
                       Insurance companies




                                                                                                      Page 97
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 6



                       As in Bosnia, construction firms take insurance only as the exception rather than
                       the rule, and usually only if their contract requires it. Anglo Romania Insurance,
                       the sister firm of ROBank since it is also controlled by the Bally Group in the UK,
                       has insured the airport construction project, but not many more. It said that firms,
                       at most, take accident insurance on workers. State contracts have no provision for
                       including insurance in cost estimates, in spite of efforts by insurance firms to
                       encourage such inclusion. Anglo Romania has advertised contractor insurance
                       with little response. At present, these do not represent more than 1% of their total
                       portfolio.
                       Anglo Romania Insurance used the experience of Bally Group insurance firms in
                       other countries to develop, for the State Housing Agency, a proposal for issuing
                       insurance surety bonds in place of bank guarantees on contracts. The Italian
                       representative at Alpha Bank noted that such bonds are not used even in Italy and
                       are unlikely to be used in Romania. A contractor noted that even EBRD contracts
                       require bank guarantees with no provision for insurance bonds.
                       Generali Asigurari estimated its construction related activities at around 6% of
                       their portfolio. They too offer Construction All Risks policies but there is very
                       little demand for it. The lack of sufficient databases, uneducated local clients and
                       no legislation imposing higher requirements limits the creative use of insurance
                       policies. For example, Generali tried to provide an insurance for a client’s credit
                       guarantee but was not accepted even by EBRD
                       Loan Guarantee Funds

                       We met with the Romanian Loan Guarantee Fund, which was originally state
                       owned but is now privatised with no direct state ownership, though state owned
                       banks remain owners. The Fund prepares its own analysis and does not take
                       collateral, with loss experience reported at less than 1%. It guarantees up to 70%
                       of the loan amount, with the average being about 40%. It does not issue
                       construction bid or performance guarantees, but it can issue counter guarantees to
                       banks on the construction contract guarantees that they issue. This would reduce
                       collateral requirements for the construction firms.
                       This Fund has also been pushing a Canadian developed proposal for a residential
                       mortgage loan guarantee programme. The Government has also proposed a new,
                       public sector, guarantee programme to be established regionally but is facing
                       opposition from the IMF and others. EBRD’s Resident Office staff is doubtful
                       about the Romanian Loan Guarantee Fund because it is small and slow, doing a
                       limited number of transactions and has a management company with a scarred
                       reputation from its previous mutual fund work.
                       Leasing

                       We interviewed no leasing companies in Romania, but did get comments from
                       construction companies and banks on the status of leasing. Based on these,
                       Romanian law covering leasing is good, but here again, leasing is in its early
                       stages of development. Several of the financial groups, e.g. Alpha and Demir,
                       include leasing companies, but very little leasing of construction equipment is
                       done by local firms, aside from the leasing of some trucks. Some leasing of
                       construction equipment is done by foreign equipment suppliers to the larger firms.
                       There are some signs that leasing is growing, e.g. a major contractor reported that
                       although Romanian leasing companies are very expensive, their prices are coming
                       down.




                                                                                                      Page 98
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                  Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 6



                       Romanian Leasing Association (UNSLR) is a professional and non-profitable
                       organisation, established in 1996. The members of this association are local banks
                       and leasing companies such as Creditanstalt Leasing, Finans Leasing, General
                       leasing, International Leasing, Demir Romlease and ABN Amro Bank. The goals
                       and objective of this organisation are to promote the interests of the industry,
                       cooperation with international leasing organisations, national and international
                       authorities and to organise fairs and seminars. The association is also trying to
                       promote the idea of an investment fund specialised in leasing operations. We have
                       not obtained details about this initiative.
                       A brief analysis of the Romanian leasing legislation and accounting treatment
                       shows the following:

                        Both operational and financial leasing has the advantage as being an off
                           balance sheet item for the lessee. The rental payments are tax deductible. The
                           legislation allows for an accelerated depreciation;

                        The financial leasing is registered in the balance sheet of the lessee. The rental
                           payment has to be split into capital payments and interest payments. The level
                           of interest is limited by the law to the average interest rate practices by the
                           local banks. In the case of a higher interest rate, the difference is not tax
                           deductible;

                        The insurance premiums are tax deductible for the lessee for both operational
                           and financial leasing;

                        The rental payments are subject to VAT (19%) with the exception of the
                           interest payment in the case of a financial leasing.
                       In comparison with leasing, the legislation covering equipment hire activities
                       indicate that:

                        The rented equipment is an off-balance sheet item;
                        The rental payment is tax deductible in its entirety;
                        The rental payments are subject to VAT tax at 19%, the same as for leasing.
                       The comparison between operational and financial leasing and direct hire are
                       shown in the table below. These apply to a domestic operation as opposed to a
                       cross border operation.




                                                                                                    Page 99
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                        SECTION 6



                                            Financial Leasing         Operational         Direct Hire
                                                                      Leasing
                       Fiscal Regime        Deductible in line with   Deductible          Deductible
                                            the depreciation
                                            allowed; interest
                                            deductible for the
                                            level comparable with
                                            average bank interest
                                            rates.
                       VAT                  19% on the capital        19% on the rental   19% on the rental
                                            payment, interest         payment.            payment.
                                            payment is VAT
                                            deductible.
                       The Romanian legislation also allows for cross border leasing operations. In this
                       case the import duty legislation is important. The Romanian legislation offers the
                       possibility to import temporarily the equipment and all importing duties are
                       exempt if the leasing contract is valid for a least 1 year but less than 7 years.
                       The principles of leasing transactions are established in Romanian and they cover
                       all aspects of legal and fiscal.
                       We can conclude that legal requirements and taxation regulations in Romanian are
                       not a deterrent in establishing leasing operations. In determining the viability of a
                       leasing operation in Romania it will be critical to assess the demand and to
                       provide flexibility in timing and amounts of rental payments and term financing
                       related to use of equipment during the project, and the cash flow of the project.
                       One concern, shared by international manufacturers, is the payment guarantee.
                       This applies not only to Romania, but also to the whole region.
                       Ultimately, leasing will have to be faster and simpler than the use of a medium-
                       term loan from a bank.

                       6.3.2 Financial products for construction firms, requirements and
                             terms
                       The Loan Guarantee Fund currently provides very little to no service for
                       construction firms, and Micro Credit Romania do not issue guarantees. Aside
                       from them, all others banks interviewed issue performance and bid bonds and
                       loans to construction firms. Contractors generally view the pricing very high and
                       the collateral requirements to be onerous or impossible. Several banks have basic
                       collateral requirements over the 120% requirement, up to 150% in at least one
                       case. In contrast with the other two countries, foreclosure is reportedly relatively
                       easy in Romania so collateral margins should not need to be as high to insure
                       recovery of a significant amount on a credit gone bad.
                       Guarantees

                       Only ROBank has an EBRD Trade Facilitation Programme line. The banks that
                       we met seemed to have no problem with confirmation of their guarantees or letters
                       of credit if one should be requested, which it usually is not.
                       Guarantee pricing varies greatly. For bid and performance guarantees, Banc Post
                       charges 0.25% to 0.35% per quarter with minimum fees of $75 million - $90
                       million. The Romanian Development Bank told us it charged 1.5% - 2.5% for bid




                                                                                                          Page 100
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                   Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 6



                       guarantees but that those fees are negotiable, 1.5% per quarter on advance
                       payment guarantees, 2.5% per year on performance guarantees, but only 0.2% -
                       0.5% per year for performance guarantees in dollars. Alpha Bank indicated that
                       its that it charged 0.25% per quarter for guarantees but had a 1% - 3% issuing fee
                       a 1% - 3% risk commission. Contractors view these fees as expensive but can be
                       managed without the collateral requirement.
                       Short Term Loans

                       The cost short term loans varied mostly by currency with interest on Lei loans
                       45% - 65% and dollar loans priced at 10% - 14% plus a 2% fee. Volksbank is
                       reported to have especially low pricing. The RAEF officer we met, believed that
                       SMEs could manage the terms of the short-term loans that are now offered and do
                       not need special help. The market should level these differences out eventually.
                       Medium Term Loans, leasing (equipment finance)

                       Term loans appear to have pricing similar to short-term loans in Romania, but
                       down payment requirements of 20% - 40% and the collateral requirements plus
                       the absence of leasing and other alternatives continue to make financing of
                       equipment difficult, especially for smaller construction companies.

                       6.3.3 Constraints in financing construction industry
                       We interviewed two construction firms for the financial survey in addition to the
                       ones interviewed as part of the survey on the technical capacity of construction
                       companies. Most of their problems have been outlined above. There is a general
                       agreement that the financing situation is getting better for construction firms,
                       including SMEs. In addition to the comments about improvement for SMEs from
                       the Resident Office and from the Enterprise `Fund, the Guarantee Fund’s
                       President saw SMEs becoming more professional, with better management, better
                       capacity and better prospects.
                       Problems and their causes

                       The biggest problem cited by all contractors is the inflexible collateral
                       requirements currently enforced in a “one rule fits all situations” manner. It may
                       have been necessary to apply strong medicine to a sick financial sector, but the
                       sector is rapidly improving and a more appropriate way of enforcing good credit
                       discipline should be sought. If a way is found, then the better SMEs and
                       construction companies will have a better chance to develop and grow and become
                       more able to perform well on major infrastructure projects.
                       Pricing, availability and services seem to be improving, lead by increasing
                       competition among the private banks spearheaded by changes brought by
                       sophisticated and credit quality focused foreign strategic investors. This is
                       happening to the extent that in some situations, the IFI provided special credit
                       lines might be coming out of the market.
                       Products not offered

                       Leasing, and other targeted equipment finance facilities are the primary products
                       needed by the construction industry.
                       Possible ways to overcome the problems




                                                                                                     Page 101
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                Draft Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                               SECTION 6



                       It is important to continue searching for an appropriate leasing vehicle for EBRD
                       to support, and to explore possible ways to increase vendor financing and/or more
                       efficient rental of construction equipment.


                       .




                                                                                                 Page 102
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       7 Overview of the Construction Sector in Yugoslavia
                       7.1 Brief Economic Overview of Yugoslavia

                       The current economic situation in Yugoslavia is difficult. The new government is
                       a confronted with major political and social problems. The structural, institutional
                       and governance problems are seriously affecting the economy. Insolvent banking
                       system, excessive public expenditure, shrinking tax base and inefficient operation
                       in the state-owned corporate sector are only a few examples.
                       Since the beginning of 2001 the main focus has been in reforming the fiscal
                       system and the preparation of the new privatisation law.
                       Yugoslavia is also searching for ways of reducing the debt burden. At the time of
                       the preparation of this report, Yugoslavia was engaged in discussions with the
                       World Bank on restructuring the debt and on measures prompted to alleviate the
                       situation, such as:

                        Give Yugoslavia a blended IDA status until creditworthiness can be restored.
                           This could involve a period of three years of IDA financing;

                        Disburse structural adjustment and investment loans slightly in excess of the
                           interest payment that the country has to service.
                       Yugoslavia is also hoping to agree a debt relief from Paris Club creditors,
                       comparable to similar initiatives in the early 1990’s in Poland.
                       Should the debt service payment stay unchanged, the growth of the economy will
                       be limited. It will also deter private investors.
                       Yugoslavia is hoping to raise at least US$1 billion over the next several years at
                       the forthcoming Donor Conference in support of a reconstruction-processed
                       establishment of a special safety net. An estimate a US$300 million is needed to
                       restructure the banking system. The debt burden, illiquid banking system, social
                       and political issues are all limiting the government’s capacity to invest in capital
                       projects.

                       7.2 Characteristics of the Construction Industry in Yugoslavia

                       7.2.1 Structure of the Construction Industry
                       Contractors

                       Serbia
                       According to Yugoslav Clearing and Payment House data, pursuant to the semi-
                       annual statement of accounts for year 2000, in Serbia (without Kosovo) there were
                       around 5,000 active companies in the construction sector, including construction
                       companies, project engineering and material suppliers. The majority of these were
                       private – around 85% and the rest were socially owned. A more detailed industry
                       structure is shown in the table below




                                                                                                      Page 103
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 7



                       Field of Activity                 Socially Owned           Private
                       Total Numbers of Companies        Total         %          Total        %
                                                         Number                   Number

                       Construction        2,782         418           15%        2,364        85%
                       Companies

                       Building            961           159           15%        802          83%
                       contractors

                       Roads, railway,     349           73            21%        276          79%
                       tunnels
                       contractors

                       Installations       1,472         186           13%        1,286        87%

                       Project             1,787         170           10%        1,617        90%
                       Engineering

                       Source: Chambers of Commerce of Serbia, May 2001

                       According to this statistic most of the construction companies are private. The
                       socially owned companies will further change ownership structure by allowing a
                       certain degree of private ownership.
                       The construction industry represents around 6% of the GDP and the expectation is
                       that this will increase.
                       Over the last few years this has decreased between 3% and 8% of the workforce
                       engaged in construction activities. Lack of work and more attractive jobs and
                       better payment terms in other sectors have been the main causes.
                       Most of the civil engineering companies, about 60%, are concentrated in Belgrade.
                       Also, the biggest ones such as Energoproiect, Ratko Mitrovic, GP Mostogradnja
                       and Planum are based in Belgrade.
                       It is also important to mention that the construction companies in Serbia are either
                       very large, employing at least 1,000 permanent employees (some more than 4,000
                       employees) or very small with less than 50 employees. The majority of the
                       construction companies, especially the building contractors are small companies.
                       There is a significant gap between these two categories, with very few medium
                       sized companies operating in the country.
                       Montenegro
                       Most of the construction companies are small and medium sized. These are also
                       very specialised in two directions: buildings and roads.
                       Construction companies in ex Yugoslavia used to carry out a significant volume of
                       works abroad. Years ago, approximately 50% of the construction output was
                       produced abroad in African and Middle Eastern countries. Large companies in
                       Serbia such as Energoproiect are an example. They benefited from strong state
                       support and back-up, they also operated on barter. All this made it possible to
                       operate abroad. The fundamental issue is how can these companies restructure




                                                                                                     Page 104
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 7



                       themselves so that they can be competitive in bidding for international tenders
                       without state support.
                       Yugoslavian construction companies consider that the loss of the African and
                       Middle Eastern markets is the main cause of their under-utilisation. Some
                       contractors, e.g. Energopproject, are seeking to compensate this loss by
                       undertaking new roles. Energoproject could become a developer of real estate
                       projects (houses and office space) if more demand and credible clients are
                       emerging in the country.
                       Material Suppliers

                       The availability and quality of materials produced on the domestic market is more
                       problematic than in the other countries surveyed, with some shortages occurring in
                       the building materials sector. The causes are multiple:

                        The sector has suffered from lack of investments and under utilisation over the
                           last ten years. Only 30% of the overall capacity has been used during this
                           period of time and is in need of modernisation;

                        No research and development has been done over the last ten years and
                           consequently the materials produced are technologically less advanced and
                           efficient than in Western Europe;

                        High taxes which makes the final product expensive compared with the
                           imported ones;

                        Electricity and gas supply cuts which undermine production.
                       In particular, the companies interviewed highlighted that:

                        The building and civil works materials are generally available locally and the
                           existing capacity could support an increased level of works;

                        Reinforcing steel has been in short supply and the quality of the locally
                           produced steel is inferior. The main supplier used to be Zenica in Bosnia and
                           Herzegovina. Nowadays Yugoslavia is importing steel from Romania or
                           Ukraine;

                        Prices are generally higher on the domestic market than the imports, and both
                           above the international market prices.
                       Under the previous government, a few companies were licensed to import
                       materials and they were allocated preferential quotas and therefore were in a
                       position to influence the market. There are signals that the quotas system is being
                       changed and hence the impact of distorted market prices to be less significant even
                       though the prices of imported materials are still above the international market
                       prices. Some of the larger contractors like Energoproiect have importing licenses
                       themselves and therefore are capable of bypassing intermediaries and negotiate
                       better prices.
                       Some smaller contractors have expressed concern with their inability to directly
                       access the supplier and therefore have to pay very high prices to wholesale
                       suppliers. Cement is one such example, with prices up to 2.5 more expensive than
                       the factory prices.




                                                                                                     Page 105
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 7



                       In Montenegro there is no cement manufacturer. This is imported from Croatia.
                       One organisation in Montenegro is monopolising the import of cement in bulk and
                       therefore can influence the price. There are more suppliers for cement in bags,
                       which is more appropriate for the small works.
                       There is also a shortage of asphalt in Montenegro even for the current low level of
                       construction activities. Procuring materials for more infrastructure works in
                       Montenegro would have to rely on imports, as there is not enough local capacity
                       for most of the civil works as well as specialised materials.
                       The payment terms practiced by domestic suppliers or wholesalers vary and
                       depend on the relationship with the contractor. Some room for negotiating better
                       payment terms exists also with Western suppliers, especially if the contractor is a
                       large known company. If materials are sourced from other Eastern European
                       countries such as Romania or Ukraine, contractors have to pay in advance.
                       Equipment Suppliers

                       There are very limited sources of new equipment in the country. The most
                       common practice is intercompany hiring. In some other cases contractors recourse
                       to temporary imports. Similar to the situation in B&H, equipment can be
                       temporarily imported for up to one year with exemptions of custom duty
                       payments. The age of the equipment that can be imported is however limited to 5
                       years. Many contractors would welcome a relaxation of this rule, as it would allow
                       them to utilise older equipment more economically.
                       There are no equipment manufacturers in Montenegro. Most of the equipment,
                       when not hired from other contractors, is sourced as second hand equipment from
                       Germany, Italy or Austria.
                       Plant and Equipment Hire

                       There are only a limited numbers of dedicated companies offering hire services,
                       mainly because of lack of sufficient demand to make such a business viable. This
                       businesses deal primarily with small equipment – small cranes, excavators and
                       compressors.
                       Plant hire is almost unknown as the perception has always been to rely on own
                       resources. Most of the companies own plant facilities sufficient to meet their
                       needs sell the excess production where they are not fully utilised.
                       Consulting Services and Design

                       Yugoslavia has more tradition and experience in consulting services in the
                       construction industry than for example Romania. We refer mainly to the project
                       supervision / management activities. There are dedicated companies offering
                       design and /or project supervision services such as CIP in Belgrade. These skills
                       are however scarce and in need of updating. Project supervision is based on DIN
                       standards, which provides a good basis for further development.
                       In Montenegro it seems that there is a lack of good design institutes. A current
                       project involving the construction of a tunnel to connect Podgorica with the coast
                       was designed by a Slovenian company. Larger and more complex projects in
                       Montenegro would probably have to be supported with services from other
                       countries.




                                                                                                    Page 106
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 7



                       A specific problem that one has to be aware of in Yugoslavia is the crossed
                       shareholding structures whereby a design company owns a construction company
                       or vice versa. This can create a conflict of interest if a design institute, authorised
                       for approving construction completion, is requested to approve the construction
                       undertaken by the construction company to which it is linked. Surprisingly, this is
                       perceived as good business practice by the local industry. The problem can be
                       further amplified if the design company is involved in project management as
                       well.

                       7.2.2 Demand for Construction
                       The construction industry is geared to service an increased volume of works and it
                       is seen as an essential factor in the recovery of the Yugoslav economy, especially
                       in Serbia where there is a wider range of economic activities than in Montenegro.
                       A lot of the reconstruction work has been completed but the list of urgent projects,
                       considered by the Ministry of Urban planning and Construction of Serbia,
                       includes:

                        Rehabilitation of the thermal power plant Kolubara – estimated investment
                           US$500 million;

                        Bridges over Sava river amounting to a total of US$40 million;
                        Roads and highways part of the European E network (Hungarian border –
                           Novi Sad – Belgrade; Nis-Bulgarian border and Nis- Macedonian border) for
                           an estimated investment of US$1.6 billion;

                        Dams and related works estimated at US$600 million;
                        Airports modernisations estimated at US$10 million.
                       A significant importance is placed on the introduction of new transport
                       technologies and modern organisational and management methods, especially
                       related to large systems like the railway.
                       Besides these large projects, there are significant needs in:

                        Rehabilitation and improvements of water and waste water infrastructure;
                        Commercial buildings such as offices;
                        Schools and hospitals maintenance and rehabilitation.
                       In Montenegro the scale of immediate infrastructure needs is much smaller and
                       includes:

                        Tunnel – this project is being constructed by a Slovenian construction
                           company and financed by the Montenegrin Government;

                        Bridge at Verige, estimated at US$65 million;
                        Water and waste water infrastructure;
                        Schools and hospitals rehabilitation and maintenance;
                        Tourism industry.



                                                                                                       Page 107
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       Activities relating to public infrastructure construction in Montenegro are
                       controlled by the newly established Directorate for Public Works.

                       7.2.3 Industry Capacity
                       The Serbian capacity to meet the present demand in terms of volume and range of
                       activities is good. In fact, the industry is operating below capacity. The
                       overcapacity is explained to a large extent by the significant concentration in
                       Serbia of the largest construction companies that used to be active in the ex-
                       Yugoslavia. Like in other countries, it is difficult to rely on the data presented to
                       us in the questionnaire. Simply adding the amount of work the companies believe
                       they can undertake is very likely to deliver an overestimate of their capabilities.
                       However, it is accurate to describe the industry as under-utilised, most of the
                       companies, especially the larger ones operating at about 30% - 60% of their
                       capacity.
                       Due to the lack of projects, larger companies tend to get involved in small projects
                       in order to survive. To a large extent, middle sized companies do not exist, leaving
                       opportunities for the larger companies to undertake smaller size projects.
                       The small, mostly private contractors are under-utilised too. Some of the most
                       dynamic ones have started to prepare themselves for larger projects and consider
                       formal partnering arrangements with similar size companies with complementary
                       skills. Some others are planning to specialise in growing sectors such as
                       wastwater, infrastructure. In doing so, a few medium-sized contractors are
                       seeking cooperation with western companies to bring new technology into the
                       country.
                       The associations of larger contractors are also common. Driven by the lack of
                       recent experience and sufficient financial resources, large contractors in Belgrade,
                       have formed an association called Yugoslav put. This association fronts tenders
                       for larger and more complex projects.
                       In our opinion the construction sector in Serbia will undergo several
                       transformations:

                        Ownership structure – some of the larger contractors, socially owned or partly
                           state-owned will change the ownership structure following privatisation.
                           Though none of the interviewed companies mentioned restructuring plans
                           prior to privatisation, it is expected that privatisation will trigger management
                           and operational changes;

                        Consolidation amongst smaller contractors to diversify their services or to
                           grow in size and be able to complete for larger and more complex projects;

                        Gradual reduction of the amount of works undertaken in the grey economy.
                           This phenomenon involves rather small contractors active in the building
                           sector.
                       The factors limiting capacity in the Serbian construction industry are:

                        Shortages of skilled workers in new technologies;
                        Shortages of operators for new types of equipment;




                                                                                                      Page 108
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                       SECTION 7



                        Outdated management skills in the areas of schedule, quality and contract
                           management.
                       Montenegro is to a certain extent different to Serbia both in the supply and the
                       demand patterns for construction works.
                       On the supply side, most of the companies are private. The larger ones, still state-
                       owned, socially owned or mixed, are in the range of middle-sized companies by
                       EU standard for annual turnover. There are no Montenegrin construction
                       companies capable of undertaking larger projects, more than probably US$30
                       million. The work force is generally inefficiently utilised in the non-private
                       companies either because management constraints or because demotivation.
                       There is also a real shortage of some skills that affect the building sector.
                       The profile of demand in Montenegro is more limited in both volume and type of
                       projects. Besides the buildings sector, which constitutes the base workload for the
                       majority of the existing companies, there is some potential for roads and tunnel
                       works.

                       7.3 Privatisation Plans and Impact on the Construction Industry

                       7.3.1 Overview of the Privatisation Process in Serbia
                       The latest information available to us related to the privatisation process dates
                       back to year 2000. During our visits to Yugoslavia and the preparation of this
                       report the parliament of Yugoslavia was reviewing and planning to ratify the new
                       legislation. It is therefore difficult at present to make a judgement on how the
                       privatisation laws will be amended and put into practice.
                       In 2000, the privatisation in Serbia, often referred to as the ownership
                       transformation, was based on the following principles:

                        The law covered socially and state owned companies;
                        The companies have the authority to decide and choose the privatisation
                           model;

                        The privatisation framework provided legal guarantees for the process and its
                           outcome;
                       The following privatisation mechanisms were used:

                        Sale of shares for the purpose of selling capital (with or without discount). All
                           proceeds were transferred to various funds;

                        Sales of shares for the purpose of raising additional capital or recapitalisation
                           (at a discount). All proceeds were transferred to the enterprise itself and
                           therefore represented the most attractive method;

                        Conversion of debt into share capital (at a discount).
                       All these mechanisms represent in fact a voucher approach to privatisation, and
                       therefore only a limited amount of fresh capital was injected into the newly
                       privatised companies. It is also important to mention that this stage of privatisation




                                                                                                         Page 109
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 7



                       undertook in the year 2000, followed an initial stage whereby 60% of the shares
                       had been distributed gratis to present, former and pensioned employees.
                       Very few companies interviewed were willing to share the details of their
                       privatisation plans either because they were still developing them and waiting for
                       official ratifications of the new laws or considered them too sensitive to disclose.
                       No matter what modality they will eventually choose, it has became apparent that:

                        The biggest limitation to the privatisation is the unsettled arrears between
                           banks and companies and between companies themselves;

                        Most of the modalities proposed, similar to many other Eastern European
                           countries do not bring new fresh capital into the company.
                       At present, the enforcement of the existing law, whose basic principles are
                       outlined above, has been postponed until the enactment of the new law. This is
                       expected to happen by the end of the year 2001.
                       One of the large construction companies informed us that they plan to sell some
                       75% of the shares to the employees and management and sell up to 25% to
                       strategic investors. It would be a long way until strategic investors are attracted to
                       the construction industry in Yugoslavia. They have been slow and few to appear in
                       other Eastern European countries. Based on the experience in other countries, such
                       as Romania, international companies preferred to enter into the market by
                       establishing a new company and hiring local staff rather than acquiring existing
                       companies.
                       The construction sector has already reached a high level (compared with other
                       industries) of ownership transformation – some 10% of the construction
                       companies had been privatised.

                       7.3.2 Overview of the Privatisation Process in Montenegro
                       The Montenegrin authorities defined three categories of companies, each one of
                       these following a different privatisation model:

                        Development Fund which groups 196 companies and 36% of their estimated
                           value is offered for mass voucher privatisation;

                        The second group is formed of 20 large enterprises (Aluminium Works,
                           Electric Power Industry etc.) and 51% of their capital is reserved for foreign
                           investors. The difference of 49% is subject to mass voucher privatisation;

                        The third group involves 34 enterprises intended to be sold by auction and
                           recapitalised, with a certain percentage offered to mass voucher privation.
                       The vouchers can be exchanged for shares in companies or in Privatisation Funds.
                       Like in Serbia, the companies were not willing to disclose information about the
                       process as in most cases it was still unofficial. Some construction companies
                       mentioned the third option as the one to be applied. The construction industry
                       represents 9% of the companies undergoing ownership transformation.




                                                                                                     Page 110
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 7



                       7.3.3 Impact of Privatisation on the Construction Sector
                       Considering the early stage of the privatisation process during the preparation of
                       this report, it is difficult to make a judgment on the impact this would have on the
                       way companies are managed and operated. However, based on the findings of our
                       surveys and on the experience in other countries, we can say that:

                        Most of the companies undergoing privatisation have distributed around 60%
                           of their capital to exiting and former employees. This reflects a tendency of
                           the companies to restrict the circle of shareholders to insiders;

                        Most of the enterprises that started up their ownerships transformation did so
                           under the earlier laws, showing that some were determined some time ago to
                           restructure and privatise;

                        There is a strong tendency to maintain the status and power of the existing
                           management. Having too many small shareholders, in most cases, the pressure
                           that they can exercise on the management to improve the company’s position
                           is likely to be limited. This can be associated with the desire of the employees-
                           shareholders to maintain the existing status quo for fear of losing their jobs.

                        Most of the construction companies undergoing privatisation could benefit
                           from the reduction or elimination of the arrears in the industry.

                        Some construction companies take the view that a more powerful management
                           can take action quicker and act in the interest of the company. At present they
                           consider that their actions are limited by the ownership structure, and labour
                           regulation.

                       7.4 Survey of Local Procurement Rules and Their Impact on the IFI’s
                            investments

                       We have not been able to obtain the present rules governing procurement and
                       contracting neither in Serbia nor in Montenegro because they being reviewed and
                       updated within the Ministries for Public Works in both countries.
                       The present procurement rules do not preclude and do not favour any particular
                       type of company depending on their ownership structure.
                       Though there is considerable knowledge of the international contracting rules in
                       the large construction companies, the majority of the companies interviewed
                       expressed their concern with the lax interpretation of the present rules and
                       regulations. There is no standard form of contract and the use of the FIDIC rules is
                       limited, both in Serbia and Montenegro. This has a direct impact on the industry as
                       it lowers the professional standards.
                       The cost estimate process and procedures are other areas of concern. These have
                       not been updated and therefore do not capture new technologies and processes.
                       The cost estimate is not itemised and therefore costs are hidden in the price with
                       no possibility to assess the real value of works. Similar to the other countries
                       surveyed, indirect costs (insurance, bonds, safety etc.) as well as provisions for
                       contingencies and risks do not exist or are not transparent.




                                                                                                    Page 111
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 7



                       However, a lot of companies interviewed indicated that they were familiar with
                       the World Bank procurement rules and that the Yugoslav procurement rules are
                       modelled along the lines of the World Bank’s rules.

                       7.5 Survey of Local Construction Companies

                       7.5.1 Construction Companies Interviewed
                       During the screening phase of the survey, we targeted a large number of
                       construction companies fulfilling the following criteria:

                        Target active companies with no declared losses;
                        Include in the survey at least ten of private companies;
                        Prepare a balanced portfolio of construction companies in terms of the number
                           of employee and revenues.
                       We distributed 56 screening questionnaires. Out of these, 27 companies responded
                       to the detailed questionnaires but only 23 of them have been retained as candidates
                       for interviews. The other four have been rejected either because they were too
                       specialised or have been known as having associations with the previous regime.
                       The main conclusions of the responses received are presented below. The findings
                       based on these questionnaires had been corroborated with interviews and the
                       results presented in section 7.4.2 – Constraints and Difficulties.

                        Almost 80% of the companies claimed experience in both buildings and civil
                           works, in most cases associated with structural steel activities;

                        Around 45% of them own some plant facilities sufficient to meet their own
                           needs. The excess production is usually sold to other contractors;

                        Size and ownership structure of the companies that responded to the detailed
                           questionnaires was as follows:

                        Nr employees      Private      Socially Owned      Mixed       State-owned

                             <100            7

                           100 - 250                          1               1                1

                             250                              3               5                2



                        Value of assets owned by SMEs ranges between US$90,000 and US$2
                           million;

                        Value of assets owned by large contractors range between US$1 million to
                           US$12 million;

                        The annual turnover for SMEs ranges between US$0.5 million to US$3
                           million. Only a few declared their operating profit with values between 2%
                           and 12%;




                                                                                                      Page 112
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 7



                        The annual turnover for large contractors ranges between US$2 million and
                           US$150 million, with most of them concentrated in the range of US$10
                           million to US$30 million. None of the large contractors declared profitability
                           figures;

                        The largest contract values are between US$12 million and US$15 million,
                           only a few rising to US$45 million;

                        SMEs have been able to work for lump sum contracts in the range of US$0.2
                           million to US$0.5 million and only rarely up to US$1 million;

                        The larger contractors have managed lump sum contracts around US$20
                           million with only one declaring a higher value of US$50 million;

                        Most of the contracts have been unit rate. The lump sum contracts usually
                           represent 10% - 15% of the value of the works contracted. The maximum
                           reported share of lump sum contracts was 35%;

                        The value of assets purchased during the last three years was limited to
                           US$60,000 for SMEs and US$0.5 million for larger contracts;

                        Almost all contractors declared that they finance their activities through
                           advance payments and their own cash or capital. In a few cases, purchase of
                           assets was possible with revenues acquired from selling land;

                        Almost 25% of the companies interviewed had ISO 9000 accreditation;
                        About 50% of the companies interviewed had not participated in tenders
                           according to international procurement rules. Some of these are not interested
                           in bidding for work and some others know that they cannot fulfil qualification
                           criteria;

                        Most of the companies mentioned that they knew where to look for
                           information about prospects, usually in the local newspaper or other domestic
                           sources. Around 40% of the interviewed companies were monitoring Internet
                           sites.

                       7.5.2 Constraints and Difficulties
                       Business Environment Related

                       Shortages of skilled labour
                       Like B&H, Yugoslavia suffered a loss of trained and educated construction
                       specialists either because they left the country or they retired. Fewer people are
                       attracted to the sector and in time there may be a lack of qualified staff.
                       In Montenegro this is already a problem and skilled labour is attracted from
                       neighbouring countries such as Romania, Serbia and Croatia The issue is
                       exacerbated in Montenegro by the overall insufficient number of people willing to
                       engage in productive labour (80,000 people out of a total population of 675,000).
                       A certain number of construction workers are not officially employed in order to
                       avoid paying taxes and social burden, which the smaller contractor cannot afford.
                       This further limits the chances of training the staff and amplifies the scarcity of
                       skilled labour force.




                                                                                                      Page 113
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       Delays and uncertainties with respect to supplies and price of materials
                       The availability and quality of materials is more problematic than in the other
                       countries surveyed with some shortages occurring in the building materials sector.
                       The sector has also suffered from lack of investments and under-utilisation over
                       the last ten years. Some 30% of the overall capacity has been used and
                       consequently is in need of modernisation.
                       The most common construction materials are produced in Serbia and Montenegro,
                       such as cement, aggregates, bricks, tiles, plates and profiles. Reinforced steel
                       products have to be imported generally from Ukraine or Romania. There is a
                       small, reinforced steel facility in production in Montenegro. If the materials
                       dedicated to civil works and buildings seem to be available, the more specialised
                       and technologically advanced ones are imported, e.g. rail tracks imported from a
                       Chinese subsidiary of Krupp.
                       The procurement of materials from abroad is more problematic for smaller
                       contractors because they have to buy all the quantities needed in one order at the
                       beginning of the project. The advance payment is to a large extent, in some cases
                       up to 80%, tied up in purchasing materials and equipment.
                       Access to hired plant and equipment
                       The most common form of procuring equipment is intercompany hiring. The
                       equipment is generally 15 - 20 years old and there are no internal sources for new
                       or second hand equipment. A significant number of interviewed companies
                       indicated that temporary imports are used as an alternative source of equipment.
                       The current legislation allows for a temporary import of up to one year,
                       renewable.
                       Procuring work on a steady basis and possibility to plan for the future
                       Most of the construction companies are currently preoccupied with survival due to
                       the lack of investments in infrastructure. As in Bosnia & Herzegovina, it is
                       difficult to create a basis for further development.
                       Availability of Supporting Services
                       The current level of industry supporting services (training, information, seminars)
                       though limited in nature, was not quoted as a critical hurdle in gaining access to
                       internationally funded work. However, a large number of the interviewed
                       companies suggested that the creation of a centralised pool of sources of
                       information, industry performance indices, industry issues and standards updates
                       would increase the speed of access to information, benefit the business
                       development process and keep companies informed about the construction sector
                       development.
                       Procurement Related

                       Access to Information
                       Though most of the companies interviewed declared that they actively monitor the
                       IFIs project opportunities, they also mentioned that the sources are too diverse to
                       be tracked down properly and stay well informed. Some would welcome a
                       centralised source of information of all investments in the country.




                                                                                                     Page 114
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       Transparency of the Process
                       Most of the smaller contractors do not work for public authorities because of fear
                       of wasted efforts and prefer to stay in the private housing sector. Larger
                       contractors working for public authorities on infrastructure related projects is a
                       common occurrence. The main concern is not related to the requirement of the
                       procurement package but to the way this is implemented.
                       Client Related

                       Supervision during implementation
                       There has been limited experience over the last few years with implementing large
                       projects and it is estimated that the public clients would lack enough experience
                       and staff to monitor the execution. Most of the construction companies suggested
                       that the best option would be to involve foreign supervision. In Yugoslavia there is
                       a tradition for engineering consulting services. Engineering consulting companies
                       could be involved in the monitoring of project execution. In fact, traditionally the
                       Ministry for Public Works always appointed a consultant to run the project and
                       was not directly involved in monitoring project implementation.
                       Payments
                       Delayed payments and even insolvent clients have hindered day-to-day operations.
                       In some cases payment is made in kind which reduces the Contractors’ liquidity.
                       Unreliable clients
                       Unreliability of both public and private clients has been quoted as a serious risk.
                       The unreliability encompasses deferred payments, suspension of works and
                       cancellation of contracts due to the client’s own difficulties. Some contracts have
                       been cancelled because of the political situation and sanctions over the last few
                       years but the concern is that the contractual relationships are not reliable. An
                       increasing number of cases end in arbitration.
                       Permitting and Urban Plans
                       In Serbia there is a concern with the level of administration, content, coordination
                       between municipality and state and procedures related to obtaining building
                       licences. In Montenegro this is less of problem as the procedures are simpler.
                       There is also a genuine concern that the aerial plans are seriously out of date or
                       simply missing. The lack of accurate information can have an adverse effect on
                       projects costs and schedules due to the unknown conditions that can occur.
                       Insufficient Documentation
                       This ranges from the quality of the design, the accuracy of quantities in the bill of
                       quantities to inadequate records of changes and project reporting.
                       Contractor Related

                       Lack of experience in modern site management and contract planning techniques
                       Poor construction planning and monitoring exacerbated by lack of adequate
                       software dedicated to evaluation and monitoring could prejudice the project
                       execution. The smaller contractors are generally not familiar with formal planning




                                                                                                      Page 115
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 7



                       and management techniques. This may not be necessary for small and simple
                       projects but it can jeopardise their chances to embark on larger contracts.
                       Lack of diligence in keeping financial records and general book-keeping
                       This affects the company’s capacity to produce accurate financial reports and raise
                       finance. It also impairs its capacity to monitor performance at the project level.
                       Compliance with ISO 9000
                       Six of the 25 contractors who responded to the detailed questionnaires have ISO
                       9000 accreditation. A few more were either planning to apply for it or in the
                       process of applying for the accreditation. Generally they were aware of the ISO
                       requirements and familiar with the DIN standards.
                       Information technology and systems
                       Lack of new IT as well as information systems are hindering efficient operations.
                       Data recoding, book-keeping and accounting, project management tools and
                       reporting are a problem equally for small and large contractors.
                       Ownership Structure
                       Some of the socially owned companies consider that the present ownership
                       structure triggers a slow decision making process and does not motivate staff to
                       work.
                       Finance Related

                       Liquidity
                       The whole economy in Yugoslavia is affected by limited liquidity. For contractors
                       this means very limited working capital. In some cases subcontractors are paid in
                       kind, e.g. apartments built. The contractors are also adversely affected by the high
                       level of arrears in the economy and deferred payment by public clients.
                       Social and tax burdens and employment conditions
                       The large construction companies in Serbia are state-owned, socially owned or
                       mixed ownership. They are generally overstaffed for the current level of work in
                       the construction industry and burdened with high levels of social security
                       contributions. The financial problems are amplified by rigid and unfavourable
                       labour rules such as large severance packages, which constitutes a serious
                       deterrent in restructuring the company.
                       For small and medium private companies the fiscal burden is equally heavy and
                       causes tax evasion with some companies declaring bankruptcy but continuing to
                       operate in the grey economy.
                       Non-convertibility of national currency in Serbia
                       The lack of hard currency pushed contractors into purchasing low quality
                       materials from abroad.
                       Banking Procedures and Operations
                       Some Yugoslavian banks do not have relationships with international banks. The
                       lack of corresponding banks makes payments abroad a difficult task. Also, the




                                                                                                    Page 116
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                      Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                  SECTION 7



                       guarantees issues by local banks are not recognised abroad or by international
                       clients active in Yugoslavia.
                       Guarantees
                       Almost all contractors are unable to provide guarantees neither at the tendering
                       stage nor at the execution stage. The limitation occurs because of the contractors’
                       low value of assets or cash needed as collateral. It also occurs because of bank’
                       reduced capacity to issue guarantees. The few guarantees that can be arranged
                       through the local banks are not recognised by foreign clients.

                       7.5.3 SWOT Analysis

                                                                        IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            STENGHTHS                                   ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Previous experience on international        Familiarity with international performance
                            markets.                                    standards.

                            Some familiarity with a wider range of      Greater chances to approach a more complex risk
                            contracting structures including lump       allocation structure, especially the large structure
                            sum turnkey projects.                       of construction projects.

                            Capacity to prepare feasibility studies.    None directly, but if projects are promoted at early
                                                                        stages contractors can anticipate, plan and
                                                                        prepare for future needs.

                            Availability on the domestic market of      Potential to spread international quality standards
                            consulting services related to ISO 9000,    and meet EBRD’s and international partners’
                            though too expensive at present for         requirements.
                            SMEs.

                            Low labour cost for qualified and skilled   Potentially a better offer price, though the
                            staff.                                      advantage can be offset by low productivity.




                                                                        IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            WEAKNESSES                                  ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Limited capacity for bonding.               Cannot undertake large and complex projects
                                                                        without foreign partner.

                            Serious limitation (lack of cash and        Cannot fulfil the bidding requirements.
                            collateral) in providing guarantees over
                            the last 10 years.

                            Small and medium contractors in             Reduced possibilities to compete for more
                            Montenegro lack specialisation (most are    complex projects.
                            building and civil works contractors).




                                                                                                                     Page 117
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                    SECTION 7




                                                                          IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            WEAKNESSES                                    ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                          FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Lack of management and planning skills        Can affect the project execution with direct
                            combined with limited control tools,          implication on budget and project completion.
                            especially for larger and more complex
                            projects.

                            Serious limitation in fulfilling the usual    Limit the number of potential candidates for IFIs
                            qualification criteria: past experience,      tenders and execution and completion risks.
                            structure of workforce, equipment and
                            financial positions.

                            Lack of knowledge and/or experience           Problems can occur especially with contract
                            with contractual terms.                       variations, risk allocation and rights and
                                                                          obligations, thus affecting thus schedule and
                                                                          budget.

                            Unfamiliarity with new and sophisticated      Potential scarcity of skills for more complex
                            equipment.                                    projects.

                            Insufficient skilled workers in Montenegro    Cannot meet qualification criteria and execution
                            and reliance on foreign workforce.            and completion risks.

                            Limited number of quantity surveyors.         Can diminish the quality and efficiency of project
                                                                          supervision.

                            Lack of safety procedures and qualified       Can diminish the chances to qualify, for JV or
                            staff to implement and monitor them.          subcontracting with foreign partner.

                            Weak technical understanding of new           Constraining factor for the more ambitious
                            technologies or complex drawings              companies. Less efficient projects due to the use
                            among smaller contractors.                    of old and less performing technologies.

                            Estimating techniques based on bill of        Risk of offering “about right” estimates with the
                            quantities, with no clear identification of   serious risk of underestimating the costs.
                            indirect and other costs. Problem
                            exacerbated by the dominance of lowest
                            price selection criteria.

                            Unreliable or low quality of materials on     Can affect the project execution and quality.
                            the domestic market.

                            Limited use of IT, internet and e-mail        Effects overall business effectiveness.
                            service as well as information systems
                            (accounting and project management).

                            Weakness of the insurance sector:             Very limited capacity to obtain adequate
                            limited availability of policies, no          insurance polices at affordable prices.
                            international recognition and
                            uncompetitive pricing.




                                                                                                                      Page 118
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                               SECTION 7




                                                                        IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            WEAKNESSES                                  ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Limited vocational and craftsman            Skilled staff shortages.
                            training.




                                                                        IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            OPPORTUNITIES                               ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Potential consolidation among the small     Better-qualified companies with potential to
                            and medium sized contractors.               approach more complex projects.
                                                                        Increased bargaining power in acquiring materials
                                                                        at better prices and hence more advantageous
                                                                        project budgets.

                            Privatisation.                              Transform some of the large socially owned
                                                                        companies into more efficient companies with
                                                                        focused and incentive giving management.

                            Cooperation with foreign companies on       Technology transfer and penetration of new
                            the domestic market.                        project management techniques.

                            Harmonise the tendering and                 Impose from the outset an adequate framework
                            procurement rules with the international    and learn from EBRD’s experience over the last
                            rules.                                      ten years in the neighbouring countries.




                                                                        IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            THREATS                                     ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                        FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Delayed interim and final payments.         Incapacity to continue work and, in the worst
                                                                        cases, to purchase the equipment and materials.
                                                                        Limited capacity to commit to more or larger
                                                                        projects.

                            Incapacity of the banking system to offer   Cannot meet guarantees requirements, risk of
                            adequate financing, together with           stopping the work because of lack of financial
                            obsolete and inefficient credit             resources.
                            assessment procedures.

                            Intercompany arrears.                       Limits the contractors’ liquidity.

                            Uncertainty of demand.                      None direct but companies are not capable of
                                                                        accumulating experience, improve equipment
                                                                        fleets and generate positive cash flows.




                                                                                                                  Page 119
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                SECTION 7




                                                                          IMPLICATIONS ON THE CAPACITY TO
                            THREATS                                       ACCESS AND EXECUTE PROJECTS
                                                                          FINANCED BY EBRD

                            Low barriers to entry in terms of             Too many small companies operate and therefore
                            qualifications and requirements.              the market is too segmented making difficult
                                                                          choice of the right contractor.
                                                                          Too many companies that cannot undertake more
                                                                          complex projects.

                            National professional standards and           Maintain low standards in the industry overall and
                            quality standards still to be coordinated     can distort competition through unreasonably low
                            with the EU.                                  prices and completion and quality risks.

                            Cross shareholding structure is a             Cross ownership between design and
                            potential source for conflict of interests.   construction companies can affect the approval
                                                                          and commissioning processes, if both companies
                                                                          have a role in the same project.


                       7.6 Other Companies Interviewed
                       Design Firms and Consultants

                       We interviewed one company based in Belgrade offering design and project
                       management services – CIP, owned by the Serbian Railways Company. Though a
                       state-owned company, employing a large number of specialists (around 700) it is
                       active in the private market as well, which is providing at present some 40% of
                       their annual revenues. Unlike the other countries surveyed, the Serbian
                       construction industry benefits from specialised services in project management
                       and supervision.
                       Insurance

                       The largest Yugoslav insurance company “Dunav Group – Dunav Insurance” is a
                       state–owned company employing more than 3,000 employees. It has a large
                       network of branch offices throughout Yugoslavia. According to the existing law,
                       there are no minimum insurance requirements specific to the construction sectors.
                       As like in B&H, the minimum required is vehicles, air passengers and maritime
                       traffic insurances. Construction All Risks or third party liabilities are not
                       compulsory. This explains the very low level of insurance taken by the
                       construction companies. They represent no more than 3% of the company’s
                       portfolio.
                       Other insurance companies are DD Novi Sad in Vojvodina and Loveen in
                       Montenegro, both state owned. Most of the 53 insurance companies registered in
                       Yugoslavia are private. They are very small and operate mainly in the field of
                       vehicle insurance.
                       According to our findings, the existing legislation does not require the insurance
                       to be arranged through a domestic insurer.

                       7.7 Survey of Business Related Services
                       Construction Industry Related Services




                                                                                                                    Page 120
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 7



                       In Yugoslavia the Association of Engineers and Technicians exists for each
                       engineering activity. The Association of Civil Engineers is quite important and has
                       a network of branches at the republic, province and regional levels. The
                       Association of Civil Engineers encompasses various organisations such as:

                        Yugoslav Association of Structural Engineers;
                        Hydraulic Association;
                        Construction Association.
                       These associations provide information services, primarily supported by the
                       organisation of seminars and conferences. They are sponsored through
                       membership fees.
                       Besides the professional activities, the Association of Civil Engineers is officially
                       authorised by the Ministry for Urban Planning and Construction to carry out
                       vocational examinations that are compulsory for all young engineers and
                       technicians on the elapse of a two-year training period. The specialists who have
                       passed the exam are consequently authorised to approve projects and execute
                       managerial tasks in construction projects. Moreover, companies wishing to obtain
                       a licence for executing construction works must employ a minimum number of
                       authorised engineers. This good practice ensures a higher level of standards in
                       terms of managerial skills. Countries like Bosnia & Herzegovina or Montenegro
                       who do not enforce such requirements suffer from lower professional standards. It
                       is however questionable how much the requirements are enforced considering that
                       over the last few years a lot of construction companies have been engaged in the
                       grey economy or have declared bankruptcy. This has been the case especially with
                       the small companies.
                       The Chamber of Commerce is also covering construction activities. Although they
                       are not very active in Serbia or Montenegro, they are in the process of updating
                       their database and assessing the construction industries in both countries. They
                       also issue trade publications relating to the construction companies.
                       The Federal Institute for Standardisation has been a full member of ISO since
                       1950. Its main objective is to update standards, collaborate with international
                       organisations and publish periodicals. Although it has not been very active lately
                       due to lack of funds, the Institute has been engaged in implementing the
                       regulations relative to the World Trade Organisation. The Institute also owns a
                       vast library of standards both Yugoslavian and international.
                       The institute is keeping a record of all certified assessors for the purpose of the
                       certification process. Besides this, a great contribution to the introduction of
                       quality systems is also made by consulting companies that undertake training in
                       this area. It is considered that once the economic activity is revitalised, more
                       activity in the area of standardisation will take place, such as updating the
                       standards. The best support for standardisation in Yugoslavia is considered to be
                       in the creation of Federal Government Quality Council to promote the current
                       needs in the industry and the creation of agencies for information and assistance in
                       this area.
                       Generally speaking, the standards applicable in the construction industry are well
                       developed and none of the construction companies considered that the lack of ISO
                       9000 certificates is a hindrance in winning work.




                                                                                                     Page 121
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       In Montenegro the organisations mentioned above are even less active. Moreover,
                       independent business associations are a novelty in the country. There is awareness
                       of the need to develop these to promote not only professional interests but also
                       larger scopes such as market and free competition development. In this context, it
                       is important to mention that a newly established Montenegrin organisation was put
                       in place which deals with rating the most successful enterprises. This organisation
                       is called Business Rating 300 and it is sponsored by Centre for Entrepreneurship
                       based in Podgorica. Should the rating become more recognised and possibly
                       formalised, it could become an effective tool of promoting performance standards
                       at company and industry levels.
                       SMEs Related Organisations and Legislation

                        The recently established Serbian Association of SMEs (SIGMA) prepared in
                           collaboration with GTZ of Germany, an action plan in support of the
                           construction sector’s development. However, there are no specific laws and
                           legislation encouraging the development of these companies. The criteria for
                           classifying enterprises into small, medium and large is determined by the
                           Accounting Law and relate to the number of employees, amount of income
                           and value of assets.
                       Generally, the SME sector in Yugoslavia is not competitive because of the lack of
                       financial and fiscal discipline, mainly by the socially-owned companies. The SME
                       sector is very often not collaborating with large companies, one of the reasons
                       being late payments. There are other burdens that make the situation even worse
                       for SMEs:

                        General lack of capital in industries and large arrears;
                        Large companies are trying to shift the financial burden to small
                           subcontractors by imposing deferred payments;

                        The current taxation policy makes the SMEs feel insecure (e.g. tax liability
                           established retroactively) and heavy taxation (high taxes on wages and social
                           security);

                        Lack of institutional infrastructure that limits the training possibilities and
                           communication with foreign partners.
                       As a consequence, a lot of SMEs are closing down official businesses and
                       continue to work in the grey economy. It is interesting to notice that despite all
                       these negative factors, almost 99% of the total number of private enterprises is
                       represented by SMEs, a large proportion of which are construction companies.
                       Montenegro has been more active than Serbia in promoting the development of
                       SMEs and has started to give loans to small business. It also plans to invest a
                       significant proportion of future revenues from privatisation to develop the private
                       and SME sectors.

                       7.8 Survey of Local Financial Institutions

                       7.8.1 Financial Sector Overview and Trends Affecting Construction
                             Financing.
                       The two constituent republics of the Federal Republic Yugoslavia, Serbia and
                       Montenegro, have different financial sectors. Serbia is just emerging from the



                                                                                                     Page 122
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 7



                       destruction, isolation and corruption caused by the Milosevic government, and is
                       facing the daunting task of rebuilding the economy. Its banks are now in the
                       process of adjusting to the new conditions. In contrast, Montenegro, which has
                       separated itself from the Milosevic regime since 1998, has received significant
                       foreign support and escaped the destruction of the conflict with NATO.
                       The new Yugoslav government is revising its banking regulations to bring the
                       system closer to international standards, but is just starting to implement them.
                       The resulting restructuring of the Serbian banking system should eliminate many
                       banks, especially the smaller weaker ones.
                       The large, “socially-owned”, banks, which were founded before Yugoslavia broke
                       up, carry ancient past due loans and have other problems that stem from that
                       breakup, sanctions and government policies. Some of the problems stem from
                       government decrees freezing foreign currency deposits, stopping interest
                       payments during the sanctions and decentralising banking groups united in the
                       1980s without fully resolving interbank obligations. Most of the largest banks
                       would be bankrupt if normal EU or USA standards were applied. Those banks
                       favoured by the former regime are being investigated and all are clearly out of
                       favour with the government and the majority of the general population.
                       While most Serbian banks seem apprehensive about their future, a few are
                       enthusiastic about the opportunities. The first foreign-owned bank has just started
                       operating in Serbia and Societe Generale (France) has a joint venture bank.
                       Raiffeisenbank has received banking licenses and reportedly plans to open in
                       September. Local banks are showing varying degrees of interest in being
                       purchased by one of the foreign groups that are exploring opportunities.
                       Montenegro has not waited for federal government action on the banking system.
                       During the past few years, Montenegro has started the process of restructuring its
                       banks and companies and has implemented new banking laws for the Republic
                       based on international standards and is at odds with Yugoslavian federal law. A
                       new foreign-owned bank, chartered under these laws, is operating and a German
                       bank has invested in an existing bank. The republic uses the Deutsche Mark
                       instead of the Yugoslav Dinar and is actively discussing becoming an independent
                       country. Montenegro also has a much smaller economy than Serbia’s and
                       similarly limited potential and is linked with its federal partner in many ways.
                       Both republics share, with Macedonia, the disadvantages of the corporate structure
                       established under the old Yugoslavia. Under the Yugoslavian version of
                       Communism, companies in theory were worker-owned and the banks were created
                       and owned by these companies. The bank was responsible for taking care of its
                       owner companies and the companies did all their banking business with their
                       “house” bank. The worker/socially-owned firms were organised according to a
                       Yugoslav state plan, so they tended to be large and had a very strong influence on
                       their bank. This pattern was broken in Bosnia by the conflict, but in Serbia and
                       Montenegro it still exists. Many new private banks, started since the collapse of
                       the old system, are also tools of their corporate owners. A change has started in
                       this pattern and is further along in Montenegro than in Serbia, but communist era
                       giants still dominate both economies, including the banking and construction
                       sectors.
                       Because only the smallest private firms were allowed under the communist
                       Yugoslavian system, few medium size firms have developed. An extensive,




                                                                                                   Page 123
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       January 2001 draft study of the SME sector, prepared by Developpement et
                       Finance International (DFI) for KfW, shows that in 1998 Yugoslavian privately
                       owned firms had less than forty employees on average and that over 52% were in
                       the trade sector. Construction firms accounted for only 2.7% of the total and
                       averaged just over 20 employees. The same study showed that about 49% of
                       those firms surveyed borrowed from family and friends, over 20% never borrowed
                       and only 12.7% had borrowed from a bank.
                       The construction sector has suffered like the rest of the economy during the last
                       several years. The decline in the global market for construction has hurt the large
                       firms and the sanctions denied them a chance even to bid on most projects. Some
                       of these firms are in serious trouble but others, although cutting back, still have the
                       reputation and financial strength to survive. Many old, large banks often cannot
                       support these traditional clients because of their own major problems, and other
                       banks are too small or unwilling to do so.
                       The recovery process starting in Yugoslavia should help the construction
                       companies to pull through. There has been significant damage to, and neglect of
                       the country’s infrastructure interest by IFIs and the EU in financing much of it.
                       Hence there should be a good deal of work for both the large and smaller
                       construction companies, thus improving their cash flow and creating more
                       possibilities for the local banks to finance them.
                       Financial institutions interviewed and their construction industry business

                       As noted above, the financial sector in Yugoslavia is in poor shape. In Serbia, the
                       large institutions are saddled with unresolved bad loans and other problems from
                       the past. In many cases, they, and most of the small banks, are organised to fund
                       their owners and friends and not as efficient, modern banks with good risk
                       management procedures.
                       In Montenegro, the situation is only slightly better. The privatisation and the bank
                       processes are further along and some new banks with foreign support are starting
                       to change the market. The large banks formed during the communist era are
                       feeling the competition but are still acting as house banks for their owners and
                       carrying the burdens of the past.
                       The ten banks surveyed, seven in Serbia and three in Montenegro were asked in
                       advance of our meeting to complete the survey questionnaire. One in each
                       republic had started operating too recently to have any meaningful statistics, but
                       only half of the other banks completed the questionnaire. The interviews with the
                       other four banks yielded good information, but data obtained was based on the
                       personal estimates of those who were interviewed, and are not therefore fully
                       reliable and comparable the with the verified, written statistics requested.
                       Banks
                       The ten banks interviewed included:

                        Beogradska Banka, Jugobanka, Zepter Banka and Micro Finance Bank in
                           Belgrade;

                        Novosadska Banka, Kulska Banka and Vojvodjanska Banka in Novi Sad;
                        Podgoricka Banka, Euromarket Bank and Montenegrin Commercial Bank in
                           Podgorica, Montenegro.



                                                                                                      Page 124
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 7



                       The main findings show that:

                        Beogradska, Jugobanka, Novosadska, Vojvodjanska and Podgoricka are all
                           “old” large banks created in the communist era. Micro Finance Bank and
                           Euromarket Bank are both foreign owned and have only just started operating.
                           Zepter Banka, Kulska Banka and Montenegrin Commercial Bank are all
                           “new” small private banks, founded in 1992, 1995 and 1997 respectively.
                           Beogradska Banka (Beobanka), Belgrade, was founded in 1982 and since then
                           has been the main bank in Serbia and was one of the biggest banks in the old
                           Yugoslavia. It is still the largest bank, with up to half the banking sector, but
                           it has massive problems. It was the favoured bank of the Milosevic regime
                           and is now out of favour, under investigation and likely to be restructured on
                           that basis alone. As the house bank for the government and for all the large
                           Serbian firms, it has changed the least of all the Yugoslav banks. It also has
                           high levels of bad loans and of claims for frozen deposits and of demands for
                           compensation relating to banks merged into Beobanka.

                        Beobanka’s questionnaire indicates that it has over $137 million in credit
                           exposure to the construction industry, 15.22% of its total credit exposure. It
                           gave no information on how much of this is long past due. The bank has
                           credits outstanding to about 25 construction industry firms, 83% for
                           guarantees and letters of credit, 10% for working capital loans and 7% for
                           equipment and plant financing. It has 90% of its exposure with 20 large
                           contractors, 6% with technical service firms and 4% with building materials
                           suppliers. It lists only 4 small firms as having credits. We were told that over
                           200 firms, 70% of all construction companies, had accounts with the bank and
                           that they want to increase that number. To manage this business, the bank has
                           a construction industry division staffed with construction engineers and other
                           specialists.
                           Beobanka is seeing the results of its current problems. Customers, no longer
                           tied to the bank are moving their accounts to other banks. One reason for this
                           it that the bank is unable to make loans. It has made no term loans for “a long
                           time” is now no longer making short-term loans. Many of the big contractors
                           that the bank serves have their own major problems, and the bank’s lending to
                           them has declined, even before the current lending restrictions. In the past,
                           construction loans reportedly accounted for over 10% of the banks portfolio,
                           but now stands at around 1% - 2%.

                        Jugobanka, Belgrade, is the other big bank in Serbia. It was founded in 1955
                           and for years was the international bank for the country with operations in all
                           republics and provinces of the old Yugoslavia. The break up of the country
                           and the sanctions hit Jugobanka especially hard. It lost a large percentage of
                           the bank as the newly independent former Yugoslav republics closed or took
                           over its branches and subsidiaries. Because it operated largely in the world
                           market, Jugobanka was not as hampered by the “house bank” procedures of
                           funnelling credit according to directions and seems more aware of good
                           banking practices. Based on the brief survey meetings, it seems more focused
                           on the future and on restructuring itself than does Beobanka. It is rebuilding
                           some of its Balkan network and recognises that it is overstaffed and under
                           capitalised and needs foreign investment, assistance and strategic planning.
                           That said it has many of the same problems as the other old banks plus
                           significant foreign debt, which it cannot service.



                                                                                                     Page 125
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 7



                           Jugobanka was very active with construction companies in the 1980’s,
                           especially on their international projects, but has been less active in recent
                           years. It reports that its current construction industry exposure is about DM40
                           million, about 10% of its total. Of that, contingent liabilities (guarantees and
                           letters of credit) make up 60%, working capital loans 40% and equipment and
                           plant financing 10%. It lists no small companies among its credit customers,
                           but over 44% of its exposure is with medium sized firms. Building materials
                           suppliers account for 50% of its exposure, contractors 40%, technical service
                           firms 8% and other construction consulting and service firms the balance.

                        Zepter Bank, Belgrade, is a fairly small, rapidly growing bank with over
                           DM40 million in assets and a legal lending limit of DM5 million. It was
                           founded in 1992 and is owned by the Zepter Group, headquartered in
                           Switzerland, which is controlled by Peter Zepter, a Serbian who is now a
                           citizen of Monaco. The Group includes over 120 firms, in a number of
                           countries, mainly in trading and production. The Groups main product is a
                           very successful line of metal dishes. The bank has three branches, is opening
                           three more and plans a further three. Zepter focuses on financing SMEs,
                           which form over 80% of its business, and reportedly has over 4,000 corporate
                           clients. No more than 5% of its business is with Zepter Group companies. It
                           claims doubtful loans totalling only 0.67% of its portfolio and a reputation for
                           quick and efficient action.
                           The bank also manages a DM8 million, US based fund for loans from
                           DM20,000 - to DM150,000 million. The fund apparently was organised by
                           Mr. Zepter is and supported by Serbian expatriates in the United States and
                           Europe.
                           Zepter’s questionnaire reports exposure to the construction industry of
                           DM2,931,940, a total of 12%. This exposure is to six small firms with less
                           than 100 employees each, 88% for guarantees and the rest for working capital
                           loans. Five of these companies are contractors and have 99% of the exposure
                           with the rest to a building materials supplier.

                        The Micro Finance Bank, Belgrade, the newest of the microcredit institutions
                           established and run by IPC, Frankfurt, started operations on9 April 2001. It
                           has $6 million in capital and $9 million in assets and is 33.3% owned by
                           EBRD, and 16.7% each by Commerzbank, FMO Netherlands, KfW and IMI,
                           which is IPC’s sister investment company.
                           The bank plans to make loans from DM1,000 to DM100,000, averaging
                           DM8,000 initially. It views Yugoslavian bank regulations as very non-
                           transparent and complicated making the bank’s development of good banking
                           business more difficult. The General Manager is very interested in the
                           construction industry, which he sees as one of the best for them, but as of
                           22 May 2001, the bank had not received much attention from construction
                           firms.

                        Novosadska Banka, Novi Sad in Serbia’s northern province of Vojvodina, is
                           another old bank with five main branches, 160 sub branches, and 880
                           employees. It has assets totalling approximately $265 million and statements
                           audited by Coopers. Because of privatisation, half of its owners are now
                           private companies and the local, agricultural-based economy is in a better
                           condition than in most other parts of the country.




                                                                                                    Page 126
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 7



                           The bank’s general manager, Professor Bjelica, sees himself as an expert in
                           banking and finance. His objectives are to help the restructuring of the bank’s
                           clients, to honour old obligations, to resolve the problem of frozen savings of
                           individuals and to find a strategic partner for the bank. He noted that if
                           standard credit criteria were applied, no one would be able to meet it.
                           He estimated that construction industry accounted for not more than 5% - 6%
                           of the bank’s exposure. He said that the bank could not give support to the big
                           construction firms especially if they are socially-owned, and that small firms
                           do not come to the bank their needs were not great anyway. The last five
                           months were the worst for the international construction industry, and there is
                           not enough business in Yugoslavia for the big firms. He noted that many do
                           not have positive cash flow and so would not be able to manage even interest
                           free loans.

                        Kulska Banka was founded in 1995 by converting a five-year-old savings
                           bank, and had just moved its head office from Kula, Vojvodina to the
                           province’s main city, Novi Sad. It is another small bank with about $43
                           million in capital, and $59 million in assets. There are three branches in the
                           province, one in Belgrade with approximately 70 employees. Based on its
                           year-end balance sheet for 2000, 45% of its assets were short-term loans, 13%
                           long-term loans and 17% securities and investments of various kinds. Its
                           owners are “leading local companies”. It has aggressive management and
                           reportedly is making speculative equity investments. Management claims to
                           have offered EBRD 20% ownership. It claims that half of its business is with
                           small companies and that it is forming a SME strategy.
                           Kulska does very little business with construction firms although it has a
                           couple of the large firms as customers.

                        Vojvodjanska Banka, Novi Sad is the largest in Vojvodina and an old bank
                           with a difference. The bank claims to be the only one in Yugoslavia that has a
                           credit approval process that meets international standards, it is the only one
                           that manages its capital in accordance with Basle Agreement standards and the
                           only one that has an asset and liability management committee. In 1999, it
                           reduced its staff by over 46% to less than 2,000 and has used Deloitte &
                           Touche as its advisor on risk management and reorganisation changes. It has
                           developed its retail and investment banking lines of business and has a broker
                           / dealer and an insurance company among its subsidiaries. Before the crisis
                           with NATO, it managed World Bank and IFC loans for SMEs and some
                           export facilities. It still has a special unit for IFI related business.
                           Based on its 1999 annual report, the bank had 11,273 shareholders, none of
                           which owned more than 2% of the bank, but jointly account for about 13% of
                           the bank’s exposure. Its stock is held 53% by private companies, 30% by
                           public socially owned firms, 12% by individuals and 5% by cooperatives. The
                           bank claims to represent 60% of the banking market in Vojvodina and to have
                           the highest level of deposits in Yugoslavia. It has 15 branches, including at
                           least 4 outside of Vojvodina and several specialised subsidiaries.
                           Those interviewed estimated that the bank’s exposure to the construction
                           industry is less than 10% of the total. However, the annual report listed all
                           industries to which the bank’s exposure was over 6% and did not list
                           construction, so construction may account for less than 5%.




                                                                                                     Page 127
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 7



                           One of the bank’s subsidiaries, VOBING, is in the construction design,
                           consulting, engineering and real estate business and also performs real estate
                           valuation services for the bank. Through VOBING, the bank takes an active
                           part in design of construction works, supervision of construction projects and
                           real estate trading.

                        Podgoricka Banka in Podgorica, Montenegro, is an old bank, formed in 1992
                           with the breakup of the former Montenegrin united banking group of which it
                           was the dominant part, but its roots date back to 1908. It has total assets of
                           about DM300 million and equity of about DM32 million, 4 branches and 200
                           employees. It is still a public institution with only 20% private ownership. It
                           is the bank for most of the big Montenegrin firms, but it also has many small
                           clients. Podgoricka is feeling the effect of the changed banking market, noting
                           that its customers are moving to smaller banks to get loans and cheaper
                           transactions.
                           The bank gave no estimate of its exposure to construction companies, but
                           stated that construction is the most attractive business in Montenegro making
                           big profits. The bank is so interested in this business that it is planning to
                           create a subsidiary, or a joint venture with Atlas Banka, to build apartment
                           buildings and sell the apartments.

                        Crnogorska Komercijalna Banka (CKB), Podgorica, translated into English as
                           the Montenegrin Commercial Bank, is a new bank founded in 1997. It is 75%
                           privately owned, with the balance held by Telecom Montenegro. Most of its
                           owners are companies and about 3% are individuals. In February 2001, DEG,
                           Germany invested DM1 million in the bank in return for a 13.5% ownership
                           and CKB claims to also be discussing an EBRD investment.
                           The bank has equity of about DM8 million, four branches and 33 employees.
                           Its staff are active and marketing oriented, led by seasoned bankers, and
                           claims a good credit risk management culture with a loan committee that
                           meets 2-3 times a week.
                           CKB is SME focused and has had a DM1 million SME financing line from
                           KfW since the year 2000. That line is fully disbursed and CKB and KfW are
                           now finalising a second line for DM3 million. The Austrian government has a
                           similar but smaller SME line to CKB, and the bank has had advisors on micro
                           and SME lending from the firm, Max, in Germany.
                           Its exposure to construction industry companies is about DM1,700,000,
                           around 10% of its total exposure, all to seven small firms with less than 100
                           employees each. Approximately 70% of this construction firm exposure is
                           from working capital loans, 30% from equipment and plant financing and a
                           small percent from contingent liabilities. This exposure is divided between
                           two contractors for 40% of the total, four building materials suppliers for
                           another 40% with the balance to a technical services firm.

                        Euromarket Bank, Podgorica, was the first bank chartered under the new
                           Macedonian banking law in November 2000 and is still striving to become
                           fully operational. It is also the first foreign owned bank in Montenegro. Its
                           owners are Raiffeisen Banka in Bosnia, DEG, Futura Investment and Soros
                           Economic Development. The name came from Market Banka in Sarajevo




                                                                                                    Page 128
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 7



                           before these investors bought it and changed its name to Raiffeisen Banka. It
                           has capital of DM11.2 million.
                           It is focusing on SME and retail business, and has outstanding DM4 million in
                           loans and DM1 million in guarantees but has no construction industry business
                           yet.
                       In summary, the big old banks have most of the construction industry business,
                       especially that of the big companies. This dominance has started to change
                       because the big banks’ problems make them unable to meet the needs of their
                       clients and because the new environment encourages open competition between
                       banks and also encourages companies to move their business to the banks that
                       offer them the most.
                       The new banks are small and frequently SME oriented. They are in a good
                       position to serve the small construction firms and may grow with them, but they
                       have credit limits too small for many of the bigger companies, even if they were
                       willing to finance them.
                       Restructuring of the banking system is just beginning in Serbia is and not much
                       further along in Montenegro, with foreign banks now making an entrance into the
                       market. As it changes, and as the large construction firms restructure themselves,
                       financing of construction firms should improve. Meanwhile, the large firms
                       without strong foreign banking relationships or very strong finances will probably
                       have problems.
                       Leasing and Equipment Rental Companies

                       This survey identified no companies leasing equipment in Serbia or Montenegro,
                       although Vojvodjanska Banka said that it had very serious talks about leasing
                       before the crisis. There are apparently no foreign rental companies doing business
                       in Yugoslavia, but rentals from owner/operators and between construction firms
                       are common in Montenegro with some coming from Macedonia, Serbia and even
                       Bosnia. Based on an interview with a contractor in Belgrade, there are no
                       owner/operators renting equipment in that region. A number of interviewees
                       expressed strong interest in some type of rental company, even if it only rented
                       second hand equipment.

                       7.8.2 Financial Products for Construction Firms, Requirements and
                             Terms
                       All the banks issue guarantees, though Micro Finance Bank has not yet done so,
                       but not all are able to lend and lending for terms over one year is more rare. In
                       Serbia, the National Bank of Yugoslavia has applied severe restrictions on the big
                       old banks effectively stopping them from making new loans. The new banks,
                       which do not have the problems the bigger banks encounter, can make loans in
                       spite of the NBY restrictions. Reportedly, the National Bank also sets rates, but
                       the reported rates vary quite significantly and even the bank that mentioned of this
                       noted that many banks to not observe it.
                       The banks have compensated somewhat by guaranteeing their clients’ payments to
                       suppliers and others financing the clients. This method also has problems because
                       the banks’ guarantees are often not accepted without cash collateral or a
                       confirmation by a foreign bank. The collateral is very expensive and the
                       confirmation is also expensive and hard to obtain for the Belgrade banks.




                                                                                                    Page 129
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 7



                       In Montenegro, the rates and credit terms are different, reflecting the different
                       laws governing the financial sector and the differing environment. However, even
                       there, Podgorica, the old bank interviewed, is not making term loans.
                       Collateral requirements to clients for loans and guarantees are very high, usually
                       at least 200% and up to 300% frequently, a very difficult situation for the small
                       firms. There is reason to doubt the protection offered by most collateral, which is
                       mortgage based. The Micro Finance Bank reported that it found mortgages not
                       useful in Serbia because they are very expensive to register and are very difficult
                       to foreclose. It does take mortgages, mainly for psychological reasons, but does
                       not register them. A few of the other banks may be recognising this problem by
                       requiring that part of their collateral requirements be covered by cash.
                       Guarantees

                       In Serbia, based on reports from the Belgrade banks, guarantees and letters of
                       credit account for 60% to 90% of the exposure the banks have to the construction
                       industry. That high level is understandable, given the firms’ normal major need
                       for construction project related guarantees, and their need for payment guarantees
                       resulting from the restrictions on loans.
                       Fees range from 0.3% a quarter at Beobanka and Vojvodjanska Banka to 0.5% a
                       month at Kulska Banka and a planned 1% a month by Micro Finance Bank, which
                       has made no guarantees yet. The Beobanka and Jugobanka report major
                       difficulties in having their guarantees accepted and in getting confirmation as does
                       Kulska Banka to a lesser extent. However, Vojvodjanska and Novosadska say
                       that they have no such difficulty, and Vojvodjanska claims its guarantees and L\Cs
                       were accepted even during the sanctions. Micro Finance Bank said that
                       Commerzbank would confirm any of its credits if needed.
                       Montenegrin banks are closer to the lower end of that fee range. CKB charges
                       1.5% and Podgoricka charges 2% on short-term guarantees. No rates were quoted
                       for longer-term guarantees. CKB has no guarantees outstanding for construction
                       firms. Podgoricka reported that its guarantees were usually not accepted
                       internationally, but Volvo did accept its guarantee covering two orders for 30
                       trucks without collateral or confirmation. It was also noted that Kreditna Banka,
                       Maribor, Slovenia had offered to confirm its credits.
                       Working Capital Loans

                       In Serbia, Beogradska is making no loans, and Jugobanka is making them for no
                       more than 30 days and they have a problem with this. Zepter is making working
                       capital loans every day, limited only by it’s funding, and they are the main credit
                       product of Micro Finance Bank. Working capital loans make up 45% of Kulska
                       Banka’s total assets and about 14% of Vojvodjanska’s, which usual grants them
                       for maturities of 3 - 6 months. Novosadska is also making loans but no
                       information was received on the amount and type of loan it was making or if there
                       were difficulties when making them. In any case, it is not interested in making
                       loans to construction firms.
                       Interest rates vary from the 9% charged by Zepter, 9.5% by Jugobanka and the
                       2.5% a month charged by Micro Finance Bank. Novosadska, says it charges 2% a
                       month for foreign currency loans, plus a 1% front-end fee, and 5% a month for
                       dinar loans. Kulska reports its rates as 4% to 5% a month. Since Jugobanka told




                                                                                                   Page 130
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       us that it charged the official National Bank rates, it seems that those are only a
                       small fraction of market rates in Serbia.
                       The loan fund managed by Zepter Banka has loans from DM20,000 to
                       DM 150,000 for up to five years tenor with grace periods to one year. They are
                       made at 6% pa interest plus a 2% front-end fee.
                       In Montenegro, CKB is primarily focused on making working capital loans, as
                       demonstrated by its report that 70% of its construction exposure is for working
                       capital loans. It charges 10% - 12% a year plus a 1% fee. Euromarket Bank is
                       similarly focused and Podgoricka reports making loans, charging 12% to 18%
                       with no fee.
                       Equipment Finance Loans and Leasing

                       As noted above, there are the most constraints are on term lending which is
                       needed to finance the purchase of construction equipment. Jugobanka and
                       Beobanka, which were major financers of construction equipment in the 1980s
                       and into the 1990s, and Zepter, are making no term loans at all. The first two do
                       have some remaining term (equipment loan exposure left from those times) and
                       Vojvodjanska’s term exposure is primarily from the same period. Kulska’s
                       balance sheet shows term loans equaling about 14% of its total assets, but when
                       interviewed it mentioned only payment guarantees for equipment purchase.
                       The absence of term loans, combined with the lack of leasing and equipment
                       rental and the difficulties noted with trying to use payment guarantees to get
                       supplier, or other foreign, financing, causes major problems. There is essentially
                       no way for firms to finance the equipment needed in Serbia. If the firms do not
                       have the financial resources to buy equipment for cash or based on their own
                       credit with sellers and foreign banks, they must do without it.
                       The situation is only marginally better in Montenegro. The Montenegrin
                       Commercial Bank is making loans to construction companies with tenors of 3 to 4
                       years, but it has only about DM 500,000 outstanding and Podgoricka Banka, a
                       tradition term lender, may not be making term loans
                       The situation is also a bit better in Montenegro because of the active rental market
                       among the companies and with owner/operators.

                       7.8.3 Constraints in Financing Construction Industry
                       There are many constraints facing the construction companies in Yugoslavia. The
                       macro economic, political and legal problems from the communist and Milosevic
                       eras have damaged the both the banks and the companies seriously. The banks
                       can’t make loans and the big construction companies are often not credit worthy.
                       The small ones fear banks and do not use them, and there are almost no medium
                       size construction companies.
                       Problems and their causes

                       The big firms face problems similar to those of the big construction companies
                       elsewhere in the Balkans, but made worse and added to by the situation in
                       Yugoslavia. They face stiff international competition and a decreasing
                       international construction market. They hold ancient receivables from Iraq, Libya,
                       Russia and other countries and from domestic clients and payments due under
                       intercompany loans.




                                                                                                      Page 131
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       As elsewhere, they are suffering a brain drain as the most able employees leave to
                       start or join small private firms. They are very much overstaffed for their current
                       business and are often losing money by underbidding to be sure of winning
                       contracts in order to keep the company busy. Their incomes have usually fallen
                       significantly and their expenses have not, causing losses and liquidity problems
                       that make them not credit worthy.
                       The big companies share with the small ones problems of liquidity and the need to
                       self-finance. The also share the problem of owning obsolete equipment which
                       needs to be replaced. Neither big nor small firms currently have a way to finance
                       that replacement.
                       One of the biggest construction companies in the region, Energoprojekt, illustrated
                       the problems of the big firms and, in their case, the continuing strengths of some
                       of them. It has been working internationally since the 1960s, reaching its peak in
                       the late 1970s and early 1980s working primarily on major projects in Africa. It
                       has had good ties with Citibank and Barclays Bank, and still banks with Coutts
                       Bank in Switzerland, but had not used credit lines much because it financed itself.
                       The economic condition of most African countries is weak and the governments
                       are now favouring local construction firms. This has led to a major decrease in
                       Energoprojekt’s traditional business, which, combined with a global depression in
                       construction and the sanctions, has greatly reduced it. Its annual turnover has
                       fallen to $120 million, which is about one third of its former level, and its capacity
                       is very much underemployed. The company knows that it must reorganise and
                       identify its opportunities and risks and has used its excess capacity to build a
                       successful housing, office and retail complex near its headquarters. Clearly, it is
                       still a strong company with internationally well-regarded expertise. It understands
                       that it needs to reduce staff and sweeten the cuts by giving stipends and medical
                       expense coverage to personnel on exit.
                       Some of the other large construction companies are in a much worse condition,
                       with some of the biggest going bankrupt.
                       The small firms often do not have knowledge of how to obtain and manage
                       suitable bank credit, but need at least guarantees if they are to work on any but the
                       smallest jobs. Their experience with banks has been bad. A small infrastructure
                       contractor, with an average of 43 employees and international contracts, stated
                       that its bank has been holding, for a long time, a payment made to it from Iraq.
                       Frozen foreign currency deposits have also damaged bank relationships with small
                       businessmen. Credits are very expensive for them and the collateral requirements
                       often can not be met.
                       In Montenegro, 10 years ago the republic had a strong construction industry with
                       internationally known firms. Then the market became smaller and funds for large
                       projects dried up. In the last two or three years the market has improved greatly
                       with a strong market for housing and commercial buildings developing and some
                       big infrastructure projects starting. However, obsolete equipment dating from the
                       1980s is again a major problem, limiting the ability of firms to participate in the
                       new projects.
                       The major construction company, Gorica, interviewed about its financial issues,
                       has reorganised itself from a big well-known communist era firm into a “fresh,
                       modern, agile, up-to-date enterprise” ready to abandon conservative patterns and
                       prejudices, to accept new ways of doing business and new styles of work. The



                                                                                                     Page 132
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 7



                       firm used to work in Russia and now is discussing some business in Albania. It
                       constructs housing, commercial buildings, tourist resorts and infrastructure and
                       has a number of building materials operations. It advertises that it is a single stop
                       complete building service.
                       Lack of new equipment is a major problem for the firm, as is financing. It views
                       the terms of bank credit available as poor, with high interest rates and no term
                       financing, and equipment sellers offer only limited term financing. It has a good
                       and close relationship with Podgoricka Banka, but the bank’s guarantees are not
                       accepted. It also has a problem with payments due under government contracts,
                       they are sometimes 3 to 4 months delayed. Prime contractors on major projects
                       usually pay subcontractors immediately. It has strong competition locally from
                       Serbia and Bosnia.
                       Possible ways to overcome the problems

                        Financing the replacement of obsolete equipment is clearly the biggest
                           common problem for construction firms in Yugoslavia. Large firms with
                           resources can make some purchases, with cash or with suppliers’ credit, with
                           or without a bank guarantee. Firms can find the needed funds within the
                           company if cash flow needs to be increased, or unneeded assets sold. For
                           example, Gorica stated that it had sold property to finance the purchase of an
                           excavator. It also had at least one vendor offer to finance its sale for up to two
                           years. Vendor financing is now being encouraged by bank guarantees. These
                           guarantees could be further supported by confirmation, but that would be
                           risky, operationally difficult and not certain to produce good results;

                        Firms can rent equipment from each other when one is not using the
                           equipment that the other wants. Renting of new and recent model used
                           equipment might also be feasible if the right firm could be identified and is
                           interested. Equipment leasing does not exist and may be hard to start in
                           Yugoslavia, but it is worth exploring;

                        Financing is also possible through the projects. Foreign general contractors
                           have arranged financing for subcontractors on their projects. Some more may
                           come from foreign contractors that are developing agreements with Yugoslav
                           ones. Small firms are also making agreements with large firms and with each
                           other partly to get contracts, but also for operational synergy and improved
                           financing. These agreements may include joint ventures on major projects or
                           purchase of the local firm. A procurement-based solution would be possible if
                           equipment could be bought by the project and sold at its end. This would
                           clearly increase project cost;

                        A funding line to one or more carefully selected banks for equipment
                           financing via term loans to construction companies is a more traditional
                           solution. However, it is one that would not be easy to implement given the
                           current status of the banking system.
                           There are some positive aspects to these difficulties. The firms, especially the
                           big ones, have good skills and often have good reputations. The banks also
                           have skilled employees. Both will have to be restructured, and almost all will
                           shrink as they adapt. The gap in both industries, of no medium sized firms or
                           banks, will be filled as surviving big firms shrink and the good small ones
                           grow.




                                                                                                      Page 133
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                  SECTION 7




                                                                                    Page 134
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 8



                       8 Risk Management in Construction in South Eastern Europe
                       This section covers several issues, some indicated in the Terms of Reference and
                       some additional elements that contribute to the defined problems we are
                       addressing in this report:

                        Risk allocation and contracting strategies;
                        Factors limiting the use of local industry;
                        Optimal procurement package;
                        Views of international contractors;
                        Insurance strategies.
                       We have analysed these from two perspectives: the financier and the international
                       contractor. There are a number of aspects in attempting to determine what would
                       be an optimal procurement package. We have concentrated our analyses on the
                       main issues and risks encountered in the local construction industries and provided
                       ideas to mitigate these.

                       8.1 The Problems of the Construction Industry

                       Too often, purchasers think of buying a plant or a building, as though it is
                       analogous to buying a piece of equipment. The nature of the construction industry
                       is very different to manufacturing and is much closer to being a Service Industry –
                       i.e. the Construction Industry delivers a service to the owner by assembling the
                       various components of a structure, building or plant on the owner’s site. As in
                       other services, it is hard to compare the value being offered by different suppliers,
                       since this service is intangible and difficult to specify exactly before or after the
                       project is finished. The characteristics of the industry include:

                        Projects are generally one-offs;
                        The majority of the work is carried out at the site and progress can be
                           interrupted by adverse weather conditions and other factors;

                        There is a wide variety of specialist work required to complete a project and
                           highly complex interfaces between these specialists on plants;

                        The site if often distant from the contractor’s head office and supervision can
                           be difficult;

                        Design responsibility is often separated from the construction work. When
                           problems arise it is often difficult to determine responsibility;

                        Activity in the industry often varies significantly during economic cycles;
                        This reduces the level of capital investment a contractor can justify in
                           mechanising the construction process; most contractors have very low levels
                           of assets;

                        Consequently, the industry is easy to enter and therefore highly competitive.




                                                                                                     Page 135
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 8



                       The owner wishing to implement a project is then faced with a large number of
                       contractors, most of which have weak or non-existent balance sheets and may
                       have only a very short track record. The reality for the owner is that he will be
                       faced with carrying a much higher level of risk than he would for a conventional
                       purchase of a discrete item of equipment.
                       From the financier’s perspective, the industry has some additional problems.
                       These are generally centred on the financiers desire to see the project completed
                       on time and to budget (Completion Risk):

                        The owners may be a special purpose company, whose only asset is the
                           project. The security of balance sheet lending is not available;

                        The new construction is almost always relatively large in relation to the
                           owner’s balance sheet and therefore presents real risks of insolvency;

                        Owners may implement projects infrequently and do not have the ability to
                           manage projects from in-house resources;

                        The asset is immobile and cannot be repossessed and moved to a new owner.
                           It has to be used where it is;

                        Governments or local authorities account for a high proportion of construction
                           activity. They often do not have the necessary expertise to manage projects
                           effectively and have no real incentive to ensure timely completion.
                       Again the reality is that financiers, such as EBRD or other IFI’s, cannot avoid
                       being faced with higher risks for construction projects. The issue is then how to
                       manage the risk.

                       8.2 Risk Allocation and Factors Restricting the use of the Local Industry

                       8.2.1 Risk Allocation
                       Early discussions with the bank indicated a need to determine what could be done
                       to encourage international construction companies to make more use of the local
                       construction industry. This discussion focussed on construction related risks in
                       emerging and developing markets and, more specifically, in the countries
                       surveyed.
                       Risk allocation was subsequently discussed with several international construction
                       companies, either operating in the target countries or interested in expanding their
                       presence into the region (the list of international contractors interviewed is
                       presented in Annexe 12.3. The first step was to define a list of risks, common to
                       the region as well as to the industry. The following list refers to a lump sum
                       turnkey project because we understood from EBRD that this is the preferred
                       contracting strategy for the region.
                       Potential Risks in a lump sum turnkey (LSTK) Environment

                        Price;
                        Quantity;
                        Schedule;




                                                                                                     Page 136
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 8



                        Escalation;
                        Completion;
                        Performance;
                        Execution;
                        Quality;
                        Sub-Contractor/supplier/vendor;
                        Labour availability and skill;
                        Weather/Seasonality;
                        Bonding;
                        Insurance;
                        Banking;
                        Design Specifications;
                        Partial Permitting Risk;
                        Sub Surface Conditions Risk;
                        Unidentified Utility Risk;
                        Political Risk;
                        Land Acquisition Risk outside of the Right of Way;
                        Site Security Risk;
                        Force Majeure;
                        Termination Risk;
                        Currency Non-convertibility Risk;
                        Corporate Reputation Risk.
                       Contracting strategy often involves placing the risk of an activity with the party
                       most able to influence and control the outcome of that activity. Each project faces
                       a unique set of risks which depend on, scope of work, location, client, stability,
                       Rule of Law, and contract type – this is to name just a few. When these variables
                       are applied to a relatively ‘new’ market, it becomes very difficult to ensure a place
                       for the local industry to take part.
                       EBRD is most concerned about the completion risk. The essence of determining
                       the risk mitigation route from a contractual pint standpoint is shown in the graph
                       below.




                                                                                                     Page 137
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                                  Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                           SECTION 8




                             Risk Allocation and Contracting Strategies


                                                                 COMPLETION RISK
                                                                  COMPLETION RISK



                                                  TRADITIONAL
                                                   TRADITIONAL                                  LUMP SUM TURNKEY
                                                                                                 LUMP SUM TURNKEY
                                                   APPROACH
                                                    APPROACH                                        APPROACH
                                                                                                     APPROACH




                                                                                             Alternative
                                                                                             Approach
                                                                                                                            RISKS:
                                                                                                                             RISKS:
                              RISK MITIGATION:
                               RISK MITIGATION:                                                                LOCAL
                                                                                                                LOCAL       •PRICE
                                                                                                                             •PRICE
                              2-5% OF TOTAL
                               2-5% OF TOTAL       CONSULTANT
                                                    CONSULTANT
                              INSTALLED COSTS                                                               CONTRACTOR
                                                                                                             CONTRACTOR     •MANAGEMENT
                                                                                                                             •MANAGEMENT
                               INSTALLED COSTS                                                                              •COMPLETION
                                                                                                                             •COMPLETION
                                                                                      WESTERN
                                                                                      WESTERN
                                                                                    CONTRACTOR
                                                                                     CONTRACTOR
                                                     BILL OF
                                                      BILL OF
                                                   QUANTITIES
                                                    QUANTITIES                                              UNIT
                                                                                                             UNIT
                                                                                                           PRICE
                                                                                                            PRICE
                                                                    Disadvantage of the alternative approach
                                                                    to lump sum contracts:
                                                                    limited know-how transfer to local contractor




                       Figure 2



                       The traditional approach (e.g. unit price contract), in order to provide the risk
                       mitigation factor IFI’s expect, relies on the involvement of a consultant, in most
                       cases a western one. As explained earlier, in order to avoid the completion risk if
                       unit price contracting strategy is chosen, the IFI’s should invest more in the design
                       phase, up to 5% of the total installed costs of the project.
                       Should a lump sum turnkey strategy be preferred, the local contractor, usually less
                       familiar with managing this type of contract, is handling more risks than he
                       probably can manage. The alternative approach could be to contract a western
                       contractor as a main contractor under a lump sum turnkey contract. The Western
                       contractor could subcontract the local contractor under unit price contracts. This
                       approach is not risk proof but it facilitates more local input. It also has the
                       disadvantage of allowing for a limited knowledge transfer as most of the work that
                       the consultant performs is undertaken by the Western contractor.

                       8.2.2 Factors Restricting the Utilisation of Local Industry
                       Contractors seeking local participation in a project are looking for companies who
                       can be relied on to:

                        Conform with specification;
                        Complete on Schedule;
                        Provide Surety;
                        Operate Safely;
                        Maintain Quality;
                        Build to Estimate.



                                                                                                                             Page 138
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 8



                       Even in a mature market, prime contractors will seek protection from a failure to
                       comply with any of these parameters. Due diligence is done on subcontractors
                       and suppliers to ensure that delivery can be ‘guaranteed’. This is not always
                       possible in an emergent or developing market. In the specific case of the target
                       countries, it is frustrated by the fact that for the last 10 plus years, very little
                       development has occurred. Without steady and predictable workloads, the
                       industry has stagnated. Investment capital has not been available. Companies
                       have not been able to modernise equipment fleets, office equipment and space, nor
                       have there been steady advances in the use of new technology, training
                       programmes, safety platforms, etc. Finally, the financial support mechanisms that
                       are standard in the west are still not available.
                       These factors have created a situation where risk allocation cannot be supported
                       by the local industry and limits their participation in the development activity that
                       is either planned or ongoing. By example, the following list provides a summary
                       of the risk that accompanies the use of the local industry market.
                       Local Level Risk to International Contractors:

                        Inadequate Pricing (at the subcontractor/supplier level);
                        Inadequate Schedule Forecasting (at the subcontractor/supplier level);
                        Completion and Liquidated Damages when delay is by local industry;
                        Performance of Locals;
                        Execution by Locals;
                        Quality of Locals work;
                        Labour availability and skill of Locals;
                        Bonding;
                        Insurance;
                        Banking;
                        Design Specifications using Local Regulations.
                       8.3 Risk Management – What can be done

                       8.3.1 The Financier’s Perspective in Risk Management
                       The owner and financier can manage risk on the project by ensuring that the entity
                       best able to manage the risk does so. The risk can then be dealt with by:

                        Designing out the risk entirely;
                        Mitigating or anticipating the risk by careful planning and active management;
                        Transferring the risk to a third party.
                       Designing Out Risk




                                                                                                     Page 139
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 8



                       The most productive area for dealing with risk is during the early stages of a
                       project. Significant risk can be eliminated through design and estimating.
                       However, particularly on International Financial Institution projects, such as those
                       implemented by EBRD, the cost of this preparatory work is beyond the resources
                       available. Typically, to fully design and estimate any project would require an
                       expenditure of about 5% of the total project cost – IFI budgets for preparatory
                       work are rarely more than a tenth of this.
                       Commercial clients are different from IFI projects in that they are able to finance
                       the cost of this work from their own in-house resources. A typical commercial
                       project cycle differs from an IFI cycle. In a commercial project, the Feasibility
                       Study is intended only to justify the expenditure of money on the more detailed
                       design. Once this is complete, the final approval to proceed will be given based
                       on definitive cost estimates. Most IFI’s expect a Feasibility Study to provide
                       justification for proceeding straight to financing.
                       There are disadvantages with fully designing the project before making
                       commitments:

                        Some projects may not proceed beyond the design stage, leaving significant
                           costs to be recovered from someone. For projects being implemented by
                           companies, this is accepted as a normal part of their business – better to stop
                           implementation of a bad project than to keep spending money. For IFI’s with
                           weak borrowers, this is a greater problem – loans made for design work may
                           become unrecoverable. As already indicated, the grant funds available to
                           EBRD are not sufficient to pay for this work;

                        The completeness of the design needs to be carefully optimised. A fully
                           complete design might result in the plant or equipment becoming obsolete
                           before the project is started. This has been a problem with projects in the
                           Former Soviet Union, where the permitting process requires a lengthy review
                           of the complete design.
                       Designing out risk is a useful strategy, particularly if there is an objective of
                       placing work with smaller contractors. More detailed preparatory work allows the
                       work to be specified in more detail for the less experienced and qualified small
                       contractor and ensures that interfaces between the larger numbers of contractors
                       are properly designed.
                       Recommendation – EBRD reviews the level of funding available for the design
                       phase of a project. For countries, where there are insufficient experienced prime
                       contractors able to execute Lump Sum Turn Key projects, or where the use of
                       SME contractors is desired, design phase budgets should be set in the 2% - 5%
                       range of total installed costs. In this context, it should be noted that experienced
                       prime contractors means contractors with prior knowledge of the country and the
                       potential sub-contractors.
                       Mitigation Strategies

                       Prequalification - Owners and Financiers can mitigate their risk through
                       prequalification procedures to ensure that only competent contractors can reach
                       the bid list. Prequalification procedures should test:

                        The contractor’s recent experience in the location and of the type of work;




                                                                                                     Page 140
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 8



                        The total resources available to the contractor and their quality;
                        The quality of the contractor’s management, systems and technical resources
                           (often evidenced by a formal Quality Assurance scheme, such as ISO 9000);

                        The contractor’s financial security and ability to complete the project.
                       The most useful criteria for rating a contractor is the owner or financier’s recent
                       experience of the contractor. Prequalification exercises can be costly for both the
                       owner and the contractors.
                       Bank bonds guaranteeing the performance of the contractor are another way of
                       screening out contractors with weak balance sheets, since bonds can usually only
                       be raised on the basis that the contractor can fully cover these from cash at the
                       bank or overdraft arrangements. However, as noted in the country sections, the
                       level of collateral required for bonding in the region is prohibitive and far above
                       that required from western firms.
                       Incentive Arrangements - For some types of project, e.g. where it is not possible
                       to fully define the design or specification, incentive fees and target price
                       mechanisms can be used to implement a project. These mechanisms leave the
                       owner with the risk of cost over-runs, but provide the contractor with an incentive
                       to work with owner to ensure that the lowest cost is achieved. These mechanisms
                       require good knowledge and negotiation skills to set the target price. For
                       incentive mechanisms to function correctly:

                        They must be designed to ensure that the contractor’s incentives exactly align
                           with the owner’s interest;

                        They should be symmetric and not asymmetric (such as greater penalties for
                           delays than for early completion). If an owner has no reason to offer an
                           incentive for early completion – he probably has no justification for a penalty
                           for late completion;

                        They should never attempt to move all or the majority of the owner’s risk to
                           the contractor – for example - if an owner is fully indemnified against delays
                           or cost over-runs, he has no reason to work constructively with the contractor
                           to ensure the project is completed.
                       Supervision / Inspection / Quality Control – Third party inspection by a
                       consulting engineer or by specialist inspection companies is often used as a form
                       of risk mitigation. Inspection needs to be adequately funded and frequent /
                       continuous to ensure that problems are identified. The problem with this strategy
                       is that it usually only identifies problems after they have started to arise.
                       EBRD already use all of these mechanisms to manage projects. There are no
                       obvious ways to quickly improve the situation. As experience is gained, EBRD’s
                       knowledge base of contractors in the region will improve and this will reduce
                       risks.
                       Transferring Risk

                       Conventional Insurance- Insurance with a specialist company is the most
                       commonly encountered mechanism for transferring risk entirely to a third party.
                       Usually, insurance is only viable for risks that are infrequent and have large
                       consequences – such as death or injury or major damage to the facilities. We have



                                                                                                    Page 141
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 8



                       provided a separate section detailing some thoughts on sound insurance principles.
                       The most important principle with insurance is that an asset only needs to be
                       insured once – requiring through the contract for each contractor to insure the
                       works is wasteful and, in the event of a claim, may result in delays in the claim
                       being settled.
                       Insurance in place of Bank Guarantees - Insurance is used in the United States
                       as a substitute for Bank Guarantees for contractors. This has advantages to
                       smaller contractors in that they do not need to tie up capital to provide the full
                       cover required by banks for the Bank Guarantee. For this mechanism to be
                       successful, insurance companies need good knowledge of: their clients, the
                       contractors, the risks involved and the claims history. There are no insurance
                       companies with this capability available in Europe or in the regions that EBRD
                       operates in. If this was pursued as a potential solution to the problems of SME
                       contractors, it would take many years to develop the necessary knowledge base in
                       the insurance companies.
                       Government Guarantees - Risk can be passed over to Governments. In some
                       projects, sovereign guarantees are provided, for example to improve the credit
                       rating of owners.
                       Lump Sum Turnkey (LSTK) and Design Build Contracts – Risk can
                       apparently be eliminated by use of this type of contract, where the full completion
                       risk is passed to the contractor. Since all the risk is transferred to the contractor,
                       all the control is also passed. The specification that the contract is based on has to
                       exactly reflect the client’s requirements. If the specification is a Performance
                       Based one, where the contractor fully designs the works to suit a purpose, there
                       can be difficulties in ensuring that the client’s full life ownership costs are
                       properly taken care of. The contractor obviously has an incentive to use the
                       cheapest and lowest quality equipment possible to maximise his profit. If the
                       specification is a detailed one defining the quality of each aspect of the works,
                       then the cost of preparing this specification is very high and the knowledge of the
                       contractor in how to build at least cost is not fully incorporated.
                       Few domestic contractors in the region are capable – either in terms of their
                       experience, technical knowledge or balance sheet, of bidding significant contracts
                       on a lump sum basis. It is always possible then to invite bids from international
                       contractors. In reality, since foreign contractors do not have resources in the
                       countries the risk is transferred to the LSTK contractor who is effectively
                       “insuring” the local sub-contractors. He can do this more effectively than an
                       insurance company, since an LSTK contractor has the systems and knowledge to
                       actively manage sub-contractors. However, this has some disadvantages:

                        Foreign contractors will be resented by governments, local contractors and the
                           labour force;

                        The foreign contractors may not have the knowledge of local conditions and
                           the reliability of subcontractors to accurately bid work. They will tend to
                           include large contingencies in their price – resulting in higher than necessary
                           costs for the project. Foreign contractors could reduce their contingency by
                           spending money in investigating the competency of local subcontractors and
                           local conditions. However, they will not do this, if they perceive that the
                           client is only interested in this one project. The possibility of a programme of
                           work would encourage the foreign contractors to invest in learning.;




                                                                                                      Page 142
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                     SECTION 8



                           In Kazakhstan, a few foreign contractors were encouraged to establish there.
                           They did become successful. However, policy then shifted. It was felt that a
                           few contractors were getting too much of the business and situations were
                           engineered to allocate work to others. This experience has discouraged
                           western contractors.

                        The specification needs to be very well written to ensure bids can easily be
                           compared.
                       Recommendations- If EBRD wishes to encourage the use of LSTK contracts to
                       reduce its risk, then, where it is able to influence the contracting strategy, it needs
                       to either:

                        Encourage major international contractors to learn about the region and
                           become established there, by clearly signalling that there is a pipeline of work
                           that the bank wish to see placed on LSTK basis with major contractors, or

                        Encourage Local Contractors to take LSTK contracts by dividing major
                           projects into smaller sub-projects more appropriate to the balance sheets of
                           these contractors. These contractors, at least initially, will only be able to
                           handle detailed specifications – this will require a substantial input from
                           Engineering Consultants to prepare the bid packages. Projects will need to be
                           designed with these budgets in mind, as previously indicated, this will
                           probably be in the 2% - 5% range.

                       8.3.2 The International Constructors’ Perspective
                       International contractors were then asked what steps could be taken that would
                       allow them to pass more work onto the local industry.
                       The responses include (some incorporated in more detail, in the Recommendation
                       Section):
                       The determination to what extent, if any, the client wants international
                       participation in the project. This is a very real concern in a number of states. The
                       idea of international participation is not welcomed with open arms, but instead
                       provokes very real feelings of resentment in the client country. This resentment
                       spreads across the spectrum including the client organisation through to local
                       construction firms and suppliers. It is seen as very close to an invasion by the
                       foreign international contractor with all the perceptual baggage that entails.
                       Most international contractors these days are aware of this perception. This
                       increases their reluctance to become involved in these areas, particularly if a
                       project is seen as a ‘one-off’ with little in the way of future continuing work.
                       Coupled with some of the other constraints such as those below, this goes a good
                       way to explaining a reluctance to take on more risk in this part of Europe:

                        Lack of knowledge of the local market in terms of availability and quality of
                           labour and material;

                        Unfamiliarity with knowledge of local laws, regulations, and procedures;
                        Perceived financial weakness of local firms and companies and the financial
                           infrastructure. On this point, it might be as well to point out that just having a
                           mechanism in place that would guarantee payment directly to an international




                                                                                                       Page 143
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 8



                           contractor by EBRD for example, may not be sufficient inducement if the
                           trade off is that the international contractor has to deal with the local banking
                           system and ensuring that local subcontractors get paid;

                        Almost paradoxically perhaps the emphasis on competition by lending
                           institutions such as EBRD can contribute to the risk avoidance by international
                           contractors, as they do not see projects generating the gross or net margins to
                           enter the market. This is particularly so with ‘one-off’ projects;

                        Specifying New Equipment in the Contract. The contracts could require
                           International Contractors to provide modern equipment fleets to local firms.
                           This equipment would then be made available to the local industry for use in
                           conducting the work. By making it a contractual requirement, it will be
                           mandatory for all competitors and can therefore be used in a competitive
                           environment;

                        This action could improve the performance, quality and schedule compliance
                           of the locals. At the end of the project, this equipment can either be sold to the
                           local industry in conjunction with item 2 above, or be made the property of the
                           state. During construction, maintenance of the fleet would be the
                           responsibility of the prime contractor with incentive programmes developed
                           for the locals should the actual cost of maintenance be lower than the
                           programmed maintenance cost;

                        Creating incentive programs for technology transfer. Create tax breaks,
                           develop subsidised loans, or develop supportive training programs that will
                           allow companies to use hard to come by resources for technology transfer;

                        Incentivise quality control, quality assurance. For unit price contracts, allow a
                           unit price specifically for quality control, testing, reporting, etc. Pay for
                           quality. A developing industry will not automatically be focussed on quality
                           in the early days of development;

                        Provide working capital to locals through advance payments or mobilisation
                           payments that are guaranteed by a third party source;

                        Allow prime contractors to advance payments to sub-contractors that are
                           guaranteed by international sources or by the government. This would fill a
                           gap in the current situation whereby these types of financial services are not
                           available.

                       8.4 Insurance for Project-Financed Construction Projects in Countries
                           with Undeveloped Insurance Markets

                       Romania, Bulgaria, Macedonia, Bosnia & Herzegovina and Yugoslavia have
                       undeveloped or developing insurance markets and share characteristics with
                       insurance markets in many other countries around the world. When arranging
                       insurance programmes for construction projects that are being financed by lenders
                       on a limited or non-recourse basis in those countries, there are certain issues that
                       need to be addressed as described below.
                       Project-Finance Insurance

                       First, we must understand the significance of insurance programmes in relation to
                       limited or non-recourse financed construction projects generally. The entity




                                                                                                      Page 144
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 8



                       sponsoring the project will usually be an association of interested companies
                       which will invest a certain amount of equity and arrange loans for the balance of
                       the finance required. The lenders in turn will require the greatest degree of
                       security possible for the repayment of those loans and will, as a consequence, be
                       analysing the amount of risk retained by the sponsor. Lenders will generally be
                       looking for the sponsor to carry as little risk as possible and that will be achieved
                       through the transfer of risk to other parties, for example, by contract to
                       construction contractors on a lump sum turnkey basis.
                       Insurance is another form of risk transfer and lenders will be looking for a
                       significant degree of insurance protection to be in force usually for the benefit of
                       all participants to the project – lenders, sponsor, contractors and subcontractors.
                       Lenders will appoint an insurance advisor to review the insurance programme and
                       propose recommendations on the terms and conditions of the insurance. This
                       leads to a requirement for a comprehensive insurance programme arranged with
                       insurers of a good security rating including such features as:

                        Broadest cover available;
                        Relatively low deductibles;
                        Insurers meeting a minimum standard of security rating;
                        Non-vitiation clauses;
                        Broad waivers of subrogation;
                        Lenders having first call on insurance proceeds;
                        Letters of undertaking from the insurance brokers arranging the programme
                       Often these requirements are onerous and can be a challenge to those arranging
                       the insurance.
                       Insurance Availability

                       The insurance regime for those countries with an undeveloped or developing
                       insurance market often has the following characteristics:

                        Lack of stringent requirements for the establishment of domestic insurers;
                        Domestic insurers (consequently) inadequately financed and with inadequate
                           capacity;

                        Compulsory cessions to domestic reinsurers;
                        Lack of experience of domestic brokers and insurers with regard to specialist
                           areas of insurance such as construction projects;

                        Active participation of major reinsurers who will attempt to control the terms
                           and conditions of insurances for specialist areas of insurance and major
                           projects;

                        A statutory requirement for insurance of risks in that country to be arranged
                           with domestic insurers.




                                                                                                      Page 145
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 8



                       It can be seen that these characteristics lead to a lack of availability of broad
                       insurance cover and a credit risk in relation to the domestic insurers. There is
                       usually limited opportunity for negotiation of terms and often that negotiation will
                       not be with the parties that are controlling the insurance i.e. the reinsurers that
                       often control the market. This leads to problems when considering the typical
                       requirements of financed projects.
                       The Insurance Solution

                       It is clear that non-recourse or limited-recourse financed projects are carried out in
                       countries with undeveloped or developing insurance markets so how is the
                       apparent conflict between lenders requirements and the domestic market’s abilities
                       reconciled?
                       There is an international insurance market consisting of major insurers and
                       reinsurers represented in countries with developed insurance markets. Often these
                       companies will have global networks or associations with foreign insurers and will
                       have acceptable security ratings. Specialist areas of insurance such as those
                       required by construction projects will be handled by these companies.
                       In addition the major insurance brokers such as Marsh, Aon and Willis have a
                       global presence and expertise in specialist forms of insurance such as those
                       required for project-financed construction. These brokers will often have business
                       relationships with insurers in these domestic markets.
                       The combination of these two factors has enabled project-financed insurance
                       programmes to be developed which satisfy lenders demands. These programmes
                       can be used on a reinsurance basis to support domestic markets whose ability
                       alone would not satisfy lenders.
                       Typical Insurance Programme

                       Let us take as an example a country with a limited number of domestic insurers
                       with security ratings unacceptable to lenders but also possessing a statutory
                       requirement to insure risk with those domestic insurers. In this situation how
                       would the insurance programme be arranged to satisfy the usual requirements of
                       lenders?
                       A typical solution would be to negotiate terms and conditions broad enough to
                       satisfy lenders with reinsurers of adequate security rating. The element of
                       competition in the reinsurance market is necessary to achieve this. Then
                       negotiations would be undertaken with a domestic insurer to secure their
                       agreement to issue a local insurance policy based on those terms and conditions
                       and at the same time ceding a majority of the reinsurance to those reinsurers on
                       facultative basis. The critical issues to include in this arrangement are:

                        A very low retention by the domestic insurer, which can be as little as less
                           than one per cent;

                        Claims control clauses allowing the reinsurers to control claims;
                        Cut through clauses or assignments allowing the insured parties direct access
                           to the reinsurers to secure claim proceeds – necessary, as there is no direct
                           contract between the insured and the reinsurers;




                                                                                                     Page 146
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 8



                        Awareness of any compulsory cessions to domestic reinsurers with which
                           there must be simultaneous negotiations.
                       This kind of arrangement can be completed in most countries although each
                       presents its own particular problems and challenges. The view of the insurance
                       advisor to the lenders is critical – if they or the lenders themselves are too
                       demanding this makes it difficult to achieve the maximum level of protection.
                       Negotiations with domestic insurers can often be sensitive with compromises
                       required on both sides.
                       Domestic Contractors

                       In respect of the main project insurances, for example, Construction All Risks and
                       Third Party Liability insurances, any local contractors would be covered as
                       additional insured. Therefore no specific problems exist for them in relation to
                       these insurances.
                       Other insurances required such as Employer’s Liability, Workman’s
                       Compensation and Motor Liability insurance may also be required by project
                       participants. Attention needs to be paid to the requirements imposed on domestic
                       contractors in respect of these covers. It is not unusual for lenders or their advisors
                       to require high limits of liability in excess of those legally required or indeed
                       insurances not necessarily imposed in local markets, for example, requiring all
                       contractors to arrange Employer’s Liability insurance even though this is not
                       required by law in the country concerned. These types of requirement could
                       jeopardise the opportunity for domestic contractors to participate in projects as
                       these limits or types of insurance may not be available in domestic markets. It is
                       recommended that any requirement for such insurances is limited to “that required
                       by law”.
                       Conclusion

                       It is possible to satisfy the requirement of lenders on most financed projects in
                       countries with undeveloped or developing insurance markets after some effort.
                       The strength and ability of the domestic market in that country is not necessarily
                       the prime factor which will contribute to the success of the endeavour. Indeed it is
                       quite possible that a more developed market may hinder such an arrangement, for
                       example, by requiring larger retentions.
                       Success will be achieved by all parties concerned – lenders, sponsors, contractors
                       and their advisors - having a good understanding of the domestic markets, and a
                       well defined and thought out strategy and good co-operation at a working level.

                       8.5 Optimal Procurement Package
                       Given all the issues captured in this section, there are some scenarios that might be
                       considered for an optimal package.
                       If there is local reluctance to involve international contractors, the project should
                       very likely be split into discrete sections such that any one local contractor (and
                       the client) is not over-exposed. This is, we believe, very largely dictated by the
                       financial constraints that have already been highlighted in the countries reviews
                       and surveys (sections 3 - 6). Thought then needs to be given to a break-out along
                       natural division lines, probably regionally. When the project is cut into pieces it
                       becomes less attractive for international contractors as the cost of mobilising in a




                                                                                                      Page 147
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 8



                       new country and trying to move up the learning curve on how to do business there
                       (in a competitive bid context) cannot, in fact, be competitive against the locals.

                        If there is a desire for international participation, we would suggest that in the
                           first instance, consideration should be given to a Procurement Management
                           Construction (PMC) role for the international contractor with the idea again of
                           dividing the project into discrete sections. This would be particularly
                           appropriate where the international contractor (i) does not have extensive
                           experience in the region but may be considering a presence in the area; and/or
                           (ii) it is a ‘one-off’ project with little or no prospect of medium to long term
                           follow-on work. PMC, programme management is less risk to the contractor
                           but also gives less of a margin. It also attracts a different type of international
                           contractor;

                        If there is a medium term programme of work of several projects, then the first
                           phase for an international contractor with little experience could be a PMC
                           role expanding to Engineering Procurement Construction Management
                           (EPCM) for the follow-on work. For a market where there are international
                           contractors with some experience in the region, then one could well start with
                           EPCM leading to Joint Venture arrangements in the later stages. Then one
                           faces the problems of risk that are captured in section 9.2 above;

                        For a longer-term programme, we would suggest that the optimal approach
                           would be EPCM leading sooner to Joint Venture. With a longer-term
                           programme of work, there is an incentive for the international contractor to
                           make the initial investment in capital, time and personnel in developing a
                           presence in the region. There is also an incentive for local firms to make the
                           investment in developing and upgrading their capabilities in areas such as
                           project controls, skills training and equipment fleets;

                        Consideration of how the international contractors are encouraged to work in
                           Eastern Europe, i.e. performing well in the market versus restricting its access
                           to work for fear of monopolising the work available. This is the fall out factor
                           which affects those international contractors who do make the effort and
                           investment to develop an in-country presence. This is the perception that
                           arises in both clients and lending sources that ‘too much’ work (a perceptual
                           rather than probably a strictly percentage factor) is being given to one
                           contractor so that company is penalised by not being given new work or
                           excluded from the bid process. The impact of this as relates to this study is
                           that it does not encourage a company to take on a greater risk profile in a
                           country.




                                                                                                       Page 148
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                     SECTION 9



                       9 Leasing and Plant Hire Environment
                       9.1 Introduction

                       The Terms of Reference relating to Yugoslavia are specifically asking for
                       recommendations related to the “investment climate for the establishment of a
                       leasing / plant hire facility”. We have made a preliminary assessment of the
                       leasing operations as potential business in the countries surveyed in this study. We
                       have also discussed with the KPMG office in Belgrade the current legislative and
                       accounting rules applying to leasing. The findings are incorporated in this section.
                       We would like to emphasise that the ToRs have not required a pre-feasibility
                       study for a leasing operation. Nevertheless, during our discussions with EBRD,
                       based on the findings in countries, we have decided to make a general presentation
                       of the leasing business and the main issues that have to be considered. Whenever
                       we could, we made country specific remarks.

                       9.2 Leasing Overview
                       The acquisition of a capital asset by using leasing involves three parties:

                        The equipment vendor;
                        The acquirer of the asset (lessee); and
                        The leasing company (lessor) who will finance and own the asset.
                       Conventionally, there are two main classes of leasing arrangements and these are
                       often treated differently for taxation and accounting purposes:

                        Financing Leases – are where the lessee company accepts the risks for the
                           performance of the asset and the leasing company is only providing finance.
                           Typically, on a Finance Lease, if the equipment is out of action for repair, then
                           the lessee must accept the loss of use of the equipment;

                        Operational Leases – are where the leasing company is accepting risks of the
                           performance of the asset. Using the same example as above, with an
                           Operational Lease, the leasing company would often be required to provide a
                           substitute machine or meet payments.
                       Leasing contracts are inherently more complex than sales agreements, since they
                       include: provisions regarding the financing of the asset; conditions regarding
                       protecting the value of the asset throughout its life; arrangements to follow on
                       disposal of the asset. Operational Leases will also include provisions concerning
                       the level of performance to be expected from the asset. Leases in general work
                       best where the asset is a discrete item that has value to others (such as a vehicle)
                       and that can be repossessed by the lessor if the lessee is unable to meet their
                       commitments.
                       Why Leasing? Leasing offers some advantages, primarily:

                        It is a very flexible investment instrument and can be used to finance relatively
                           small and short-lived assets;

                        It is an efficient way to finance capital investment in companies with relatively
                           weak balance sheets. In most forms of leasing, the asset remains on the books




                                                                                                       Page 149
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                  Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                            SECTION 9



                           of the leasing company, who can fully utilise any tax allowances due on the
                           capital expenditure (depreciation). The lessee company does not need the
                           balance sheet or credit history that would be required for a loan;

                        It broadens the options available to companies for financing their capital
                           investments;

                        Leasing is attractive to small and medium scale enterprises as a major source
                           of financing.
                       Plant hire arrangements involve only two parties; the owner of the equipment and
                       the hirer. Hire arrangements may be on a long or short-term basis and may
                       include the provision of an operator. Plant hire companies themselves need to
                       finance the extensive capital investment they require for their fleets of equipment.
                       Finance leasing is a viable option for a Plant Hire company. Normally a Plant
                       Hire company has its own front line maintenance staff and can efficiently maintain
                       their equipment – an operational lease is therefore less attractive.
                       Why Plant Hire? Plant hire offers some additional advantages:

                        Equipment utilisation levels can be much higher, since specialist equipment
                           can be used by a large number of companies. This lowers the costs of using
                           the equipment;

                        Best use can be made of trained operators, since they can be hired with the
                           equipment;

                        Plant hire significantly increases the productivity of small and medium
                           construction enterprises by allowing them to use the same equipment as major
                           contractors, but on an as needed basis.
                       The applicability of Plant Hire or Leasing to the construction industry can be
                       summarised in the table below:

                                                   Assets frequently used            Assets required
                                                                                     occasionally
                                                   (such as back-hoe shovellers
                                                   (JCB’s) or fork lift trucks)      (such as large mobile
                                                                                     cranes, specialist tools)

                       Large Construction          Lease or outright ownership.      Plant Hire usually with
                       Companies                                                     operator, except for specialist
                                                                                     tools

                       Small Construction          May lease, but will often Plant   Plant Hire usually with
                       Companies                   Hire usually without operator     operator, except for specialist
                                                                                     tools




                                                                                                               Page 150
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                SECTION 9



                        9.3 Environment for Leasing
                        To realise the advantages that can be obtained from leasing type arrangements, a
                        detailed review of each country is needed to establish if the elements of the
                        business environment are attractive for leasing. Conventionally, this detailed
                        study should examine the following areas:

                         Legal environment;
                         Regulatory environment;
                         Tax treatment of leasing;
                         Accounting treatment of leasing;
                         Business Climate;
                         Pricing.
                        In the particular situation in the Balkans, where there are relatively small markets
                        in each country, the study should also consider the implications of cross border
                        leasing and plant hire.
                        The critical issues for each of these areas are detailed below. The study should
                        focus on determining the issues raised for each country where a leasing operation
                        is planned:

                    Issue            Details                                   Commentary

                    Legal            Specific leasing law, including a clear   Conventional banking laws may not
                    Environment      definition of the three party structure   fully recognise the rights of the lessor.
                                     and their obligations.
                                     Law should protect leased assets          The basis of the transaction is that they
                                     from being claimed by other creditors     remain the property of the lessor.
                                     should a lessee become insolvent.
                                     The right of the lessor to repossess      The assets are the security for the
                                     the assets should be defined and the      financing and the lessor must have
                                     mechanisms exist in law to implement      both the right to repossession and
                                     this right of repossession.               legal system must be able to efficiently
                                                                               permit this.
                                     The recognition of cross-border           All the countries in the region are
                                     leasing arrangements.                     relatively small and a major
                                                                               international equipment lessor will be
                                                                               faced with high costs if it must
                                                                               establish legal entities and operations
                                                                               in every country.
                    Regulatory       Banking laws, particularly on             Leasing companies are different from
                    Environment      minimum capital ratios can inhibit the    banks and do not take term deposits.
                                     development of leasing companies.         The laws to protect depositors can
                                                                               become a hindrance to leasing
                                                                               companies.




                                                                                                                    Page 151
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                   SECTION 9



                    Issue            Details                                   Commentary

                                     Leasing companies generally need          However, any financing by EBRD may
                                     minimal direct regulation, particularly   include covenants to encourage
                                     in the early stages of developing the     prudent management, such as:
                                     industry.                                 Limiting the debt / equity ratio (Leasing
                                                                               companies can tolerate high levels of
                                                                               debt and ratios as high as 10:1 may be
                                                                               tolerable)
                                                                               Limiting the foreign currency liabilities
                                                                               in relation to total debt and cash flow.
                                                                               Leasing companies are often used to
                                                                               finance imported equipment and are
                                                                               likely to be carrying significant
                                                                               exposure, since lessees will not always
                                                                               be able to accept or manage the
                                                                               exposure.
                                                                               Limiting the systemic risk of the lessor
                                                                               – e.g. to one lessee or to a sector of
                                                                               the economy. A dedicated leasing
                                                                               company for the construction sector
                                                                               will have higher risk than one with a
                                                                               diversified portfolio. However,
                                                                               excessive diversification should be
                                                                               discouraged, since lessors must
                                                                               understand the business sector and
                                                                               the value of the assets they own.
                                                                               Limiting the leasing company’s
                                                                               mismatches in terms of maturity – i.e.
                                                                               the lives of the leases compared with
                                                                               the term of borrowings.
                                     Legislation in some countries may         Intra-regional movement - All of the
                                     limit or prohibit the options for a       countries are relatively small. There
                                     leasing company with regard to the        would be considerable advantages in
                                     importation and leasing of second         being able to move equipment easily
                                     hand equipment. Total prohibition is      across borders to meet demand.
                                     undesirable.                              Almost all of the countries severely
                                                                               restrict or prohibit this, particularly for
                                                                               equipment over five years old.
                                                                               Inter-regional movement - Some of the
                                                                               heavier construction equipment has
                                                                               long lives, despite the tough
                                                                               environment it works in. Often
                                                                               equipment is reconditioned by the
                                                                               original manufacturer or a specialist to
                                                                               extend its life. This type of equipment
                                                                               may be well suited to the Balkans,
                                                                               where the latest machinery is hard to
                                                                               justify.
                                                                               Where a currency is freely convertible,
                                                                               there should be freedom to import
                                                                               used equipment. In countries with
                                                                               non-convertible currency, some form of
                                                                               control of this type of activity is
                                                                               required – e.g. careful pre-shipment




                                                                                                                      Page 152
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                              SECTION 9



                    Issue            Details                                  Commentary
                                                                              inspection by independent inspectors.
                                                                              If this is not done, double-invoicing
                                                                              scams can be used to facilitate capital
                                                                              flight.
                                     Insurance laws and markets should        Some countries have laws requiring all
                                     permit efficient and adequate            insurance to be channelled through
                                     coverage of the asset.                   state insurance companies. Often,
                                                                              these are unable to efficiently meet
                                                                              claims or have limits to the amount of
                                                                              insurance available. This forces a
                                                                              prudent leasing company to seek
                                                                              additional insurance (insurance for
                                                                              excess) on the international market,
                                                                              which can be difficult and costly.

                                                                              The local insurance market may not be
                                                                              able to provide cover that reflects the
                                                                              foreign exchange cost of replacing
                                                                              equipment.

                    Taxation         Leasing is often used because of its     Small companies, particularly in their
                                     tax efficiency. The tax system needs     early years, often do not have the
                                     to be designed to ensure that there is   profits to fully utilise the depreciation
                                     no discrimination when compared          tax allowances. The leasing company
                                     with other forms of finance.             usually can utilise these tax allowances
                                                                              and can pass on this advantage in
                                                                              lower lease payments.

                                                                              The lessee is usually allowed to deduct
                                                                              the lease payments over the life of the
                                                                              lease, which is shorter than the
                                                                              economic life of the asset. Often the
                                                                              lessor can also depreciate the asset
                                                                              over the life of the lease. Overall, the
                                                                              effect can be to accelerate the
                                                                              depreciation effects and result in less
                                                                              tax being paid in early year. This area
                                                                              can be abused and tax authorities may
                                                                              reasonably control the tax deductibility
                                                                              of leases.




                                                                                                                 Page 153
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                   SECTION 9



                    Issue              Details                                   Commentary

                                       Indirect taxes, such as Sale Tax and      There can be effects here, since the
                                       VAT should not discriminate against       lease payment would usually attract
                                       leases.                                   indirect tax, whereas the interest on a
                                                                                 bank loan would not.

                                                                                 In countries, such as Serbia, which
                                                                                 apply a sales tax (20%), leases will be
                                                                                 discriminated against and will be a less
                                                                                 attractive financing option.

                                                                                 Due to the complexity of allowing a
                                                                                 VAT reduction on the portion of the
                                                                                 lease that is in fact “interest” on the
                                                                                 financing, most countries do not offer
                                                                                 any relief from VAT. However, the
                                                                                 overall effect should be only in terms of
                                                                                 cash flow for a properly functioning
                                                                                 VAT system, since the businesses can
                                                                                 reclaim input VAT. An inability to
                                                                                 reclaim input VAT efficiently would
                                                                                 inhibit a leasing industry.

                    Accounting         Prudent accounting practice, as           It is important that the contingent
                                       defined by International Accounting       liability is shown on the lessee’s
                                       Standards (IAS) requires that leases      balance sheet in this way. Otherwise,
                                       are accounted for as a form of off-       the long-term liability would not be
                                       balance sheet financing and should        visible.
                                       be shown in the lessees books as an
                                       asset that is depreciated. This is        IAS provides different treatment for
                                       different from the tax treatment,         Operating and Financial leases to
                                       where the asset is depreciated on the     reflect the differences in risk allocation.
                                       leasing company balance sheet.

                                       This means that the Financial
                                       Accounts of the lessee have to be
                                       restated to calculate the tax treatment
                                       and the local accounting code should
                                       permit this.

                    Business           The profile (age and type) of the         In the aftermath of the problems in the
                    Environment in     existing fleet of construction            region, there was a significant amount
                    the Construction   equipment is important in determining     of aid financed construction activity.
                    Industry           if the size of any potential leasing      This may have led to an over supply of
                                       business in this sector will be viable.   relatively new construction equipment
                                                                                 in some countries. In addition, due to
                                                                                 regulations regarding the import and
                                                                                 export of equipment, some major
                                                                                 international companies imported
                                                                                 equipment into the region for specific
                                                                                 projects and now find it trapped. This
                                                                                 can result in oversupply of equipment.




                                                                                                                       Page 154
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                     Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                              SECTION 9



                    Issue            Details                                 Commentary

                                     The demand for construction in the      A growing demand for construction
                                     country.                                would signal favourable conditions – it
                                                                             is always easier to penetrate a growing
                                                                             market.

                                     Quality of the lessee.                  Leasing companies need reliable
                                                                             clients who will keep the equipment
                                                                             secure, maintain it in good condition,
                                                                             and will allow easy location of the
                                                                             equipment. Some plant hire
                                                                             companies in Europe are now using
                                                                             hidden radio beacons to protect their
                                                                             expensive mobile construction
                                                                             equipment assets from theft and
                                                                             unscrupulous hirers. It is normal for
                                                                             lessors to require lessees to follow the
                                                                             manufacturers recommendation for
                                                                             maintenance and to require verification
                                                                             of this. Often the manufacturer will be
                                                                             involved in this and in tracking that the
                                                                             asset is being properly maintained.

                    Pricing          Terms must be not only attractive to    The rental is the key element in its
                                     clients, competitive and economically   attractiveness but other factors have
                                     variable to attract new clients, but    an import impact too: the lease term,
                                     also provide sufficient return on       type of rents(fixed or variable); residual
                                     investment.                             options; non-standard payment profile
                                                                             or early termination option.


                        9.4 Local Operations of Main Equipment Manufacturers

                        The main equipment vendors are present in the countries surveyed through sales
                        offices and operation and maintenance services. We have presented in Annex 12.8
                        a list of the local offices (local dealers) identified. We have obtained only limited
                        information related to the nature of their business and their annual turnovers. The
                        analysis undertaken, though not comprehensive, demonstrated however that very
                        few leasing operations have been developed so far. The reasons are primarily
                        related to the poor demand triggered by lack of sufficient work and reluctance of
                        the construction companies to embrace financing methods less understood and
                        considered expensive.
                        Large international equipment vendors are often, diversified, investment-grade
                        multinationals, sophisticated financial players, self-financing and self-supporting
                        entities.
                        vehiclestypes As suchmultinational, they do not require financial support
                        facilities.
                        When assessing a new market, these companiescompanies review evaluation
                        criteria that are consistent with that that construction companies use. To the extent
                        to which EBRD activities can lead towards improving the conditionality outlined
                        below, EBRD’s can have a direct positive impact. Specifically, they review the
                        following:




                                                                                                                  Page 155
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 9



                              Governmental stability: Stability provides some assurance, especially
                               when long-term development strategies are being supported and indeed
                               transferred from one election to the next, that a sustainable business can
                               be maintained. Stability is displayed through projections of GDP figures,
                               inflation indices, and the percentage of GDP that is being generated by a
                               specific industry.

                              Import/Export regulations: Regulations that allow companies to freely
                               move equipment, whether as a single unit or as a fleet, into and out of a
                               market in response to the supply and demand requirements of that specific
                               market are important. Customs regulations that allow for temporary
                               import in the short term market as well as affordable long term import of
                               equipment, especially when this equipment is not present in the market,
                               allows a responsiveness to the cyclical trend of the construction industry.

                              Payment: A very real issue of the leasing companies is surety of payment
                               by the local market. Many of the same financial instruments needed for
                               bonding, insurance, loans, and letters of credit are also applicable for
                               equipment leasing. As these services are not provided on the local
                               market, the risk of payment becomes a limiting factor in the attraction of
                               the market to international sources. Cases were sighted that exposed the
                               leasing companies to delinquent payments, even non-payment for the
                               equipment. In some extreme cases, the equipment was completely written
                               off as a loss.
                       To the best of our knowledge, there is no evidence of partnerships between main
                       construction equipment vendors to form leasing companies in the countries
                       surveyed. However, we do not see impediments in developing up-front individual
                       leasing contracts between main vendors and a leasing company in which the
                       vendors would not have an equity stake. Two financing options that can be
                       analysed by EBRD are presented in section 11 of this report – Funding a leasing
                       operation of construction equipment and enactment of laws and regulations
                       favouring leasing.
                       General Information about main construction equipment manufacturers is
                       presented in Annex 12.9. The information presented there is general in nature and
                       more research is needed in assessing the size of the operations of the main
                       equipment manufacturers in Eastern Europe and their strategies in terms of
                       products and services, pricing and risk mitigation. At present, the majority of the
                       services provided in these markets are sales and maintenance oriented. Leasing
                       arrangements seem to be the exception rather than the rule.

                       9.5 Local Equipment Rental Practices

                       EBRD asked our team to analyse potential financing of a rental company in
                       Southeast Europe. Specifically, the bank was interested in rental companies that
                       are spin-offs of large construction companies. We undertook a preliminary
                       assessment of this segment of the construction market. The findings are included
                       below.
                       The transition of large construction companies into successful leasing or hire
                       companies was not found to be common practice in the region. In most cases this
                       is driven by the fact that there simply is not a continuous demand for the
                       equipment. With no long term and stable market for construction activities it is




                                                                                                   Page 156
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 9



                       difficult to support a viable hire business. Actually, what happens is that, without
                       such market stability, the equipment cannot be maintained in good working order.
                       Another problem with a transition to hire companies is that the equipment fleets
                       are not dynamic; instead it is a fixed asset. The companies do not have the
                       capability to replace or offer any other pieces than those already owned. This is
                       most evident when comparing the local construction companies’ fixed fleet to an
                       international equipment supplier’s fleet. Without the flexibility to move
                       equipment into and out of a market the user is restricted to using whatever is
                       available, not applying the proper sized equipment for the work. A resulting
                       decrease in performance ends up increasing the overall cost or decrease
                       profitability for the local contractor.
                       The present situation shows, because of the reasons mentioned above, a limited
                       size of the construction equipment hire business in the countries surveyed. We
                       made a preliminary investigation into the Romanian rental market for construction
                       equipment because the market in this country is somewhat larger than in the other
                       countries surveyed. However, without a proper due diligence assessment, it is
                       difficult to say whether any of the Romanian rental companies presented below
                       has a credible business plan and if they are creditworthy to consider them as
                       candidates for EBRD’s investment.
                       In Romania, the players in hire business are:

                              SUT and IUGT companies. These used to be either part of large                  Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                           construction companies or dedicated state-owned companies. At present they
                           are privatised and:
                           -−  can be partly owned by construction companies, e.g. SUT Arcom or SUT
                               Carpati
                           -− can be newly established companies , e.g. Apolodor SRL
                           -− had inherited the assets of the ex state-owned SUT companies
                       The size of one of the best established SUT in Bucharest is around US$1.5 million
                       per year. This includes their transportation business. According to the information
                       obtained there are about three or four established hire companies in the Bucharest
                       region, with a similar size business. Most of them seem to be also involved in the
                       transportation industry.

                             The construction companies themselves. One of the largest construction          Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
                           companies in Romania, Arcom, has only limited revenues from the equipment
                           rental business up to US$250,000 per year, i.e. around 5-6% of their annual
                           turnover.

                              Various small hire business owning small equipment and plant.
                       The equipment fleet these hire companies have is relatively old. They have
                       recently made investments in new or second hand equipment, either as direct
                       purchase, in most cases, or as a lease arrangement. The companies interviewed did
                       not disclose the size of the leasing deals.
                       The largest construction equipment hire companies in Bucharest, Romania, based
                       on year 2000 annual turnovers, are:

                              FF & E Leasing Romania SRL, active since 1999, US$580,000                      Formatted: Bullets and Numbering




                                                                                                    Page 157
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 9



                             Beruc SA, active since 1991, US$350,000

                             Meva Romania SRL, active since 2000, US$260,000

                             SUT Com SRL, established in 1994, US$250,000

                             I.T.S.C. 94 Srl, active since 1994, US$260,000

                             SUT PREST SRL, active since 1994, US$110,000
                       A list with their contact details is presented in annex 12.10.
                       The range of equipment traded by these companies is small to medium size and
                       includes: concrete mixing pumps; excavators; mobile cranes telescopic; mobile
                       cranes 25-40t; mobile cranes 40-80t; compressors 3-5mc/min; compaction
                       equipment up to 10t and bulldozers. The time utilisation (based on number of
                       hours on hire per year) varies between 65% and 90%. However, further analysis is
                       needed to determine what would the breakeven utilisation times be in relation to
                       the optimal portfolio of equipment. The success of an equipment rental company
                       depends on how efficiently it utilises and manages its rental fleet.
                       A detailed assessment of a rental company should include at least the following:

                        Utilisation of the rental fleet, usually measured as return on investment (ROI)
                           and analyses of the key factors affecting the ROI: time utilisation, rental prices
                           and product mix influence;

                        Management of the rental fleet: transfer to various locations, ratio new
                           equipment to old equipment, pricing polices, maintenance and repairs,
                           portfolio of equipment;

                        Market demand and rental prices.
                       It is also important to mention that traditionally the South-Eastern European
                       construction companies own equipment fleets. This can adversely affect the
                       development of a sustainable rental market unless customers are becoming more
                       aware of the cost advantage of outsourcing. It is therefore a virtual circle. The
                       growth of the industry depends on the demand. In reverse, availability at
                       convenient prices is key to potential customers.
                       A possible financing scheme for a rental company presented in section 11 of this
                       report – Financing of companies renting construction equipment.




                                                                                                     Page 158
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 10



                       10 Survey of the International Contractors
                       This section describes observations made by the interviewed international
                       contractors about the local construction industries as well as ways for the local
                       industry to be prepared for:

                        Participation in growth;
                        Characteristics that may attract international players to include the local
                           industry in major projects;

                        Ways in which the international community can assist the local industry to
                           take part.
                       The feedback was received from a range of international contractors already active
                       in the countries surveyed, with the exception of Yugoslavia. There are no large
                       multi-national contractors active yet in Serbia and Montenegro. Another category
                       is represented by international contractors who have made attempts to enter the
                       markets or have plans to do so. A complete list of the contractors interviewed is
                       presented in 12.3. We present in this annex an example of a project undertaken by
                       an international contractor in Bulgaria, Cibex International.
                       In order to structure the findings, the progression of activities across a projects’
                       life have been divided into three distinct phases, namely, the Pre-Tender, Tender,
                       and Execution phases. Aspects of each phase will be approached from the point
                       of view of the local industry. Potential solutions to assist the local industry will be
                       introduced for further development.
                       We have mentioned below the risk allocation issue. However this has been dealt
                       with in detail (Section 8). Also, some of the solutions suggested here have been
                       incorporated in Section 11, Recommendations.
                       PRE-TENDER PHASE

                       Marketing

                       Observations
                       The local industry does not have a long history of marketing itself. Regional
                       based specialised firms were insulated from competition. Ownership and
                       tendering regulations supported both efficient and inefficient businesses alike.
                       Market expansion was largely frustrated by the lack of projects
                       In a localised market, this activity is usually conducted through word of mouth or
                       through buyer experience. Local contractors are known for what they do and are
                       called upon to perform those services.
                       When International Financing Institutes (IFI’s), regional, or international
                       companies participate in an emerging market, it is important to find the proper
                       local support, whether this is for the provision of materials, goods, or services. A
                       passive local market does not readily make itself known to this new source of
                       development. The local markets area of influence is limited and there is no
                       exposure to regional and international firms who are interested in penetrating the
                       market.




                                                                                                       Page 159
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 10



                       Solutions
                       Providing training and seminars for local Contractors on how to: register with
                       different international agencies and organisations, complete Pre-qualification
                       questionnaires, determine how to classify services correctly, register with foreign
                       embassies, become involved with Chambers of Commerce or existing local
                       syndicates will help in identifying and expanding the potential for participation in
                       an expanding market.
                       Pre-Tender Evaluation

                       Observations
                       Structured pre-tender evaluations are not often conducted at the prime, sub-
                       contractor and supplier level, especially when projects are supported by local or
                       private funding.
                       However, in an expanding market that is utilising international funds, it would be
                       productive to establish a system that requires confirmation of a firm’s ability to
                       perform prior to asking that firm to perform. Owners and funding agencies often
                       define evaluation criteria to be used when selecting participants, even final
                       contractors that will be used on the project. The same criteria is often passed
                       down from prime contracts to sub-contracts and even further, to suppliers. The
                       local industry, interested in competing at any of these levels needs to research
                       participation criteria and ensure that compliance is within their reach, well in
                       advance of any specific tender announcement.
                       If, during this compliance evaluation, a company finds that it does not satisfy the
                       qualification requirements, it may select to develop a programme aimed at
                       mapping out a process to reach the desired level of compliance.
                       Solution
                       IFI’s can publish their pre-bidding criteria well in advance of the intended project.
                       Local development can set standards for pre-tender evaluations. Seminars can
                       then be scheduled to help the local industry evaluate their relative position. If
                       necessary, follow-up training or assistance programmes can be established to
                       assist local contractors in reaching acceptable levels.
                       Once these are established, companies can be classified based on their compliance
                       with each of the measurement categories and can be placed on pre-qualified bid
                       lists for use by regional and international competitors. This pre-qualification
                       could list companies by discipline, i.e. Mechanical, Electrical, Civil, by their
                       ability to perform work, by past experience, by value of past works, and by the
                       displayed quality of works performed.
                       The key to having a successful pre-qualification programme is to regularly
                       monitor and update the classification listing which allows companies to move up
                       in scoring and therefore move up to larger and more complex projects.
                       Compliance with Tender Documentation

                       Observations
                       In the past tenders were won without a good understanding of the tender
                       requirements. The goal was to provide the lowest price or the most attractive offer
                       without really understanding how to perform effectively to that price. A common
                       approach to staying in business was to “get your foot in the door” and then figure




                                                                                                     Page 160
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 10



                       out how to increase the price or compromise on the performance to stay within
                       that entry price.
                       Bid Request documentation from IFI’s and international companies don’t support
                       this approach. They are often more complex than that historically used by the
                       local market. Therefore, during the pre-bid phase, local companies should fully
                       research the tender process, the performance requirements, and their own
                       limitations in preparation of tender announcements.
                       Solution
                       One possible recommendation is to develop workshops to educate and assist the
                       local industry in understanding and complying with tender documentation.
                       Standardisation

                       Observation
                       Most countries have an established set of technical and professional standards that
                       are applied to development projects. However, these standards have not always
                       kept pace with technology advances nor business and professional development
                       advances. Therefore, they may not be recognised across a regional market, nor by
                       the funding agencies who support those projects.
                       Developing updated regional standards for design, quality control, technical
                       specifications and company classification could be beneficial to the industry as a
                       whole. Regional standardisation allows the industry to develop seamless levels of
                       service across borders. This in turn allows companies to compete on a wider
                       geographical level and promote transparent competition, based on equal levels of
                       performance, within the industry.
                       Solution
                       Professional bodies can be united under a regional programme and directed
                       to develop such standards. The standardisation can be applied to technical
                       licensing of individuals as well as to establishing design and construction
                       standards and general technical specifications.
                       TENDER PHASE

                       Awareness & Compliance with Contract Requirements

                       Observation
                       Prior to reaching a decision on participating in a project, at any level of
                       contractual arrangement, an awareness of the contracting requirements must be
                       gained to insure that the individual company can comply. Compliance can be
                       measured at the technical level, at the experience level, at the performance level
                       and at the pricing level. Compliance, with international and/or regional contractors
                       using international funds, takes on even more significance. Therefore, specific
                       contractual knowledge must be harmonised with performance capability during
                       the tender development.
                       Solution
                       Training and maintaining contract personnel is an important consideration for
                       companies intent on competing in regional development. Often new forms of




                                                                                                   Page 161
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 10



                       contracts are being implemented that require a completely new sensitivity to
                       standard and specification compliance.
                       Cost Estimation

                       Observation
                       Often in the past, cost estimates were developed from catalogue price
                       indexes maintained by the industry or from past tender documentation kept
                       with each individual company. Often this data was based on tender
                       documentation and not on out turn cost data. This approach to estimating
                       did not truly define the actual cost of individual projects and perpetuated a
                       false pricing level.
                       In a competitive market, attention to the cost estimate takes on a crucial role in the
                       successful acquisition of works and in the perpetuation of the industry. A full
                       understanding of each and every cost that will be encountered must be developed.
                       This is best conducted through the development of a work breakdown structure
                       whereby the project is subdivided into pieces small enough to allow an estimator
                       to determine a precise cost for the performance of that piece. The estimator starts
                       from the smallest defined portion of the work and then builds the estimate from
                       the “bottom up”.
                       Production rates are calculated for the specific type of work which determines the
                       man-hours and equipment-hours necessary to perform that work. Material costs
                       and any defined sub-contract work is then added to the production figures to
                       determine a Direct Cost for the work. Direct Costs are defined as costs that are
                       directly attributable to the installation of the works, (including labour, equipment,
                       materials and subcontractor costs).
                       A second set of costs, namely, Indirect Costs are then determined. Indirect Costs
                       are defined as those costs incurred in the support of the actual installation of the
                       works. This category of costs includes such items as supervision, insurance,
                       bonds, camp facilities, safety, training, and small tools, to name only a few.
                       A final set of costs needed to complete the estimate include a calculation of
                       contingencies and risks that may be encountered during the works as well as the
                       establishment of an anticipated profit level.
                       Solution
                       Workshops and educational seminars can be conducted within the industry on
                       estimating techniques. A structure and a process are needed to continuously
                       update estimating information to provide accurate and dependable cost estimating
                       data that supports the tender process.
                       Schedule Performance

                       Observation
                       Project schedules (programmes) have often been a mandatory deliverable but in
                       fact have not been used as a tool to manage the works. In the past, if a contract
                       even required a schedule it would be in the form of a simple bar chart that once
                       delivered would be forgotten. In other cases, no contract schedule was required.
                       Contractors would simply promise to do the work in the time allocated by the
                       Client or the Main Contractor without having a calculated basis. Thus the




                                                                                                      Page 162
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 10



                       forecasted schedule completion dates were many times neither accurate nor
                       achievable.
                       New techniques and new software are now available for project scheduling which
                       is supported by simple and inexpensive computer software. These techniques
                       provide management with improved scheduling capability that can warn
                       management of potential problem areas and distribute limited resources in the
                       most cost effective and schedule effective manner.
                       Solution
                       It may be appropriate for prime contractors and even lending institutions to
                       provide schedule training and schedule software to the local industry. Scheduling
                       software companies could also provide subsidised software to the local industry.
                       Definition of Scope

                       Observation
                       A clear definition of the scope of the work is difficult to obtain when contracts are
                       formed in multiple languages. International competitive tenders often utilise
                       English, which is supplemented by the same contract in the local language. If the
                       scope is not properly defined, translated and understood, the estimate will be
                       faulty, the schedule will not be adequate and overall poor performance of the
                       project will result.
                       Solution
                       Programmes may be developed that educate and train the local industry on the
                       importance of understanding the entire scope of the project. This will include
                       contractual scope as well as performance scope.
                       Contract Type / Form / Language

                       Observation
                       Contracts in the Balkan region have not developed at the same pace as those in
                       other parts of the world. One and two page “agreements” are still being used as a
                       standard form of contract. This trend is slowly changing, with the industry
                       moving towards standard forms of contract readily understood by the international
                       industry. However, in some cases a combination of international contracts and
                       local agreements are implemented which can cause a host of difficulties when
                       trying to resolve issues and conflicts.
                       Solution
                       Local contractors should seek training in western contracting parameters not only
                       to establish an adequate estimate for the works but also to ensure an understanding
                       of their rights and obligations with respect to the General and Special Conditions
                       of the Contract. Alternately, international participants need to be sensitive to the
                       local capability in terms of contract risk and reward profiles. Risk must be
                       captured at the proper level.
                       Risk Allocation / Control

                       Observation
                       Risk allocation is a misunderstood aspect of contracting. Because it is
                       misunderstood it is often ignored or not adequately defined and priced, which in




                                                                                                     Page 163
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 10



                       turn leads to significant execution problems. The time to define risk allocation is
                       prior to contract award, not when the contract is operational.
                       Solutions
                       Who takes the risk? How is it priced? How is it controlled or contained? All
                       these questions need to be defined within the market. Strategies that identify who
                       is most logically situated to take these risks, (locally, nationally, even
                       internationally), what the different forms of risk are, and how to mitigate them
                       could result in a more stable market and an overall reduction in contract pricing.
                       One solution is to define the different risks. A clear determination of what risk the
                       local market can bear and what risk the international contractor can bear is then
                       possible to define.
                       We have dedicated a separate section (see section 8) discussing in more details the
                       risk management issues.
                       EXECUTION PHASE

                       Compliance with Design Standards & Codes

                       Observation
                       Standards and codes are defined at the regional and local levels but enforcement,
                       inspection and observation of these standards and codes are often lax. This
                       creates a false pricing regime. The installed works are not compliant with the
                       standards but the pricing is compliant with the quality of works. If inspection
                       indicates non-compliance, the industry does not have the budget necessary to
                       supply a finished product at the right level of quality and performance.
                       Solution
                       An introduction to internationally recognised levels of QA/QC can be provided to
                       the local industry. Upgrading the existing standards can be conducted, even at a
                       regional level to allow for a seamless transition, in terms of infrastructure, from on
                       nation to another. Financial assistance could be provided to cover the costs of
                       certification for firms interested in making this investment. Copies of standards
                       and codes like the ASTM and BS could be provided to the local market.
                       Establishing professional associations such as the ASCE and the ICE, which
                       maintain resource libraries and certify Engineers and have standardised testing.
                       Also they hold regular meetings and seminars for the transfer of knowledge and
                       experience.
                       Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC)

                       Observation
                       Quality is obtained through enforcement of the standards and specifications,
                       adequate pricing, and warranty periods that require sufficient incentive to supply
                       and install properly in the first instance. While each country typically has their
                       own set of standards and quality control procedures, the parameters have not been
                       applied in a consistent and predictable manner.
                       This situation must be corrected. QA/QC must be achieved at all levels of
                       involvement: owner, engineer, supplier and contractor. Contractual requirements
                       for a structured QA/QC program are common in most international tenders or
                       tenders involving international money.




                                                                                                     Page 164
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 10



                       Solution
                       Local contractors need to enhance their individual programs in line with
                       international practice or conversely they should acquire internationally recognised
                       quality assurance qualifications. Training and budgetary support of the local
                       industry could allow this transition to occur in a rapid yet structured timeframe.
                       Lessons learned could be applied to the market that depicts consequences of a lack
                       of enforcement.
                       Schedule Compliance

                       Observation
                       The need for schedule compliance comes as part of the fulfilment of the
                       contractual obligations. Without a clear understanding of scheduling trends,
                       production rates, efficiency factors and critical path, management is not truly in
                       control of a project. This often leads to serious impacts being identified too late in
                       the program that result in financial penalties and damages.
                       When schedule delays do occur, the impacts are not understood, nor are they
                       recorded and only show up when milestones are not achieved. At that instance, it
                       becomes a very tedious, if not impossible task to find out where things went
                       wrong and more importantly how to get things back on track.
                       Solution
                       The need for training of planners and schedulers, with specific focus on planning
                       the work during the tender phase is critical. Management also needs to be made
                       aware of the importance of the schedule as a tool to assist in completing a project
                       profitably. Reports on delays if given promptly can assist in developing action
                       plans to recover those delays.
                       Environmental Safety and Health (ES&H)

                       Observation
                       Overall, there seems to be reduced levels of attention to environmental, health and
                       safety issues in the region. This is often driven by the inherent high costs
                       associated with these programs as well as a misunderstanding of how important
                       these elements can be to reducing overall operational costs of the industry.
                       Solution
                       Providing training, videos, lectures and guidebooks on the importance of these
                       issues to the industry, the employees and the communities is one answer.
                       Showing how a good safety program can actually save money over the long term
                       is probably more convincing. Insurance costs can be reduced, liabilities can be
                       reduced, and running costs of the industry can be normalised. All of this can be
                       provided under the ES and H umbrella.
                       Monitoring / Reporting

                       Observations
                       Schedule, cost, revenue, safety, environmental compliance, laboratory testing and
                       standard compliance are but a few items that should be consistently monitored and
                       controlled over the life of a project. These elements are often overlooked and or
                       ignored. Without such monitoring and reporting it is often difficult to predict the
                       ultimate outcome of a contract. With no warning system in place, any of these




                                                                                                     Page 165
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 10



                       items could lead to a disastrous project, harmful either to the local or the
                       international contractors.
                       Solution
                       Training and education are important. Defining and implementing specific
                       programs that focus the industry on what is to be monitored and reported can
                       provide early warning systems on problems and then follow up with lessons
                       learned that can keep the industry healthy. This is an ongoing effort and one that
                       cannot be replaced in terms of importance.




                                                                                                      Page 166
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                               SECTION 11



                       11 Recommendations
                       As in many other areas of economic policy, recommendations and appropriate
                       action plans do not readily present themselves even when the difficulties have
                       been identified. The question of how to intervene and the decision whether to
                       intervene at all depends on:

                        Defining a clear scope and objectives of the policy (programme or action);
                        Identifying target groups;
                        Developing options and corresponding implementation mechanism, assuring
                           an objective and correct administration;

                        Assigning resources, responsibilities and outcome;
                        Assessing the cost effectiveness;
                        Coordinating with other relevant programmes;
                        Developing a cost- benefit analysis that also requires that clear outcome can be
                           measured.
                       There are common traits of the difficulties faced by local contractors in Bosnia
                       and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Macedonia, Romania and Yugoslavia. There are also
                       particularities to each country. The recommendations below are drawn from the
                       assessment undertaken specifically for this project (research, field surveys and
                       interviews) as well as from the experience of international contractors we
                       interviewed. We have highlighted the recommendations that we believe to be
                       appropriate for EBRD to act upon.
                       However, we would like to emphasise that some institutional action would be
                       needed if the most pervasive benefits were to be achieved especially related to the
                       small and medium contractors.
                       We have structured the recommendations under three headings:

                        Measures falling under the EBRD’s remit;
                        Measures that could be implemented by EBRD as well as other IFIs;
                        Measures that can be addressed by governmental and local authorities,
                           professional or trade organisations;
                       The order in which these recommendations follow do not represent a ranking.

                       11.1 Recommendations to EBRD

                       11.1.1 Recommendations in Support of Financial Enhancements
                       Equipment Finance

                       General Aim
                       To make equipment acquisition feasible and allow firms to have the equipment
                       necessary to compete for and work as subcontractors on internationally funded
                       infrastructure projects and increase their productivity.




                                                                                                   Page 167
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                      Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                              SECTION 11



                       What can EBRD do?
                       Funding or ownership influence to encourage banks to make equipment-
                       financing loans

                       EBRD already has lines available to selected banks for loans to SMEs. They are
                       not restricted as to purpose and can be used to finance construction equipment.
                       During our trip, we heard that these lines have not been fully utilised in many
                       cases because the borrowers have found the resulting loans too expensive. They
                       are not available to larger firms, some of which reportedly have created SME
                       sister organisations to access internationally funded SME loans. The banks in turn
                       state that they have difficulties finding enough credit-worthy borrowers for these
                       loans. It should be noted that some of the banks with these EBRD lines do limited
                       business with the construction industry.
                       We did not do any detailed analysis of the usage on these lines and our
                       information is based solely on our meetings and on the EBRD reports provided. It
                       may be that usage would increase if these loans were marketed to the construction
                       industry as equipment financing products. EBRD could use its influence to
                       encourage such marketing, which would necessarily have no impact on credit
                       standards. Perhaps some relatively minor modifications in the programme would
                       improve its usage for this purpose. A quick, targeted study should clarify the
                       issues involved and the options available to make this existing funding used more
                       for equipment financing.
                       If that study reveals significant problems with using the existing programme for
                       equipment financing and a narrowly focused programme fits within EBRD’s
                       guidelines, EBRD should explore the possibility of creating a separate programme
                       for construction equipment finance through qualified banks. Such a new
                       programme could also be used to finance equipment for larger construction firms
                       This option has the advantage of using an existing programme with the possibility
                       of implementation occurring quickly.
                       Funding a leasing operation of construction equipment and the enactment
                       of laws and regulations favouring leasing

                       Any leasing programme should include in its design the leasing of construction
                       equipment. A regional approach would be preferable to a country approach
                       because there is a limited market in any one of these countries for some of the
                       more specialised equipment. EBRD should also include in any leasing
                       programme, assistance to the governments for improving the legal framework,
                       including obstacles that inhibit the movement of construction equipment between
                       countries. A leasing programme is not a quick fix to the construction equipment-
                       financing problem, as it would take time to develop and implement minimisation
                       of the risks.
                       Financing Option 1
                       The equipment vendors may be interested in discussing with EBRD framework
                       leasing programmes where the credit risk can be split between a commercial bank
                       (EBRD), an export credit agency, the vendor, a private risk insurer and other
                       investors, whilst the funding programme could be structured as a senior secured
                       commercial/corporate loan.




                                                                                                  Page 168
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 11



                       It is our understanding that EBRD has a very cautious approach vis a vis any form
                       of transaction which could be considered vendor financing. In this framework,
                       further investigation should be considered in identifying and developing operating,
                       credit risk structures and special purpose vehicles (or corporate structures) that
                       meet EBRD Charta.
                       The local subsidiaries of these manufactures, in the EBRD countries of operation,
                       very likely would not require financial support facilities such as commercial loans.
                       All their treasury and corporate borrowing policies are centralised and take
                       advantage of the good credit rating of their holding companies.
                       Financing Option 2
                       Local leasing companies are to and to the local market interested in updating their
                       equipment fleet but One proposed solution to this situation is to provideneed
                       financial support. This could be in the form of payment guarantees offered to the
                       leasing company or even equipment allowances inserted into the bid documents. .
                       These deals may be small in size, so potential opportunities should be directed to
                       the various SME or micro-lending EBRD credit lines in place with existing banks
                       .
                       Financing of companies renting construction equipment to firms in the
                       region and the creation of a rental brokerage business

                       Equipment hire could be a more attractive solution compared to leasing because it
                       can ensure a higher utilisation level and therefore a lower cost. It can also provide
                       trained operators and increase the productivity of small and medium construction
                       companies by enabling them to use the same equipment as major contractors on an
                       as needed basis.
                       A detailed assessment of a rental company should include at least the following:

                        Utilisation of the rental fleet, usually measured as return on investment (ROI)
                           and analyses of the key factors affecting the ROI: time utilisation, rental prices
                           and product mix influence;

                        Management of the rental fleet: transfer to various locations, ratio new
                           equipment to old equipment, pricing polices, maintenance and repairs,
                           portfolio of equipment;

                        Market demand and rental prices.
                       It is also important to mention that in Southeast Europe traditionally the
                       construction companies own equipment fleets. This can adversely affect the
                       development of a sustainable rental market unless customers are becoming more
                       aware of the cost advantage of outsourcing. It is therefore a virtual circle. The
                       growth of the industry depends on the demand. In reverse, availability at
                       convenient prices is key to potential customers.
                       Financing Option - Regional Rental Company or National Rental Company
                       It is worth exploring to what extent financing to a unique regional or national
                       rental company is a bankable project meeting EBRD size, additionally and sound
                       banking principles criteria.




                                                                                                     Page 169
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 11



                       It is our initial impression that a sole rental company, renting out equipment to
                       retail rental companies would be a bankable business case under the following
                       assumptions:

                              A unique rental company renting to ‘retail’ rental companies would bring
                               size, economies of scale, risk diversification across the region and
                               businesses;

                              Renting to a small pool of retail companies, would leave the marketing
                               and Operating & Maintenance services to be executed by the retail rental
                               companies; collection could go directly into an escrow account, therefore
                               individual risks could be excluded; alternatively if the retail rental
                               companies enjoy a good local, long-term rating, they could take the credit
                               risk;selecting
                              Know-how can be transferred at the level of these retail companies using
                               EC-Phare consulting budget and encouraging private-public partnerships
                               with seasoned EU firms.
                       Purchase of new or used equipment for major internationally funded
                       infrastructure projects with the equipment auctioned off at the end of the
                       project.

                       This is more a procurement proposal than a financial one but it could have a
                       significant impact on firms participating in EBRD funded construction projects. It
                       would lessen the need for equipment financing because it would remove the
                       requirement that local firms have all the equipment required for work on the
                       project. That should increase bidding on those projects and competition for
                       contract under them. It would give more opportunity to smaller firms with
                       excellent technical ability and experience to increase their involvement in major
                       infrastructure projects and to grow in strength and ability without stressing their
                       limited liquidity and asset base trying to meet equipment-financing requirements.
                       The sale of high quality, used equipment through auction at the end of the project
                       should also help equipment financing by allowing local companies to buy better
                       construction equipment at a lower price than would normally be the case.
                       Unless there are procurement issues that would make this difficult, this option
                       could be quickly implemented. It would directly respond to one of the major
                       objectives stated in the terms of reference of this project, to identify ways to
                       increase involvement of local firms, especially SMEs, in the infrastructure
                       reconstruction in the region.
                       One drawback of this could be that the construction companies end up with
                       owning a variety of equipment, manufactured by different suppliers in various
                       countries. At the industry level this is inefficient as it can cause maintenance and
                       availability of spare parts problems as well as additional costs. This problem will
                       be reduced as contractors realise that the best prices for reselling their equipment
                       will come from buying only equipment that can be easily serviced.
                       Also important to the effectiveness of this solution is clarification of the recipients
                       - who owns the equipment at the end of the project.
                       As already mentioned above, the equipment could be auctioned off at the end of
                       the project.




                                                                                                       Page 170
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                            Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                    SECTION 11



                       Another alternative could be that the project owner, if a public client, may
                       consider retaining the equipment on its balance sheet. If the public client is
                       undertaking several EBRD or IFI’s projects, it could accumulate over a period of
                       two to three years a significant base of equipment. A spin-off of this non-core
                       business can then be considered together with its privatisation. The newly created
                       commercial company could operate as a leasing or rental (hire) company.
                       If the public client does not wish / cannot own the equipment, another mechanisms

                      Equipment Financing Mechanism

                                                                    Equity / Debt
                                             EBRD
                                              EBRD
                                                                                                       EXPORT CREDIT
                                                                                                        EXPORT CREDIT
                                             Debt




                                                                                                          AGENCIES
                                                                                                           AGENCIES


                                            BORROWER          Minority Stake        LOCAL LEASING
                                             BORROWER                                LOCAL LEASING
                                          PUBLIC CLIENT
                                           PUBLIC CLIENT                               COMAPNY
                                                                                        COMAPNY

                                                                                                         VENDORS
                                                                                                          VENDORS
                                             Competitive
                                               Tender




                                                                  MARKET
                                                                   MARKET
                                                                  PRICES
                                                                   PRICES
                                          CONTRACTORS                               OTHER EQUIPMENT
                                                                                     OTHER EQUIPMENT
                                           CONTRACTORS                                 SUPPLIERS
                                                                                        SUPPLIERS




                       could be designed – such as the one shown in the figure below.


                       This mechanisms combines project financed equipment with a leasing operation.
                       From EBRD’s point of view this means two things:
                                    (i)               EBRD can require through the procurement package a price
                                                      for the works and a price for procuring the project equipment
                                                      fleet as part of the tender documents
                                    (ii)              EBRD can make a capital investment in the form of equity
                                                      and /or debt to a local leasing company.
                       The leasing company can own the equipment procured for the project. In this case
                       the borrower (public client) should have a stake in the leasing company. To avoid
                       uncompetitive pricing, the public utility’s stake should be a minority.
                       The contractors bidding for the project could procure equipment from this leasing
                       company or from any other supplier.
                       Other parties can / should have a participation in the leasing company such as
                       vendors and Export Credit Agencies.




                                                                                                                        Page 171
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 11



                       Benefits to the construction firms

                        More modern and efficient equipment
                        Better ability to meet contract requirements for equipment
                        Less down time and project delay caused by equipment breakdown and
                           maintenance.

                        In general, improved performance and ability to work on major infrastructure
                           projects
                       Improving payment procedures - Transform completion certificates into
                       collaterals

                       General Aim
                       Increase the local contractors’ liquidity and strengthen their financial position.
                       Who can be responsible and what to do
                       Local banks could, for their established clients for example, accept the completion
                       certificates as collateral for extending an overdraft for working capital. Local
                       banks have to play the primary role in developing and implementing this
                       procedure. This action should be coordinated with EBRD, who can through their
                       procurement rules, impose interest payment for delayed payments to contractors
                       when the client or owner is at fault.
                       Transforming the completion certificate into a security (i.e. using it as collateral)
                       is closer to classic senior secured bank lending and per se has the merit of making
                       local commercial banks aware of a new class of security instrument. Since it is
                       tradable and fungible, banks can put it in custody and lend against it. EBRD could
                       encourage one of their existing SMEs and micro-lending operations to start
                       considering this type of collateral.
                       This form of borrowing Ithas the disadvantage of keeping the short-term or
                       medium term liability and hence credit risk on the construction firm’s books. It
                       does require heavy legal and due diligence work (like in any project finance
                       transaction) and implies, considering the poor level of standardization of credit
                       documentation and IT integration within the local banking sector, that one
                       commercial bank be the counterpart on all legs of the transaction.
                       This new category of financing instruments has the benefit of monetising a new
                       class of assets (other than fixed assets) – completions certificates. In the absence
                       of clean-cut procedures to enforce bankruptcy and liquidate/auction/sell assets in a
                       bankruptcy process, monetising or pledging a more liquid class of assets, e.g.
                       invoices, would be a major step forward for improving contractors’ liquidity.
                       Benefits to the construction companies

                        Would protect the contractor and offer alternatives for working capital
                           sources;

                        Increase /improve the liquidity or treasury operation of the small contractors
                           and reduce their cash flow cycle duration;

                        Support SMEs and local industry creation and entrepreneurs.



                                                                                                      Page 172
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                                  SECTION 11



                       Improving payment procedures – Development of a forfaiting scheme

                       General Aim
                       is To monetize the completion certificate as like an invoice/receivable and forfait
                       (factor) it. This will help alleviate the financial arrears issue, an issue widely
                       spread within the Southeastern European economies. The development of a
                       forfaiting scheme has also the benefit of introducing in these markets a different
                       quality of assets that can be monetised.
                       (fund or securitize/collateralise) it. T
                       Who can be responsible and what to do
                       Encouraging the emergence of a professional, formalised, forfaiting1 market is a
                       broad and beneficial outcome for the Southeastern European countries and
                       implicitly for their SMEs sector. The development of a market for debt
                       discounting instruments such as forfaiting, including the discounting of
                       construction completion certificates, is an interesting option which can be
                       developed, for example, via EBRD funding or micro-lending programmes.
                       The forafaiting of invoices can:

                        Bring-in much needed liquidity and produce an improved risk
                           transfer/allocation from SMEs (including construction firms) to entities (e.g.
                           banks) better equipped to diversify and mitigate risk and ensure smooth
                           operation of the market;

                        Improve the transparency and mark to market parts of both sides of the SMEs
                           and construction firms balance sheet;

                        Address the write-off issue associated with potential delayed (bad – debt)
                           liabilities;

                        Bring-in up-front cash whilst allowing the market to recognise and to price
                           accordingly the (poor) credit quality of the trading books of corporates inter
                           alia the construction companies:

                        Allow for trade receivables (e.g. invoices, short-term payables, other current
                           liabilities and long-term invoices) to be marked to market.

                       1
                         Forfaiting (factoring) is the purchase of a series of credit instruments such as drafts drawn under
                       time letters of credit, bills of exchange, promissory notes, other freely negotiable instruments and, in
                       our case, completion certificates on a nonrecourse basis (nonrecourse means that there is no
                       comeback on the seller (construction company) if the obligor - client or project owner - does not
                       pay). The Forfaiter deducts interest (in the form of a discount), at an agreed rate for the full credit
                       period covered by the notes. The debt instruments are drawn by the seller (construction company),
                       accepted by the forfaiter, and will bear an unconditional guarantee. The guarantee will normally be
                       issued by the obligor’s (client or project owner) bank, but some strong corporates can be accepted
                       without a bank guarantee.

                       In exchange for the payment, the Forfaiter then takes over responsibility for claiming the debt from
                       the importer. The Forfaiter either holds the notes until full maturity (as an investment), or sells them
                       to another investor on a nonrecourse basis. The holder of the notes than presents each receivable to
                       the bank at which they are payable, as they fall due.




                                                                                                                       Page 173
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 11



                       The forfaiting process is based on an appreciation of the credit risk of the obligor
                       (client or project owner in the case of the constcrution completion certificates).
                       This risk is a payment or credit risk and has to be stripped of any contingent
                       obligation/liability. In the construction business, payment terms are complex,
                       spread over a longer period of time and contain clear contingent liability
                       specifications i.e. the ability of the client to retain payment if the constructor does
                       not perform on time, or within the agreed (tendered) budget or up to a specified
                       quality.


                       The forfaiting of construction completion risks involves not only the obligor risk
                       (late payment / default risk) but also constructor’s risk (completion and latent
                       default risks). It is important to understand how the constructor’s risks can be
                       stripped in order to structure a stream of receivables of debt instruments that have
                       only clean-cut obligor risk.
                       The underlying risks associated with the use of a completion certificate are as
                       follows:

                        The latent default risk. This can be covered via insurance.
                        The completion risk. This risk can be covered by the contractor through a bank
                           guarantee or a suretyship or an insurance policy (usually cheaper than the bank
                           guarantee) for up to 10% of the value. This part can be covered by EBRD
                           putting together a small regional SME residual completion risk funding the
                           late payment / default risk by the client.

                        The late payment / default risk. The client is usually a state-owned entity
                           (proxy to the sovereign risk), a municipal entity (again a good proxy to the
                           sovereign risk) or a corporate (seldom case). This is a risk that local
                           commercial banks can buy, sell, re-sell, syndicate or repackage in, what one
                           would call, commercial paper.
                       EBRD could be instrumental in providing leadership, credit risk expertise and
                       execution skills by providing lines of credit towards establishing this type of
                       programmes or encourage the banks receiving EBRD SME credit lines to buy this
                       type of risk i.e. quasi-sovereign or sovereign.
                       The extension of credit is short-term (3 to 6 months) and could be considered de
                       facto lending against quasi sovereign T-bills. However this programme could have
                       good spreads above the local sovereign, bring-in liquidity and provide a good
                       answer for mismatches situations like end of year shortages in the budget and
                       SME payment obligations.
                       This can be achieved, i.e. the various risks (outlined below) can be separated so
                       the forfeiting house takes only one class of risks. Let’s assume that:
                       Benefits to the construction companies

                        Would protect the contractor and offer alternatives for working capital
                           sources;

                        Increase /improve the liquidity or treasury operation of the small contractors
                           and reduce their cash flow cycle duration;




                                                                                                       Page 174
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 11



                        Bring/develop new, simple, pragmatic financial instruments aimed at
                           providing liquidity, reducing inter-enterprises debt, improving credit risk
                           allocation and risk diversification;

                        Develop/transfer skills and know-how – at no/low costs – to local financial
                           intermediaries whilst bringing market discipline and standardisation;

                        Support SMEs and local industry creation and entrepreneurs.
                       11.1.2 Recommendations in Support of Procurement Procedures
                              Improvements
                       Splitting large projects

                       General Aim
                       Improve volume of work that is accessible to smaller contractors.
                       This recommendation has to be treated with care as splitting of projects as a matter
                       of principle may not be appropriate as it may:

                        Increase the total costs of the project;
                        Increase the risks;
                        Prejudice the quality;
                        May not provide the best value for money.
                       Good management can mitigate all these disadvantages. However, there are
                       various types of works that are suited for being broken up into smaller contracts
                       such as roads and housing. In these types of projects, the management problems
                       can be easily solved.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       The most common situation is whereby the main contractor slices a road projects
                       to suit activities e.g.: supply of aggregates and construction of culverts are suited
                       for small subcontracts. Another approach would be to split the large road projects
                       into shorter ones that can represent manageable undertaking for small contractors.
                       This can be done at the planning stage and through the tendering stage. EBRD
                       could assess the effectiveness of splitting the project at the feasibility study stage
                       both from a technical point and financial (to include total project cost).
                       Other candidate for splitting would be housing projects, which have generally a
                       lower level of technology, are by their nature large numbers of discrete units and
                       therefore are a suitable market for small contractors.
                       The major implication of splitting up larger projects is an increase of
                       administrative work for the project owner (several tenders, more drawing, extra
                       coordination between documents, several contracts to monitor). As ultimately it
                       would be the owner’s responsibility to implement it, it is very much a question
                       whether a public client (owner) has the resources to supervise this.




                                                                                                      Page 175
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 11



                       Benefits to the contractors
                       This is a benefit to the small-scale and large constructors if they wish to
                       participate in large projects.

                       11.2 Recommendations to EBRD and other IFIs

                       11.2.1 Recommendations in Support of Procurement Procedures
                              Improvements
                       Prequalification procedures

                       General Aim
                       Within the general objective of ensuring competition, some adjustments to the
                       qualification criteria could support a target group such as the smaller contractors.
                       This would increase the chances of small contractors to participate to bids and to
                       develop and expand their business, in order to create a competitive market at this
                       end of the construction industry.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       EBRD procurement department and local public clients through national
                       procurement rules could enhance the chances of smaller contractors to access to
                       work.

                        Link the prequalification criteria to the contractor’s annual turnover. As seen
                           in all countries surveyed, one difficult hurdle to overcome is the cash
                           requirement in proportion to the value of the contract. One company could
                           work on more than one project at a time , e.g. one a small firm working on
                           two contracts each of $50,000 million, but cannot qualify for a single project
                           worth $100,000; million

                        Introduce an evaluation ranking based on quality and past performance and
                           include this into a score which could be the basis of the award rather than the
                           lowest price, which is the most common practice for public clients and some
                           international financial institutions (e.g. USAID in Bosnia and Herzegovina).
                           The idea of rewarding performance can be taken further by introducing a merit
                           system. A good example in this respect is the Singapore Housing and
                           Development Board, which has a system whereby contractors are awarded
                           points for good performance and are awarded notional, discounts to their offer
                           in proportion to the points won. If their offer after the deduction becomes the
                           lowest, they can be awarded the contract. This process must be objective,
                           open, transparent and public, otherwise this mechanism could be abused.
                           The implementation of this would rely on some clear and objective methods
                           for evaluating contractor’s performance. A possibility would be to create an
                           independent body or to be the responsibility of the Contractors’ Organisation.
                       Benefits to the contractors / construction industry
                       Better chances especially for small firms to access work and sustain their business
                       as well as creating a more competitive sector.
                       Relaxation of performance bonds




                                                                                                     Page 176
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 11



                       General Aim
                       Reduce the amount of working capital or assets (as collateral) tied up in one
                       project.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       IFI’s could advise the borrowers to be realistic with their requirements for
                       performance securities and intervene when amounts of over 10% of the contract
                       value are requested in the tender documents. Large amounts of performance
                       securities not only tie up working capital but also increase the contractor’s costs.
                       Often clients are unaware that the Contractor usually has to leave on deposit with
                       the bank the full cash value or pledge fixed assets twice the full value of any
                       security issued.
                       Beneficial effects could be obtained if the requirement for performance bonds are
                       relaxed or abandoned. Small contractor can have difficulties in executing work
                       but it happens rarely that the client is pursuing the guarantee because it could be
                       expensive, time consuming and fairly easy to counter claim (no adequate drawings
                       and supervision etc). It is felt, including by many of the main contactors active in
                       the region, that bonding small local contractors in relation to performance is not
                       worthwhile. The qualification criteria and /or selective tendering should protect
                       the client against bad performance. The use of bonds should not be a substitute
                       for knowing the capabilities of contractors.
                       Benefits

                        The contractor eliminates some costs and reduces the amount of collateral tied
                           up in one project, offering the possibility to use the assets as collateral for
                           other projects.
                       Improving access to and understanding of contracts – types; form;
                       language; jurisdiction; arbitration

                       General Aim
                       All countries surveyed, but especially Romania, have raised the issue of
                       understating the contractual terms when drafted in English. Romanian contractors
                       have also questioned the practicality of having the English language as the only
                       recognised language in the IFIs’ contracts. Though accepted by the Romanian
                       Government, in practice Romanian authorities cannot / do not want to use a
                       contact expressed in English. Romanian language is the applicable language in a
                       Court of Law, even if the contract says otherwise.
                       The first issue is familiarity with contractual terms, which can be solved by
                       training. It is also worthwhile mentioning that in Bosnia and Herzegovina and
                       Romania there are no official translation of the FIDIC contracts. It is therefore a
                       matter of the contractor itself having to pay for a translation from its own
                       resources. Very often, the costs of translation and especially legal advice are
                       beyond the financial resource of smaller constructors.
                       Another issue is facilitating the understating of the contractual terms and hence the
                       capacity to handle contracts by smaller contractors who do not usually have
                       internal legal staff.




                                                                                                        Page 177
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 11



                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       EBRD could impose the local language as the second language of the contract. It
                       could also support, maybe with EC Phare funds, the translation and dissemination
                       of the FIDIC contract in the local language. This initiative could be extended for
                       example to universities that benefit from various Phare programmes and give the
                       possibility to the young construction engineers graduates to become familiar with
                       the concepts and terminology.
                       This responsibility could be also taken by an existing professional organisation
                       such as the Association of the Construction Companies in Romania.
                       Another issue is the lack of Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) mechanisms –
                       i.e. arbitrators. These can be very effective in dealing with problems in
                       construction contracts, where disputes are best solved quickly. It would be highly
                       beneficial to establish a local venue for arbitration with certified arbitrators, since
                       most local contractors will not be able to afford overseas arbitration.
                       Benefits to contractors

                        Better understanding of the risks in a contract;
                        Reduced costs for contractor related to translation;
                        Increased capacity to monitor the projects from a contractual point of view, a
                           better understating of risks and responsibilities and in long term more
                           discipline in complying with contractual terms;

                        If ADR is implemented – a lower cost and more rapid means of resolving
                           disputes.
                       Promote flexible insurance requirements

                       General Aim
                       IFI’s to tailor their insurance requirements imposed on domestic contractors not to
                       exceed what is “that required by law” that is normally also within the strength and
                       ability of the domestic insurance market.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       Often IFI’s or their advisors require insurances such as Employer’s Liability,
                       Workman’s Compensation and Motor Liability insurance with high limits of
                       liability in excess of those legally required or indeed insurances not necessarily
                       imposed in local markets, for example, requiring all contractors to arrange
                       Employer’s Liability insurance even though this is not required by law in the
                       country concerned. These types of requirement could jeopardise the opportunity
                       for domestic contractors to participate in projects as these limits or types of
                       insurance sometimes may not be available in domestic markets. It is
                       recommended that any requirement for such insurances is limited to “that required
                       by law”.
                       Also, it is recommended when local contractors are subcontractors to large
                       international construction firms that in respect of the main project insurances, for
                       example, Construction All Risks and Third Party Liability insurances, the prime
                       contractor covers any local subs as additional insured. This removes these




                                                                                                       Page 178
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 11



                       insurance costs for the subcontractors. It also avoids wasteful duplication of
                       insurance – since an event is now insured once.
                       Benefits to contractors

                        Reduce project cost – no wasted duplication of insurance;
                        Allow them to obtain coverage on the local insurance market;
                        Reduces the delays in processing insurance claims, as only one insurance
                           company is involved.
                       Enhance the pre-bid evaluation process

                       General Aim
                       Different owners and funding agencies often define evaluation criteria to be used
                       when selecting a list of participants. These criteria are often passed down from
                       prime contracts to sub-contracts and even further, to material suppliers. The local
                       industry, interested in competing at any of these levels needs to research these
                       participation criteria and ensure that compliance is within their reach, well in
                       advance of any specific tender announcement.
                       If, during this compliance evaluation, a company finds that it does not satisfy the
                       qualification requirements, it may select to participate in the development of a
                       programme aimed at mapping out a process to reach the desired level of
                       compliance. For example, the ISO standard series may be a target goal for
                       contractors.
                       Who can be responsible and what to do
                       IFI’s can publish their pre-bidding criteria well in advance of the intended project.
                       Seminars can then be scheduled to help the local industry evaluate their relative
                       position. If necessary, follow-up training or assistance programmes can be
                       established to assist local contractors in reaching acceptable levels.
                       Once these are established, companies can be classified based on their compliance
                       with each of the measurement categories and can be placed on pre-qualified bid
                       lists for use by regional and international competitors. This pre-qualification
                       establishes lists by discipline, i.e. Mechanical, Electrical, Civil, by their ability to
                       perform work, by past experience, by value of past works, and by the quality of
                       works performed in the past.
                       The key to having a successful pre-qualification programme is to regularly
                       monitor and update the classification listing which allows companies to move up
                       in scoring and therefore move up to larger and more complex projects.
                       The Contractors’ Association could be responsible for maintain the list, with
                       support and input from IFIs. In allocating this responsibilty to a contractors’
                       association, care has to be paid to avoiding conflict of interest with the member
                       contractors. This role could also be allocated to a rating agency (similar to
                       Standard & Poor’s) dedicated to the construction industry. The establishment of
                       such an agency, on a local but preferably on a regional basis, requires a lot of
                       effort and resources. Once in place, the rating agency could however undertake
                       whole range of technical and financial assessments of the companies active in the
                       construction industry.




                                                                                                        Page 179
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 11



                       Benefits

                        Better chances for local contractors to meet requirements;
                        Increased chances of successful partnerships with international contractors.
                       Improve quality of the tender documentation and particularly the quality of
                       the technical specifications

                       General Aim
                       A few SME contractors interviewed participated in tenders for projects funded by
                       IFI’s. They complained that the tender documents had been ambiguous with
                       poorly defined evaluation criteria. Many SME contractors expressed the opinion
                       that the tender documents were being drafted by the borrower in a way to best suit
                       large contractors. Many considered taking part in these tenders as a waste of time
                       and money. This happens because performance based tender specifications can
                       often look attractive to IFIs as:

                        They costs less to produce since no work need be carried out;
                        They allow innovative solutions to be proposed in contracts with detailed
                           specifications;

                        Are less costly for contractors to bid, since he does not have to fiancé design
                           work for a project he may not win;

                        Allow easier evaluation of offers.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       IFI’s should set standards for tender documentations. This could be achieved
                       through appointment of a professional independent body to review and verify the
                       tender documents before sending these out to bidders. Often, when the
                       specifications are loose then the lowest price bidder can win in compliance with
                       the tender rules but runs into trouble later when executing the project.
                       Benefits to the contractors
                       Encourage SME contractors to bid for projects financed by IFI’s. Better quality
                       specifications will potentially save significant sums of money in the execution
                       phase of the project. The cost of completing the detailed design sufficiently well
                       for good quality bids to prepared only amount to approximately 5% or less of the
                       total costs on large complex projects. IFI’s should be carefully review the budgets
                       of the borrower for design work and relate these back to the total project cost.
                       Industry experts should be requested to provide the borrower with the typical
                       range of costs for this activity for a variety of project types.
                       Improving the process of evaluation of tenders and award of contracts

                       General Aim
                       SME contractors have had very disappointing experiences with tender evaluation
                       and contract award processes on several tenders for projects financed by IFI’s.
                       They complain that often these procurement steps have dragged for a very long
                       period of time, in one particular case for over a year. During that time the bidder
                       had to maintain a bid bond and later a performance bond that not only tied up his




                                                                                                    Page 180
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                       Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                               SECTION 11



                       capital but also eroded his gross margin. The major reason for the delay is
                       considered to be the poor experience of the government organisation responsible
                       for managing the procurement process.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       IFI’s should monitor closely the procurement process including a review of the bid
                       package or require a professional independent organisation, preferably a reputable
                       international consulting firm to supervise the procurement process from issuing
                       the bid package to signing the contract. IFI’s may consider training programmes
                       in procurement for civil servants managing procurement on public projects funded
                       by IFI’s. To enhance this process, IFI’s could impose a time limit for bid bonds
                       beyond which the owner should pay the cost of these.
                       Benefits to the contractors / construction industry

                        Encourage them to bid for projects financed by IFI’s;
                        Reduce their bidding costs.
                       Improving payment procedures

                       General Aim
                       Streamline the approval procedures for payment. This is easier said than done as
                       in all countries, in various degrees, the public administration is far from being
                       objective, transparent and effective. Though we have not analysed the approval
                       process in any of the countries surveyed, it is clear that one difficulty into the
                       process is the issuance of the completion certificates and another the release of
                       payments.
                       Who can be responsible and what to do
                       Local banks could, for their established clients for example, accept the completion
                       certificates as collateral for extending an overdraft for working capital. This
                       action should be coordinate with IFI’s, who can through their procurement rules,
                       impose interest payment for delayed payments to contractors when the client or
                       owners is at fault. The IFI’s have a powerful mechanism for disseminating good
                       and fair forms of contract.
                       Benefits

                        Would protect the contractor and offer alternatives for working capital
                           sources;

                        Incentivises the implementation unit / government department to avoid delays.
                       11.2.2 Recommendations in Support of Training and Advisory
                              Services
                       There are several important factors and issues that have to be considered when
                       formulating training programmes. These refer to target group, location and timing
                       and content. The analyses of these factors can give the answer to whom the
                       training should be addressed and what form to take.
                       A start into the assessment of the training needs was done by the Stability Pact
                       Human Resources Working Seminar on SME Skills held in Tirana in November



                                                                                                   Page 181
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 11



                       2000 and continued within this study. During our survey, we asked all contractors
                       what they considered their weak areas and what type of training would be
                       beneficial. The most important ones are included in the recommendations below.
                       There are potentially several ways of undertaking effective training:

                        Dedicated training programmes to contractors and /or SME. This can be
                           undertaken via grant funds from various IFIs. It could focus on specific
                           subjects: raising finance and how to grow a business and management skills
                           related to project implementation and monitoring;

                        On the job training, when an international contractor is involved. This could
                           be financed for example via a grant and could include purchase of dedicated
                           software, e.g. for scheduling and monitoring performance;

                        Training and seminars organised by local professional organisation and /or
                           chambers of commerce, making sure that the right trainers are brought.
                       Training must be timed to coordinate with major projects and to provide relevant
                       training to allow local contractors to effectively participate in these. Academic
                       training disconnected from real demand for services should be avoided.
                       In addition, promotion materials related to the industry performance with
                       benchmarking from other countries and management issues for SMEs are needed.
                       The responsible bodies should be the professional organisation or organisations
                       dedicated to SMEs such as the one existing in Romania.
                       The training approach as outlined here lends itself to international technical
                       assistance on a bilateral or multilateral basis. Rather than having foreign experts
                       controlling the training programme, no mater how familiar with local conditions,
                       we believe it would be essential to involve a pool of national experts, professional
                       and trade organisation.
                       Marketing Training

                       General Aim
                       It has been generally indicated by the international contractors that the local
                       companies, especially the smaller ones, are not sufficiently promoting themselves.
                       Unless an international contractor has already worked in the country or has a local
                       presence, it has to go through a sustained effort of identifying the local potential
                       JV partners or subcontractors. The local construction industry needs to be better
                       motivated and be more active and proactive in promoting itself. In addition, one
                       should aim at increasing the chances of complying with the qualification criteria
                       and give contractors the knowledge to prepare themselves.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       This action calls for the combined effort of the contractor itself and local
                       authorities supported by a training programme. Eventually, some responsibility
                       could be taken by the national professional association.
                       The training programme should cover:

                        Marketing objectives and techniques;
                        How to register with different agencies and organisations;


                                                                                                    Page 182
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 11



                        The promotion and use of prequalification questionnaires and promote
                           undertaking as to how to classify services in accordance with international
                           practices;

                        How to register with the trade departments of foreign embassies;
                        How to become involved in chambers of commerce.
                       Benefits to contractors
                       Expand the potential for participation in an expanding market
                       Quality Assurance / Quality Control (QA/QC)

                       General Aim
                       Improve use and implementation of standards in a consistent and predictable
                       manner at all levels of involvement: owner, engineer, supplier and constructor.
                       Quality is obtained through enforcement of the standards and specifications,
                       adequate pricing, and warranty periods that require sufficient incentive to supply
                       and install properly in the first instance. While each country surveyed has their
                       own set of standards and quality control procedures, the parameters have not been
                       applied in a consistent and predictable manner.
                       This situation must be corrected. QA/QC must be achieved at all levels of
                       involvement: owner, engineer, supplier and contractor. Contractual requirements
                       for a structured QA/QC program are common in most international tenders or
                       tenders involving international money.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       IFI’s tenders should require an integrated QA/QC programme.
                       Benefits
                       Local contractors need to enhance their individual programmes in line with
                       international practice or conversely they should acquire internationally recognised
                       quality assurance qualifications. Training and budgetary support of the local
                       industry could allow this transition to occur in a rapid yet structured timeframe.
                       Lessons learned could be applied to the market that depicts the consequences of a
                       lack of enforcement.
                       Improving schedule compliance

                       General Aim
                       The need for schedule compliance comes as part of the fulfilment of the
                       contractual obligations. Without a clear understanding of scheduling trends,
                       production rates, efficiency factors and critical path, management is not truly in
                       control of a project. This often leads to serious impacts being identified too late in
                       the programme. These then result in financial penalties and damages.
                       When schedule delays do occur, the impacts are not understood, nor are they
                       recorded and only show up when milestones are not achieved. At that point, it
                       becomes a very tedious, if not impossible task to find out where things went
                       wrong and more importantly how to get things back on track.




                                                                                                     Page 183
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 11



                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       The need for training of planners and schedulers, with specific focus on planning
                       the work during the tender phase is critical. Management also needs to be made
                       aware of the importance of the schedule as a tool to assist in completing a project
                       profitably. Reports on delays if given promptly can assist in developing action
                       plans to recover those delays.
                       IFI’s training programmes should consider this action.
                       Benefits
                       Contractors’ increased ability to perform and control the execution of the project.
                       Improving monitoring and reporting skills

                       General Aim
                       Improve the capacity of local contractors’ to monitor schedule, cost, revenue,
                       safety, laboratory testing and standard compliance over the life of the project.
                       Focusing the industry on what needs to be monitored and reported can provide
                       early warning systems on problems. The contractors could then follow up with
                       lessons learnt and this will keep the industry healthy.
                       Who can be responsible and what to do?
                       IFIs could define and implement specific monitoring and reporting programmes.
                       This is suitable to on-going efforts rather than a one off action. Local professional
                       and contractors’ organisations should be also involved. First staff of these
                       organisations can be trained and afterward they can become trainers.
                       Benefits
                       A healthy industry where contractors can compete and performance criteria
                       become more pervasive.

                       11.3 Recommendations to other Organisations

                       11.3.1 Recommendations in Support of the Construction Sector
                       Permitting

                       General aim
                       Historically, permitting under the socialist system required a large number of,
                       often-bureaucratic overlapping approvals from different agencies to the final
                       design of a project, prior to any work starting. This process creates delays and the
                       opportunity for corruption. The objective of this task would be to streamline the
                       procedures and if possible create one stop facility, possibly at the municipal level,
                       to ensure that contractors can easily determine which information is needed in
                       order to obtain the construction permits, what permits are required and who is
                       responsible for issuing them. One could try to go even further and put in place an
                       integrated approval process in relation to all permits needed for a project.
                       Permitting is not a problem unique to Eastern Europe but it is specific to the
                       construction industry. To be able to handle permitting effectively requires local
                       knowledge.




                                                                                                     Page 184
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                        Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                SECTION 11



                       Some aspects of permitting, particularly on large projects are in the process of
                       being harmonised as part of the accession to the EU process, for example, the
                       requirement for Environmental Impact Assessments.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       EBRD could play a role in facilitating the permitting process by promoting the
                       development of a transparent permitting process and defining permit requirements
                       at an early stage in a project. This of course is dependant on the chosen
                       implementation vehicle. For major public infrastructure projects, this is often a
                       Project Implementation Unit, which could initiate the identification of the
                       permitting requirements at a very early stage. In any case, this is an area where a
                       governmental department can take responsibility.
                       We recognise that permitting is a complex and resources intensive process, usually
                       requiring substantial preparatory work. It also requires a high level of
                       transparency in order to avoid corruption.
                       Benefits to the contractors

                        Easily determine the requirements and the decision making factors;
                        Better control the process and its outcome, therefore better possibilities to plan
                           the work and comply with the schedule;

                        Allows for adequate pricing and time lines to be developed.
                       Benefits to the owner

                        Greater transparency and hence lower costs;
                        Faster schedule to completion;
                        Legal disputes with permitting authorities post construction can be reduced.
                       Regional Standardisation and compliance with design standards and codes
                       General Aim
                       Standardisation can bring major advantages:

                        Particularly if carried out over a number of countries, it creates economies of
                           scale in the building materials industry – since standard products can be mass-
                           produced;

                        Well-researched standards and codes of practice can embody the best practice
                           in the building industry. This is a very effective way to disseminate high
                           quality procedures;

                        It allows bids from different contractors to be compared easily, thereby
                           encouraging transparency in the bidding process and hence lower costs;

                        It allows for contractors to be active on a regional basis at the standards that
                           are common to the regions.
                       The objective is to promote harmonisation of standards and codes where possible
                       with the EU standards and codes. Where standards are not to be fully harmonised,




                                                                                                    Page 185
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 11



                       it needs to be documented clearly which local standards are to be used and which
                       local standards are thought to be equivalent to international standards. There is
                       often a catch-all phrase in the tender document to the effect that “equivalent codes
                       and standards are acceptable” but it then becomes incumbent on the contractor to
                       demonstrate that the local code is equivalent. This imposes a burden on small
                       contractors that they cannot economically handle.
                       Harmonisation could include developing regional standards for design and quality
                       control. This could be beneficial to the industry as a whole. Regional
                       standardisation allows the industry to develop seamless levels of service across
                       nations, borders and regions. This in turn allows companies to compete on a
                       wider geographical level, and promote transparent competition within the
                       industry.
                       An international initiative in the area of construction products standardisation has
                       been undertaken by the European Union of Agreement (UEAtc), which is a
                       network offering voluntary approval services for the construction products.
                       Romania is already a member of this organisation, which has its headquarters in
                       the UK.
                       A related organisation to UEAtc is the European Organisation for Technical
                       Approval (EOTA). A construction product having a European Technical
                       Approval issues by EOTA can carry CE marking and can be placed on the market
                       in any of the EU Member States.
                       In Romania, the Institute for Research and Economics in Construction (INCERC)
                       is a member of UEAtc. Their activities should be integrated into a coherent
                       programme addressed to the construction industry with the general purpose of (i)
                       harmonising the standards to the extent possible on a regional basis and with EU
                       standards and codes, (ii) coordinate with professional and trade organisations and
                       (iii) develop a matrix of equivalent standards and codes in each country. The
                       outcome of these activities would be to reduce or remove the technical barriers
                       related to standards applicable to the construction industry. An indirect effect
                       would be to strengthen the activity of the local professional and trade organisation,
                       raising their profiles and ultimately their influence in developing a well
                       performing industry.
                       Who can be responsible and what to do
                       The European nature of the programmes already in existence suggest that this is
                       an appropriate activity for the EU to assist and one that is implicit in the
                       Accession Programme. Although it is true that even in the EU, much of the work
                       by UEAtc and EOTA is voluntary.
                       In the countries, the existing institutes, such as INCERC in Romania or similar in
                       Bulgaria and Bosnia and Herzegovina, design institutes or professional
                       organisations would be the focal point
                       In addition to products and construction techniques, the harmonisation process is
                       also being extended to professional qualifications.. FEANI Fédération
                       Européenne d'Associations Nationales d'Ingénieurs European (Federation of
                       National Engineering Associations) has a programme for harmonising these
                       qualifications in the EU and issues qualifications such as the Euro Engineer. This
                       programme could be extended to the countries targeted in this study.




                                                                                                     Page 186
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 11



                       A grant could be considered for the funding of this initiate.
                       Improving cost estimates

                       The quality of bills of quantities and subsequent cost estimates are often not fully
                       developed. This leads contractors to submit widely different prices for the same
                       apparent scope of work. Often the low bidder is then unable to complete the work
                       for the contractual price.
                       General Aim
                       Improve the definition of the elements of work to be included in the scope and
                       improve the quality of costs estimates. A full understanding of each and every
                       cost that will be encountered is required. The outcome will be an estimate that
                       accurately reflects the scope of work and the execution costs needed to perform
                       that work as well as a suitable level of contingency, risk and profit. In effect it
                       will allow for, transparency as well as for accurate price comparison and
                       contractor selection.
                       Who can be responsible and what to do
                       The responsibility is dual: (1) the contractor who has to develop the costs estimate
                       and (2) the public or private organisation in charge of developing the scope of
                       work documentation which includes the Bill of Quantities, normally through a set
                       of the national performance norms.
                       The contractor clearly needs to be trained. Estimating and bidding work was not a
                       key feature of the old central planning system and the depth of knowledge and
                       experience is limited.
                       In the old system, there were national bodies responsible for setting the
                       construction industry norms that bills of quantities could be developed from.
                       These have not been updated for a very long time. These public organisations
                       need to be encouraged and supported in updating the standards and national public
                       procurement rules. Alternatively, a market solution must be found. In the UK and
                       USA, there are a number of commercial companies who market estimating guides
                       for the construction industry (e.g. the very detailed “Spon’s” guides to cost
                       estimating in the UK). These commercial companies have a strong interest in
                       keeping their product up to date – both because they seek to sell a new copy to
                       each customer every year and because they need to compete with other suppliers
                       of information.
                       There are three main components of the cost estimate: direct costs (directly
                       attributable to the installation of the works), indirect costs (costs incurred in
                       support of the works) and contingency, risk and anticipate level of profit.
                       In all countries surveyed, the preparation of direct costs relies on out dated
                       standards that do not allow for the effect of new technologies. Also, in all three
                       countries, indirect costs were not calculated as a separate calculation of costs that
                       support construction. Risk appreciation was minimal and therefore pricing did not
                       include for eventual increases in the cost of the work. This approach to estimating
                       does not truly define the actual costs of the project and perpetuates a false initial
                       pricing level. As the works progress, many projects face substantial claims and
                       potential cost growth from the contacting community.




                                                                                                           Page 187
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                         Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                 SECTION 11



                       The solution lies in educating the contractors through workshops and seminars. In
                       support of this will have to come the improvement of the national procurement
                       rules and professional organisation that could provide up to date pricing
                       information. Also, subsiding a Western pricing guides company to enter Eastern
                       Europe could be envisaged.
                       Benefits
                       The sector overall will benefit from fairer competition and minimisation of
                       unrealistic pieces that can impact the adequacy of governmental loans, local or
                       regional budges and artificially impact the make-up of the competition.

                       11.3.2 Recommendations in Support of the Business Environment
                       Planning and formulating public sector demand

                       General Aim
                       Managing capacity is the most difficult problem facing the management of the
                       construction industry. A stable demand for construction would ease this problem.
                       Governments could manage their flow of construction projects and minimise
                       fluctuations in the number and value of projects.
                       Governments, especially at the level of local authorities in the case of smaller
                       contactors, are a significant customer for the construction industry and have a
                       major influence on the pattern of demand.
                       There are signs that over the last few years’ governments in Romania and Bulgaria
                       have started to develop programmes mainly aimed at the housing sector. These
                       programmes are highly suitable for small domestic contractors. This gives these
                       governments the opportunity to manage demand in a key development sector and
                       base it on a rolling programme over a substantial period.
                       In many other countries a spurt of government-initiated activity in the construction
                       sector has been used as a way of kick starting the overall economy. This can be a
                       very powerful tactic, but can lead to problems if the other sectors of the economy
                       are not ready to take up the slack in the economy once the construction boom is
                       complete.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       Government offices can initially plan out for the formulation of a Master Plan at a
                       central level and then require local and regional offices to monitor and control
                       implementation.
                       The programme could start with publishing a list of potential projects, including
                       their nature, value, and location. It can then issue permits based on the master
                       plan for development and subsequently monitor against this master plan on a
                       yearly basis.
                       Of course, this programme will have to be coordinated with the Ministry of
                       Finance for governmental initiated projects. It should also be coordinated with
                       regional and local planning and permitting originations at the private sector level.




                                                                                                     Page 188
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                           Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                   SECTION 11



                       Benefits to the contractors / construction industry
                       Increase the contractors’ capacity to better plan the activities and take even
                       preparatory action in view of upcoming projects such as making investment in
                       updated plant and equipment and training of labour force.
                       Attract foreign investment should also be a corollary. International contractors
                       would be more willing to incur the set up costs in a country knowing that there is a
                       continuing potential for work.
                       Introduction of banking codes of practices

                       General Aim
                       Financing for working capital and obtaining guarantees has been indicated as one
                       of the main difficulties in undertaking work, planning and expanding it. Though
                       we haven’t heard major complaints from the local banks about the companies’
                       capacity to understand and comply with the banks requirements, we noticed
                       during our interview that only a minority of contractors (large and some medium
                       ones) are familiar and confident in working with banks. Though the typical
                       candidate for an EBRD project would be the larger contractors and the most
                       dynamical and ambitious medium ones, we believe that raising the general
                       awareness would be beneficial. Areas to target are: (i) requirements for credits
                       and guarantees; (ii) general polices and interests rates structure, (iii) structure and
                       use of banking services and (iv) registration of mortgages.
                       Who can take responsibility and what to do
                       Local banks, at headquarters and through the whole network of offices and
                       branches in the countries. The banks could produce simple leaflets, in an
                       accessible language highlighting:

                        Guidelines related to the documentation needed in support of credit and
                           guarantee application, some dedicated to the construction industry. It would
                           be advisable for the local banks to work with a construction industry specialist
                           so that the policies are clear to the end-users;

                        Structure of the interest rates and how they are calculated; considerations and
                           assumptions in assessing the assets for collaterals;

                        How to work with the bank and the account manager.
                       Benefits
                        Increase confidence on both sides, the contactor and the bank when working
                        together
                       Develop a contractor organisation

                       The existing organisations in the countries surveyed are not very effective and
                       their roles are not very well defined. We recommend that a further study is
                       dedicated specifically to analysing the structure, ownerships and operations of
                       such an organisation and compare it with successful practices in the world. Of
                       course, the decision of supporting the development of such an organisation is a
                       political decision and the government’s support is crucial in developing the
                       framework for its operational and in setting the responsibilities in accordance with




                                                                                                        Page 189
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                          Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                  SECTION 11



                       the existing regulations. These organisations are independent and financed
                       through memberships schemes, as is the case in Romania and Bulgaria.
                       We acknowledge that this enterprise is not easy and critical to its success is its
                       performance and gain of local recognition.
                       If the target group is small and medium contractors, the contractor development
                       organisation could be part of the SME organisation such as the one operating in
                       Bucharest, Romania.
                       The development organisation could provide support in the following areas:

                        Training and advisory services, including some of the training activities
                           recommended in our study;

                        Source of information for industry practices and benchmarking;
                        Legal advice in the areas of construction contract issues, claims disputes and
                           arbitration;

                        Price information on materials and equipment;
                        Assess the construction industry on a periodical basis as well the local
                           contractors and their performance. The agency could also become the
                           repository for a database of good performance and ranking and award system.
                       Also critical to the development of a contractors’ agency are funding and staffing.
                       Even if the financing were done through membership fees, it would be necessary
                       for some additional funds (public, grants form IFIs) to sustain the agency
                       especially during the first few years. In time, the question would be whether to
                       charge for services, especially the advisory services, so that on one hand the
                       agency can sustain itself an on the other hand the smaller contractors can afford
                       the services.
                       Staffing would also be important, as it is essential to bring in engineers, quantity
                       surveyors, lawyers etc. accustomed to working in a commercial environment.
                       This type of assistance could be provided by the EU Phare and appropriate role
                       models exits in EU countries.

                       11.4 Conclusions

                       In this study we have analysed the nature of the development problems of the
                       construction companies, especially of the small and medium ones. We have
                       presented several recommendations addressing various areas. These
                       recommendations fall under the remit of EBRD, other IFIs or various national and
                       local organisations and they have the following features:

                        Transaction oriented measures corresponding to EBRD’s mandate;
                        Procurement oriented recommendations applicable to EBRD and other IFIs.
                        Institutional measures aiming at improving the infrastructure necessary for
                           markets to function. We referred to these as macroeconomic measures;

                        Recommendations addressed to improvements in the construction sectors
                           itself. We named these microeconomic measures. In support of these,



                                                                                                      Page 190
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                    Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                            SECTION 11



                           procurement procedures improvements in the remit of national organisations
                           and international financial institutions are presented too.
                       The table below represents a summary of these recommendations.




                                                                                                Page 191
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                              Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                      SECTION 11



                                              EBRD        EBRD and other IFIs          Other Organisations

                                            Transaction   Procurement   Training   Macroeconomic   Microeconomic

                        Recommendations to EBRD

                        EBRD Funding            
                        or ownership
                        influence to
                        encourage
                        banks to make
                        equipment
                        financing loans

                        Funding a               
                        Leasing
                        Operation of
                        Construction
                        Equipment

                        Financing a             
                        Rental
                        Company

                        Purchase of             
                        new equipment
                        for major
                        internationally
                        funded
                        infrastructure

                        Improving               
                        payment
                        procedures –
                        transform
                        completion
                        certificates into
                        collateral

                        Improving               
                        payment
                        procedures –
                        development of
                        a forfaiting
                        scheme

                        Recommendations to EBRD and other IFIs

                        Splitting large         
                        projects

                        Prequalification                      
                        procedures

                        Relaxation of                         
                        performance
                        bonds




                                                                                                         Page 192
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                             Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                     SECTION 11



                                             EBRD        EBRD and other IFIs          Other Organisations

                                           Transaction   Procurement   Training   Macroeconomic   Microeconomic

                        Improving                            
                        access to and
                        understanding
                        of contracts

                        Promote flexible                     
                        insurance
                        requirements

                        Enhance the                          
                        pre-bid
                        evaluation
                        process

                        Improve quality                      
                        of tender
                        documentation
                        and the quality
                        of the technical
                        specification

                        Evaluation of                        
                        tenders and
                        award of
                        contracts

                        Improve                              
                        payment
                        procedure

                        Recommendations in Support of Training and Advisory Services

                        Marketing                                                                     
                        training

                        Quality                                                                       
                        Assurance /
                        Quality Control

                        Improve                                                                       
                        schedule
                        compliance

                        Improve                                                                       
                        monitoring and
                        reporting skills




                                                                                                        Page 193
Southeast Europe Construction Industry Capacity Building                                            Final Report
Assignment 1: Assessment of Local Construction Industry Capabilities and Needs
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development                                                    SECTION 11



                                            EBRD        EBRD and other IFIs          Other Organisations

                                          Transaction   Procurement   Training   Macroeconomic   Microeconomic

                        Recommendations to Other Organisations

                        Recommendations in Support of the Construction Sector

                        Permitting                                                                    

                        Standardisation                                                               
                        and compliance
                        with design
                        standards and
                        codes

                        Improve cost                                                                  
                        estimates

                        Recommendations in Support of the Business Environment

                        Planning and                                                  
                        formulating
                        public sector
                        demand

                        Introduction of                                                               
                        banking codes
                        of practice

                        Improving                                                                     
                        payment
                        procedures

                        Develop a                                                                     
                        contractor
                        organisation




                       In setting the recommendations, we considered that some intervention was needed
                       in improving the sector and transforming it into a competitive and self-sustaining
                       industry. There is a range of recommendations that governments could take to
                       facilitate and support this and at the same time, there is much that contractors can
                       do to help themselves.




                                                                                                       Page 194

						
Related docs
Other docs by HC120727012642
2011 06 14 minutes
Views: 0  |  Downloads: 0
AGENDA ITEM 3
Views: 0  |  Downloads: 0
Scutlebutt
Views: 0  |  Downloads: 0
Apartment Shopping Mini Project
Views: 11  |  Downloads: 0
Bills payables 26
Views: 2  |  Downloads: 0
Payables Manual
Views: 2  |  Downloads: 0
INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW
Views: 2  |  Downloads: 0
The Great Gatsby: Internet Treasure Hunt
Views: 39  |  Downloads: 0
AGREEMENT WITH ACCOUNTANT
Views: 14  |  Downloads: 1
Regular Board Meeting - DOC 9
Views: 0  |  Downloads: 0